Drive Technology \ Drive Automation \ System Integration \ Services *23061715_0317*

Product Manual

Application Inverter
MOVIDRIVE® system

Edition 03/2017 23061715/EN

SEW-EURODRIVE—Driving the world
 Table of contents

Table of contents
1 Product description.................................................................................................................. 6
1.1 Device availability ........................................................................................................... 8
1.2 MOVIDRIVE® system at a glance .................................................................................. 9
1.3 Product overview MOVIDRIVE® system ...................................................................... 12
1.4 Product overview accessories ...................................................................................... 14
1.5 FCB concept ................................................................................................................. 15
1.6 Control mode ................................................................................................................ 21
1.7 Energy saving functions................................................................................................ 28
1.8 MOVISUITE® engineering software ............................................................................. 29

2 Technical data......................................................................................................................... 32
2.1 Markings ....................................................................................................................... 32
2.2 General technical data .................................................................................................. 33
2.3 Technical data of basic device...................................................................................... 34
2.4 Electronics data – signal terminals ............................................................................... 39
2.5 Electronics data – safety functions ............................................................................... 40
2.6 Dimension drawings...................................................................................................... 41
2.7 Technical data of the option cards ................................................................................ 46
2.8 Technical data of encoder interfaces ............................................................................ 49
2.9 Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes ................................................. 50

3 Configuration .......................................................................................................................... 69
3.1 SEW Workbench........................................................................................................... 69
3.2 Schematic workflow for project planning....................................................................... 70
3.3 Drive selection .............................................................................................................. 71
3.4 Recommendations for motor and inverter selection ..................................................... 75
3.5 Motor-inverter assignments .......................................................................................... 79
3.6 Selection of an application inverter ............................................................................. 102
3.7 Braking resistor selection............................................................................................ 105
3.8 Supply system cable and motor cable ........................................................................ 108
3.9 Signal lines.................................................................................................................. 110
3.10 EMC-compliant installation according to EN 61800-3................................................. 111
3.11 Line components......................................................................................................... 112
3.12 24 V supply voltage selection ..................................................................................... 116

4 Prefabricated cables ............................................................................................................ 118

4.1 Meaning of the symbols .............................................................................................. 118
4.2 Power cables for CMP.. motors .................................................................................. 119
4.3 Encoder cables for CMP.. motors ............................................................................... 125
4.4 Single-cable technology for CMP.. motors.................................................................. 128
23061715/EN – 03/2017

4.5 Power cables for CFM.. motors .................................................................................. 130

4.6 Encoder cables for CFM.. motors ............................................................................... 135
4.7 Encoder cables for DR.. motors.................................................................................. 138
4.8 System bus and module bus cable ............................................................................. 143

5 General information.............................................................................................................. 147

5.1 About this documentation ........................................................................................... 147

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 3

 Table of contents

5.2 Structure of the safety notes ....................................................................................... 147

5.3 Rights to claim under limited warranty ........................................................................ 148
5.4 Content of the documentation..................................................................................... 149
5.5 Exclusion of liability..................................................................................................... 149
5.6 Other applicable documentation ................................................................................. 149
5.7 Product names and trademarks.................................................................................. 149
5.8 Copyright notice .......................................................................................................... 149
5.9 Device availability ....................................................................................................... 149

6 Safety notes .......................................................................................................................... 151

6.1 Preliminary information ............................................................................................... 151
6.2 Operator's duties......................................................................................................... 151
6.3 Target group ............................................................................................................... 151
6.4 Designated use ........................................................................................................... 152
6.5 Functional safety technology ...................................................................................... 153
6.6 Transport..................................................................................................................... 153
6.7 Installation/assembly................................................................................................... 154
6.8 Electrical connection ................................................................................................... 155
6.9 Protective separation .................................................................................................. 155
6.10 Startup/operation ........................................................................................................ 156

7 Device structure ................................................................................................................... 157

7.1 Connection variants .................................................................................................... 157
7.2 Nameplates................................................................................................................. 159
7.3 Type code ................................................................................................................... 160
7.4 Device structure of the application inverter................................................................. 161
7.5 Use of option cards ..................................................................................................... 165

8 Installation............................................................................................................................. 166
8.1 Installation accessories............................................................................................... 166
8.2 Permitted tightening torques ....................................................................................... 167
8.3 Mechanical installation................................................................................................ 168
8.4 Covers......................................................................................................................... 171
8.5 Control cabinet installation.......................................................................................... 172
8.6 Electrical installation ................................................................................................... 173
8.7 Installing options and accessories .............................................................................. 184
8.8 Braking resistors ......................................................................................................... 194
8.9 Line filter ..................................................................................................................... 207
8.10 EMC-compliant installation ......................................................................................... 208
8.11 Terminal assignment................................................................................................... 212
8.12 Wiring diagrams .......................................................................................................... 216
23061715/EN – 03/2017

8.13 UL-compliant installation............................................................................................. 228

9 Startup ................................................................................................................................... 229

9.1 General ....................................................................................................................... 229
9.2 Setting the EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS ID ............................................................................ 230
9.3 Startup requirements .................................................................................................. 230
9.4 Startup procedure ....................................................................................................... 231

4 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Table of contents

9.5 Connection to the engineering software ..................................................................... 234

9.6 Setting the module bus operating mode ..................................................................... 235

10 Operation............................................................................................................................... 237
10.1 General information .................................................................................................... 237
10.2 7-segment display....................................................................................................... 238
10.3 Operating displays ...................................................................................................... 239
10.4 Fault description.......................................................................................................... 241
10.5 Responses to error acknowledgement ....................................................................... 276
10.6 Fault responses .......................................................................................................... 278

11 Service ................................................................................................................................... 281

11.1 Electronics Service by SEW‑EURODRIVE................................................................. 281
11.2 Extended storage........................................................................................................ 281
11.3 Shutdown .................................................................................................................... 282
11.4 Waste disposal............................................................................................................ 282

12 Functional safety .................................................................................................................. 283

12.1 General information .................................................................................................... 283
12.2 Integrated safety technology....................................................................................... 283
12.3 Safety conditions......................................................................................................... 288
12.4 Connection variants .................................................................................................... 293
12.5 Safety characteristics.................................................................................................. 299

13 Appendix ............................................................................................................................... 300

13.1 Abbreviation key ......................................................................................................... 300
13.2 Declaration of conformity ............................................................................................ 302

Index ...................................................................................................................................... 303

14 Address list ........................................................................................................................... 307

23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 5

 Product description
1
1 Product description
With its brand MOVI-C®, SEW‑EURODRIVE launches a new generation of drive and
automation technology. MOVI-C® is the modular automation system that allows for the
highest level of system and machine automation.
MOVI-C® comprises drive technology, MotionControl, control technology and visualiz-
ation.
MOVIDRIVE® system is the application inverter for direct line connection, suited for
various types of applications, ranging from open-loop speed control to servo drives
with kinematic model.
MOVIDRIVE® system consists of:
• Basic device application inverter.
• Accessories for EMC-compliant installation.
• Option cards for functional safety in functionally different versions.
• Accessories for connecting and controlling of motors and brakes, as well as pre-
fabricated motor and encoder cables.
Besides MOVIDRIVE® system, the multi-axis system MOVIDRIVE® modular is avail-
able. The drive functions of both product series are based on one standardized soft-
ware platform. The main difference between MOVIDRIVE® modular and MOVIDRIVE®
system is the DC link connection of the individual modules with MOVIDRIVE® modu-
lar.
The key features of MOVIDRIVE® modular and MOVIDRIVE® system are:
• Control mode:
– U/f: for simple applications with asynchronous motors.
– VFCPLUS: for precise control of asynchronous motors.
– CFC: for asynchronous and synchronous servomotors.
– ELSM®: for synchronous motors without encoders.
• Multi-encoder input in basic unit.
• Speed control, torque control, position control.
• Expansion slots for I/O, distance encoder, functional safety.
• Very compact device size, reduced space requirements in the control cabinet.
MOVIDRIVE® modular and system are intended for operation at a MOVI-C®
CONTROLLER, the controller from SEW‑EURODRIVE.
They offer a powerful clock-synchronous connection via the integrated EtherCAT®/
SBusPLUS communication interface. Other EtherCAT® stations from SEW‑EURODRIVE
or other manufacturers can be controlled and diagnosed by the MOVI-C®
CONTROLLER.
The functions of the MOVI-C® CONTROLLER are:
• Freely programmable sequence control in accordance with IEC 6-1131 for auto-
mating drive and logic tasks.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

• Central data storage for all MOVI-C® inverters from SEW‑EURODRIVE at the
EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS.
• Plug-and-play unit replacement through automatic data recovery.
• Central setpoint input for clock-synchronous drives and for auxiliary drives.
• Motion functions: Velocity control, torque specification, position specification,
phase-synchronous operation, cams, application modules, kinematics.

6 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Product description
1
• EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS master for SEW‑EURODRIVE components and for peripheral 1
devices with EtherCAT® interface.
• Fieldbus device connection to higher-level control systems.
• Diagnostics and visualization of the automation system.
3 x AC 400 V

External PLC

X30 IN
® ®
EtherCAT /SBusPLUS EtherCAT /SBusPLUS

DOP/OPT

®
MOVI-PLC I/O-System C
Power

10 min

®
MOVI-C CONTROLLER

MOVIDRIVE ® modular MOVIDRIVE ® system

16000611083

The new engineering software MOVISUITE is the central module of the MOVI-C®
®

modular automation system. MOVISUITE® allows for intuitive operation with modern
operating concepts.
The central functions of MOVISUITE® are:
• Network scan.
• Unit startup and parameterization.
• Data storage and data management.
• Scope and diagnostics.
• Programming environment for MOVI-C® CONTROLLER
• Programming environment for functional safety.
• Parameterization and diagnostics environment for application modules.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 7

 Product description
1 Device availability

1.1 Device availability

This documentation lists modules of the application inverter and accessories that are
not yet available at the time of the publication of this document.
The following table lists the available application inverters. Accessories required for
the inverter operation such as braking resistors, chokes, and filters are available.
Type designation
MDX90A-0020-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0025-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0032-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0040-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0055-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0070-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0950-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0125-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0160-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0240-503-4-S00
MDX90A-0320-503-4-S00
MDX90A-0070-2E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0093-2E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0140-2E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0213-2E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0290-2E3-4-S00

23061715/EN – 03/2017

8 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Product description
MOVIDRIVE® system at a glance 1
MOVIDRIVE
® glance
a system at

1.2 MOVIDRIVE® system at a glance 1

MOVIDRIVE® system
Description: (→ 2 12)
Technical data: (→ 2 34)
Dimension drawings: (→ 2 41)
1
2
3
4
5

• Nominal output current: 2 – 588 A

• Voltage ranges: 3 × 380 – 500 V, 3 × 200 – 240 V, 50 – 60 Hz
• Nominal DC link voltage: DC 560 V (400 V), DC 325 V (230 V)
• Overload capacity: 200% of the nominal output current for 3 s
• System bus: EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS

Option cards
Input/output card
CIO21A CID21A Description: (→ 2 14), (→ 2 187)
Technical data: (→ 2 46)

CIO21A
S50

• 4 digital inputs
• 4 digital outputs
• 2 analog inputs
• 2 analog outputs

CID21A
• 4 digital inputs
• 4 digital outputs
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 9

 Product description
1 MOVIDRIVE® system at a glance

Option cards
CES11A multi-encoder card Description: (→ 2 14), (→ 2 190)
Technical data: (→ 2 48)

The multi-encoder card enables evaluating additional encoders.

For detailed information on the CES11A multi-encoder card, refer to the
manual "CES11A Multi-Encoder Card".

MOVI-C® CONTROLLER
MOVI-C® CONTROLLER MOVI-C® CONTROLLER power is characterized by:
power • Intel Core2Duo 2.2 GHz processor.
• Windows® Embedded Standard 7.
• Ethernet interface for engineering tasks or TCP/IP and UDP via
IEC 61131-3.
• 16 MB program memory and 64 MB data memory.
• A maximum of 32 interpolating axes that can be connected.
• Another 32 auxiliary axes that can be connected.
• System bus master EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS.
• Optional slave connection via PROFIBUS DPV1.
• Optional device connection via PROFINET IO.

For further information on the control, refer to the manual "MOVI‑C®

CONTROLLER power UHX85A and power eco UHX84A".
23061715/EN – 03/2017

10 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Product description
MOVIDRIVE® system at a glance 1
MOVI-C® CONTROLLER 1
® ®
MOVI-C CONTROLLER The MOVI-C CONTROLLER power eco is characterized by:
power eco • Intel Core2Duo 2.2 GHz processor.
• Windows® Embedded Standard 7.
• Ethernet interface for engineering tasks or TCP/IP and UDP via
IEC 61131-3.
• 16 MB program memory and 64 MB data memory.
• A maximum of 16 interpolating axes that can be connected.
• Another 16 auxiliary axes that can be connected.
• System bus master EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS.
• Optional slave connection via PROFIBUS DPV1.
• Optional device connection via PROFINET IO.

For further information on the control, refer to the manual "MOVI‑C®

CONTROLLER power UHX85A and power eco UHX84A".

Accessories
Prefabricated motor and en- Description and technical data: (→ 2 118)
coder cables
Braking resistors Description and technical data:" " (→ 2 50)
TCB thermal circuit breaker Description and technical data: (→ 2 60)
Line filter Description and technical data: (→ 2 62)
Output filter Description and technical data: (→ 2 66)
Line choke Description and technical data: (→ 2 64)
Output choke Description and technical data: (→ 2 68)
Valid motor encoders Description and technical data: (→ 2 74)
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 11

 Product description
1 Product overview MOVIDRIVE system

Product
overview
MOVIDRIVE
system

1.3 Product overview MOVIDRIVE® system

Features • Cover a wide range of power ratings with finely graded performance classes.
• Universal use due to a wide voltage range for line connection.
• Suited for TN/TT and IT voltage supply systems.
• EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS system bus is available for communication.
• 4-quadrant capable due to integrated brake chopper.
• High overload capacity of 200% IN.
Device data 3 × AC 400 V

Nominal line voltage 3 × 380 – 500 V

according to EN 50160
Line frequency 50 – 60 Hz ± 10%
Nominal DC link voltage DC 560 V
Overload capacity 200%: 3 s with PWM 4 kHz

Type designation Nominal out- Recommen- Nominal line Size Technical

put current at ded motor current data
PWM = 4 kHz power ASM
A kW A
MDX90A-0020-5E3-4-S00 2 0.55 1.9
MDX90A-0025-5E3-4-S00 2.5 0.75 2.3
1
MDX90A-0032-5E3-4-S00 3.2 1.1 2.9
MDX90A-0040-5E3-4-S00 4 1.5 3.6
MDX90A-0055-5E3-4-S00 5.5 2.2 5
MDX90A-0070-5E3-4-S00 7 3 6.3 2
MDX90A-0950-5E3-4-S00 9.5 4 8.6
(→ 2 34)
MDX90A-0125-5E3-4-S00 12.5 5.5 11.3
3
MDX90A-0160-5E3-4-S00 16 7.5 14.4
MDX90A-0240-503-4-S00 24 11 22
4
MDX90A-0320-503-4-S00 32 15 29
MDX90A-0460-503-4-S00 45 22 42
MDX90A-0620-503-4-S00 62 30 56 5
MDX90A-0750-503-4-S00 75 37 68
23061715/EN – 03/2017

12 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Product description
Product overview MOVIDRIVE system 1
Type designation Nominal out- Recommen- Nominal line Size Technical 1
put current at ded motor current data
PWM = 4 kHz power ASM
A kW A
MDX90A-0910-503-4-S00 91 45 82
MDX90A-1130-503-4-S00 113 55 102 6
MDX90A-1490-503-4-S00 149 75 135
MDX90A-1770-503-4-S00 177 90 160
7
MDX90A-2200-503-4-S00 220 110 198
(→ 2 34)
MDX90A-2500-503-4-S00 250 132 225
8
MDX90A-3000-503-4-S00 300 160 280
MDX90A-3800-503-4-S00 380 200 340
9
MDX90A-4700-503-4-S00 470 250 435
MDX90A-5880-503-4-S00 588 315 545
Device data 3 × AC 230 V

Nominal line voltage 3 × 200 – 240 V

according to EN 50160
Line frequency 50 – 60 Hz ± 10%
Nominal DC link voltage DC 325 V
Overload capacity 200%: 3 s with PWM 4 kHz

Type designation Nominal out- Recommen- Nominal line Size Technical

put current at ded motor current data
PWM = 4 kHz power ASM
A kW A
MDX90A-0070-2E3-4-S00 7 1.5 6.4
2
MDX90A-0093-2E3-4-S00 9.3 2.2 8.4
MDX90A-0140-2E3-4-S00 14 3.7 12.4 3
MDX90A-0213-2E3-4-S00 21.3 5.5 18.9
4
MDX90A-0290-2E3-4-S00 29 7.5 27.4 (→ 2 37)
MDX90A-0420-2E3-4-S00 42 11 40.8
5
MDX90A-0570-2E3-4-S00 57 15 52
MDX90A-0840-2E3-4-S00 84 22 76
6
MDX90A-1080-2E3-4-S00 108 30 86
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 13

 Product description
1 Product overview accessories

1.4 Product overview accessories

The functionality and flexibility of MOVI-C® application inverters can be supplemented
by many different option cards.

1.4.1 CID21A input/output card

This option card is used to increase the number of digital inputs and outputs of the ba-
sic device.
• 4 digital inputs.
• 4 digital outputs.

1.4.2 CIO21A input/output card

This option card is used to increase the number of digital and analog inputs and out-
puts of the basic device.
• 4 digital inputs.
• 4 digital outputs.
• 2 analog inputs (current/voltage).
• 2 analog outputs (current/voltage).

1.4.3 CES11A multi-encoder card

The CES11A multi-encoder card enables evaluation of additional encoders. The addi-
tional encoder can be used as distance encoder or as motor encoder.
The following encoders are supported:

HTL 12/24 V (differential)

TTL/RS422 (differential)
SIN/COS 1 VSS (differential)
HIPERFACE® with SIN/COS signals 1 VSS
SEW encoder (RS485) with SIN/COS signals 1 VSS, e.g. AS7W, AG7W
EnDat 2.1 with SIN/COS signals 1 VSS
SSI encoder with/without SIN/COS signals 1 VSS
CANopen encoder
Besides the encoders listed above, further encoders that can be used are described in
chapter "Valid motor encoders from SEW‑EURODRIVE".
23061715/EN – 03/2017

14 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Product description
FCB concept 1
1.5 FCB concept 1
FCB = Function Control Block
The term "FCB concept" describes the modular firmware design of MOVI-C® inverters.
This feature ensures that a wide range of drive functions can be selected or deselec-
ted quickly and easily using control words.
All primary functions, i.e. functions that move or control the motors, are designed as
individual FCBs that only have to be selected to perform a specific task, for example
positioning.
You can switch between different FCBs any time. Switching to another FCB is per-
formed with a maximum delay of 0.5 ms.
The FCBs are assigned to different priorities. If a FCB with a higher priority than the
currently active FCB is selected, the FCB with the higher priority is activated.
The FCBs are sorted in descending order of their priority in the following list:
• FCB 01 Output stage inhibit
• FCB 14 Emergency stop
• FCB 13 Stop at application limits
• FCB 18 Rotor position identification
• FCB 25 Motor parameter measurement
• FCB 12 Reference travel
• FCB 04 Manual mode
• FCB 20 Jog mode
• FCB 19 Position hold control
• FCB 21 Brake test
• FCB 10 Interpolated position control
• FCB 09 Position control
• FCB 06 Interpolated speed control
• FCB 05 Speed control
• FCB 08 Interpolated torque control
• FCB 07 Torque control
• FCB 26 Stop at user limits
• FCB 02 Default stop
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 15

 Product description
1 FCB concept

1.5.1 Description of the FCBs

FCB 01 Output stage inhibit

Activating FCB 01 stops the connected motor via the motor brake. If no brake is in-
stalled, the motor coasts to a stop.

FCB 02 Default stop

FCB 02 stops the drive with the preset profile value "Maximum deceleration". This
value is limited by the "Application limit – deceleration".
FCB 02 is active (default), when no other FCB is selected.

FCB 04 Manual mode

FCB 04 cannot be selected and activated directly using control words.
During startup using the MOVISUITE® engineering software the function block can be
selected and activated via the function "manual mode". The manual mode is used for
startup or setup mode without higher-level controller.

FCB 05 Speed control

The application inverter can be operated as speed-controlled axis.
The user can specify profile values for acceleration, deceleration, and jerk as the basic
conditions for speed control. The actual speed setpoint for the drive controller is gen-
erated in the controller cycle by a profile generator integrated in the inverter using the
specified limit values.

FCB 06 Interpolated speed control

FCB 06 is used for cyclic preselected speed setpoints of higher-level controllers.
In multi-axis applications, a controller often calculates a track profile for several drive
axes. The axis is only assigned setpoints (position/speed/torque and torque limits/pre-
control values/inertia) that it has to follow. The axis limits the setpoints using the ap-
plication limits. The course of the profile of the path curve is controlled by the control-
ler.
The setpoint cycle of the controller does usually not correspond to the setpoint cycle of
the axis (500 μs). If the axis were to "see" the same setpoint for several cycles, a step-
shaped actual value would result. To prevent this from happening, the axis can inter-
polate intermediate values. To do so, the setpoint cycle of the controller has to be
known.

FCB 07 Torque control

The application inverter can be run as a torque-controlled axis.
The user can specify profile values for speed, deceleration and jerk as the basic con-
ditions for torque control. The actual torque setpoint for the drive controller is gener-
ated in the controller cycle by a profile generator integrated in the inverter using the
23061715/EN – 03/2017

specified limit values.

During torque control the maximum speed is restricted by the speed limits so that the
drive cannot permanently accelerate with the preset setpoint torque while the counter-
torque is too low.

FCB 08 Interpolated torque control

FCB 08 is used for cyclic preselected torque setpoints of higher-level controllers.

16 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Product description
FCB concept 1
This higher-level controller usually calculates a track profile for several drive axes. The 1
axis is then assigned to one setpoint (position, speed, torque, torque limits, precontrol
values, inertia) that it has to follow.
The inverter limits the setpoints using the application limits. The course of the path
curve profile is controlled by the controller.
The cycle in which the controller sends the setpoints to the axis does not usually cor-
respond with the setpoint processing cycle of the inverter. If the inverter were to "see"
the same controller setpoint for several cycles, a step-shaped actual torque value
would result.
To prevent this from happening, the axis can calculate intermediate values (interpol-
ate) if it knows the controller cycle. The application inverter can be set to different
cycle times of higher-level controllers.

FCB 09 Position control

FCB 09 is used to allow travel to the target position by using a position profile para-
meterized by the profile generator during positioning.
In addition, the application inverter has several positioning modes that are described
in the following section:
Absolute positioning:
The position setpoint in user units is interpreted as an absolute target and is converted
and executed in system units.
The travel range in system units is -231 – 231 -1 (2147483647). If the travel range is ex-
ceeded after calculation, the FCB issues a fault
Relative positioning:
The position setpoint in user units is interpreted as the offset for the last setpoint that
was transferred. After it has been converted into system units, it is added to the last
setpoint.
If the time calculated in system units is outside the travel range of -231 – 231 -1
(2147483647), the FCB issues a fault.
Modulo in positive direction with absolute position specification:
The position setpoint in user units is interpreted as the absolute position. It must be
within the modulo range of the active drive:
Lower limit = "Modulo min."
Upper limit = "Modulo max."
If the position setpoint is outside this range, a fault is issued. The drive always turns in
a positive direction to reach the position.
Modulo in negative direction with absolute position specification:
The position setpoint in user units is interpreted as the absolute position. It must be
within the modulo range of the active drive:
Lower limit = "Modulo min."
Upper limit = "Modulo max."
23061715/EN – 03/2017

If the position setpoint is outside this range, a fault is issued. The drive always turns in
a negative direction to reach the position.
Modulo with shortest distance with absolute position specification:
The position setpoint in user units is interpreted as the absolute position. It must be
within the modulo range of the active drive:
Lower limit = "Modulo min."

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 17

 Product description
1 FCB concept

Upper limit = "Modulo max."

If the position setpoint is outside this range, a fault is issued.
The direction of the drive is determined using the last setpoint position (= current ac-
tual position after activation without an "In position" message) and the current setpoint
position. This value is used to determine the shortest possible route and, therefore,
the direction of rotation for positioning.

FCB 10 Interpolated position control

FCB 10 is used for cyclic preselected position setpoints of higher-level controllers.
In multi-axis applications, a higher-level controller usually calculates a track profile for
several drive axes. The axis is only assigned setpoints (position, speed, torque, torque
limits, precontrol values, inertia) that it has to follow. The axis limits the setpoints using
the application limits. The course of the profile of the path curve is controlled by the
controller.
The setpoint cycle of the controller does usually not correspond to the setpoint cycle of
the axis. If the axis were to "see" the same setpoint for several cycles, a step-shaped
actual value would result. To prevent this from happening, the axis can interpolate in-
termediate values. To do so, the setpoint cycle of the controller has to be known.

FCB 12 Reference travel

To perform positioning operations, a drive has to be referenced to a defined start or
reference position within the permitted travel distance.
From this reference position, positions such as the machine zero can be specified and
approached. With each restart of the inverter, referencing the position encoders is al-
ways necessary if position encoders do not have an absolute position detection. When
using absolute encoders, the absolute position is immediately known upon the start of
the system. An absolute encoder still has to be referenced to match the displayed pos-
ition with the plant's reference system. Several reference travel types are available for
referencing and for finding the reference point.

FCB 13 Stop at application limits

When FCB 13 is activated, the drive stops with speed control using the preset applica-
tion limit deceleration.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

18 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Product description
FCB concept 1
FCB 14 Emergency stop 1
When FCB 14 is activated, the drive stops with the preset emergency stop decelera-
tion.

FCB 18 Rotor position identification

For an optimum operation of synchronous AC motors, the exact position information of
the rotor is required for the control. The inverter can then create the maximum motor
torque with this position information.
FCB 18 is required for the commutation detection of rotary and linear synchronous
motors with encoder.
The drive must be disconnected from the load, which means also from the gear unit. If
this is not possible, or only with considerable effort, FCB 25 "Motor parameter meas-
urement" has to be used. But FCB 25 does not determine a relative position. Only in
control mode ELSM® can be travelled according to FCB 25 alone.
In case of third-party synchronous motors , SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to activ-
ate FCB 25 before running FCB 18.

FCB 19 Position hold control

When FCB 19 is activated, the drive stops with speed control. After the standstill of the
drive, the position is kept with position control as long as FCB 19 is active.

FCB 20 Jog mode

FCB 20 is used for setup mode when a higher-level controller is used.
FCB 20 allows the user to move an axis in positive and negative direction.
The control takes place via control signals that are specified with control words, via di-
gital inputs of a higher-level controller or via input terminals.
For startup or for setup mode without higher-level controller use the manual operation
of the MOVISUITE® engineering software, see "FCB 04" (→ 2 16).

FCB 21 Brake test

FCB 21 is used to check the braking capability of a brake connected to the motor. A
test torque is applied electrically via the motor when the brake is applied.
Even when the brake has passed the brake test, it does not take on any safety func-
tions as far as machine safety is concerned in combination with the application in-
verter.
The brake is only tested in accordance with the set brake test torque. The actual
breakaway torque of the brake is not measured.
There are 4 test modes:
• A higher-level controller provides the setpoints and monitoring function for the test.
• The application inverter performs a check in both directions compared to the set
limit torques.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

• The application inverter performs a check in positive direction compared to the set
limit torques.
• The application inverter performs a check in negative direction compared to the set
limit torques.
The test torque, test time and the direction of rotation of the test can be set. If a test is
not passed, the breakaway torque is documented.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 19

 Product description
1 FCB concept

The braking torque is limited by the set "Torque" application limit.

Please note: The application torque must be considered for calculating the test torque,
e.g. hoist test "downward".

FCB 25 Motor parameter measurement

FCB 25 is used for determining the necessary motor values from the electric equival-
ent wiring diagram during startup.
The nameplate data of the connected motor is required for the motor parameter meas-
urement.
After the motor parameter measurement has been completed, the motor is completely
started up electrically. Values that are not yet final at this stage, such as maximum
speed and maximum torque, are estimated. The values have to be corrected at a later
time to reach the full performance of the motor.
In case of synchronous motors, SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to activate FCB 25
before running FCB 18.

FCB 26 Stop at user limits

FCB 26 is used for stops at user limits. The user limits are either available as local set-
points or initiate the deceleration ramp set via the fieldbus.
You can choose between a speed-controlled ramp and a position-controlled ramp. In
contrast to other stop FCBs (FCB 13/FCB 14), the FCB 26 has a very low priority.
This allows you to select FCB 26 as standard (e.g. bit in the control word that selects
this FCB is always TRUE). If all other FCBs are deactivated, FCB 26 always becomes
active. This makes it possible to always stop with position control.
FCB 26 has lag fault monitoring in position-controlled mode.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

20 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Product description
Control mode 1
1.6 Control mode 1
The following control modes are available for MOVIDRIVE® application inverters:
• V/f
• VFCPLUS
• CFC
• ELSM®

1.6.1 Description of the control modes

The characteristics of the motor connected to the application inverter are influenced by
the control modes used.

V/f
V/f control is intended for easy controlled operation of asynchronous motors without
encoder feedback. The procedure operates an asynchronous machine on a paramet-
erizable voltage/frequency characteristic. To keep the magnetizing current on a con-
stant level, the voltage (U) is adjusted in proportion to the frequency (f).
The actual slip is estimated and can be compensated. The voltage drop at the stator
resistance can be compensated by the I×R compensation and improves the control
behavior in case of load. The Boost parameter allows to increase the voltage over the
V/f characteristic for improving the torque at low speeds.
V/f control is suited for applications with a limited speed setting range, where no dy-
namic step changes in load occur and where there are small requirements regarding
the control characteristics.
V/f control is suited for group drives. A group drive is an electrical parallel connection
of several identical or different motors at one inverter. The motors do not have a rigid
mechanical connection.

Speed control
The V/f mode is an encoder-less mode and calculates the actual speed value. The
calculation is always based on the electrical values of the motors. Therefore, informa-
tion from a potentially existing encoder system is not used.
If an encoder is parameterized in the encoder assignment as "Actual speed source",
the speed measured by this encoder is issued as the actual speed by the inverter.
Otherwise, the model speed calculated by the V/f method based on stator frequency
and slip, is issued as the actual speed.
The V/f mode does not have a higher-level speed controller, speed controller paramet-
erization is therefore not possible. An acceleration and torque precontrol is also not
possible.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 21

 Product description
1 Control mode

VFCPLUS
VFCPLUS is a high-performance control mode that is able to operate asynchronous mo-
tors with very high torque dynamics with or without rotary encoder.
The control mode can be operated as speed or torque control.
This control mode calculates all important state variables for controlling the motor by
using a motor model. As a result, optimal magnetic conditions are always achieved for
the motor.
For applications with a large speed setting range (especially for low speeds up to
standstill) and high requirements regarding the control characteristics or for drives with
high dynamic step changes in load, a rotary encoder is absolutely necessary.
For applications with low requirements regarding the control characteristics and the
torque dynamics, an encoder is not necessary. Without a rotary encoder, the electric
rotor frequency is calculated in a model. In this case, stable stationary operation of the
mode at < 0.5 Hz is not possible.
To also achieve enough torque with low currents, it is possible to raise the stator flux
in the stator frequency < slip frequency range with the "Boost" parameter.
Due to the good torque dynamics, the VFCPLUS control mode remains stable in case of
load changes and has a high torque accuracy. Typical applications for the VFCPLUS
control mode are speed-controlled asynchronous machines with high demands on the
speed and torque stability.

Speed control
A higher-level speed control loop that has to be parameterized accordingly is always
used for speed control.
If the control mode is operated without an encoder, the actual speed of the motor is
calculated by the control mode.
If an encoder is used, the angle information of this encoder is used for the control
mode. The actual speed of the motor is calculated from this encoder. The maximum
dynamics of the control loop are reached with a high-resolution encoder.

Torque control
The torque control operating mode can be selected independently of an encoder and
does not need an encoder. With an encoder, however, stable stationary operation at
stator frequency 0 Hz is also possible.

Position control
Position-controlled operation is only possible with an encoder as the actual position is
calculated from the parameterized encoder. This encoder can either be mounted on
the track or on the motor.
The accuracy of the position control can be increased with a motor encoder.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

22 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Product description
Control mode 1
CFC 1
The CFC control mode is a current-controlled control mode. The CFC control mode al-
lows to operate asynchronous and synchronous servomotors with maximum torque
dynamics. For this purpose, the current components for the magnetic flux and for the
torque generation are controlled separately.
The control mode requires information about the rotor angle and the motor speed. For
this reason, an encoder feedback (motor encoder) is always necessary.
For asynchronous motors, only the relative rotor angle is necessary. Thus, an incre-
mental encoder is sufficient.
The control mode requires the absolute position for synchronous motors. In case of
encoder types that do not provide an absolute value, a commutation must be per-
formed before the release (FCB 18).
The advantage of the CFC control mode is the very high dynamic that can be
achieved, as a control reserve for reaching the dynamic maximum torque is always
available. For this reason, the CFC control mode is suited for drives with highly dy-
namic motion control.

ELSM®
The ELSM® control mode allows for operation of permanent-field synchronous servo-
motors without encoder.
The main characteristics are:
• Use of servomotors without encoder in horizontal materials handling technology.
• Maximum motor torque 150% M0 in the entire speed range.
• Flying start function for synchronization to the running motor.
• Output current of the inverter ≥ 150% I0 of the motor.
• No permanent operation below 2% of the nominal motor speed.
• Use in hoists and inclining tracks is not permitted.
• Multi-motor operation and group operation are not permitted.

Rotor adjustment/rotor position measurement

When the inverter is enabled in ELSM® control mode, the rotor position of the perman-
ent-field synchronous motors is unknown. For this reason, the rotor position has to be
determined first or the rotor has to be adjusted by turning so that its angular position is
defined.
Measuring the rotor position:
The rotor position of the synchronous motor is measured with test pulses for each en-
able. This occurs at standstill. If a brake is used, this brake remains applied. The
measurement is finished after a maximum of 50 ms. After the measurement is com-
pleted, the synchronous motor accelerates to the setpoint speed. A prerequisite for the
measurement is the one-time determination of the complete motor parameters with
the FCB 25 motor parameter measurement.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends measuring the rotor position.

Adjusting the rotor:
If the complete motor data is not known, the rotor is moved to a defined position at
each enable. A small motor movement depending on the motor pole number takes
place during the adjustment. If a brake is used, this brake is released. The adjustment
is completed after 1 s.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 23

 Product description
1 Control mode

Speed control
The speed control operating mode can be activated in the ELSM® control mode. The
control mode has to be distinguished speed-dependent in two different operating
ranges:
• Open-loop control
and
• speed-controlled operation.
Open-loop control takes place when starting from standstill and below a transition
speed. This transition speed is calculated and set depending on the inverter and motor
parameters during motor startup. It is about 2% of the nominal speed.
Above this minimum speed, the speed control without encoder works.

Torque control
The ELSM® control mode enables the "Torque control" operating mode; however, only
above the transition speed.
Practical meaning: The FCB 07 "Torque control" can only be activated when the flying
start function is active and above the transition speed (example: winding drive). If the
speed is too low, the system shuts down with a fault message.

Flying start function

If it cannot be ensured that the motor is at standstill during the start, the flying start
function has to be activated. This way, the ELSM® control mode can also be enabled
for a turning motor.
If the speed can be calculated plausibly, the control mode proceeds to speed-con-
trolled operation. If this is not the case, the drive proceeds to the "rotor adjustment" or
"rotor measurement" function and then to controlled operation.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

24 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Product description
Control mode 1
1.6.2 Characteristics of the control modes 1
Overview of the control modes

V/f VFCPLUS CFC ELSM®

Principle Voltage controlled Field-oriented, Field-oriented, cur- Field-oriented, cur-
according to charac- voltage-controlled, rent controller rent controller
teristic curve stator flux controller,
torque controller
Motor ASM/LSPM ASM ASM ASM SM SM
Encoder None None Yes Yes Yes None
Dynamics + +++ ++++ +++++ +++++ ++
Energy efficiency + +++ +++ ++ +++++ ++++
Speed control Yes1) Yes Yes Yes
Torque control No Yes Yes Yes
Positioning No No Yes Yes No
Flying start No2) Yes Yes Yes
Typical applica- Group drive, multi- General materials Packaging techno- Horizontal materials
tions motor drives handling technology, logy, handling tech- handling technology
horizontal drives, nology, highly-dy-
vertical drives, namic positioning
pumps/fans, winding
drives
Mark Maximum robust- Maximum precision Maximum dynamics Maximum energy ef-
ness ficiency
1) Open-loop speed control
2) DC braking

ASM Asynchronous motors

LSPM Motors with LSPM technology (Line Start Permanent Magnet)
SM Synchronous motors

Characteristic values for dynamics

V/f VFCPLUS CFC ELSM®

Torque control time – Approx. 2 ms1) Approx. 150 µs Approx. 150 µs
Time constant speed con- – Approx. 3 – 6 ms Approx. 0.5 ms Approx. 6 ms
troller
Speed ripple Is mainly determined by the total mass moment of inertia, the torque ripple and
the mechanical structure. It is therefore not possible to specify a general value.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

1) Valid in voltage control range, in field weakening range < 5 ms.

Characteristic values for setpoint resolution

V/f VFCPLUS CFC ELSM®

Torque - 32 bit 32 bit 32 bit
0.001% MNMot 0.001% MNMot 0.001% MNMot

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 25

 Product description
1 Control mode

V/f VFCPLUS CFC ELSM®

Speed 32 bit 32 bit 32 bit 32 bit
0.0001 1/min 0.0001 1/min 0.0001 1/min 0.0001 1/min
Position - 16 bit 16 bit -
(increment/revolution)
Position - 16 bit 16 bit -
(absolute increment)

Characteristic values for accuracy of torque and speed

VFCPLUS without en- VFCPLUS with en- CFC ELSM®

coder coder
Speed accuracy Depending on motor Is mainly determined Is mainly determined by the total mass mo-
parameters, typic- by the encoder res- ment of inertia, the torque ripple and the
ally: 0.2 × fNominal slip olution, approx. 1% mechanical structure. It is therefore not
of n possible to specify a general value.
Torque accuracy < 10% MN < 5 % MN -
for n > 0.2 × nN

Maximum output frequency

PWM V/f VFCPLUS CFC ELSM®

Optimum operation is possible up to an output frequency of:
2.5 kHz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz 250 Hz
4 kHz 400 Hz 250 Hz 400 Hz 400 Hz
≥ 8 kHz 599 Hz 250 Hz 500 Hz 500 Hz

23061715/EN – 03/2017

26 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Product description
Control mode 1
FCBs that can be activated for selected control mode 1
FCB no. Designation V/f VFCPLUS CFC ELSM®
01 Output stage inhibit + + + +
02 Default stop + + + +
04 Manual mode + + + +
05 Speed control + + + +
06 Interpolated speed control + + + +
07 Torque control - + + +
08 Interpolated torque control - + + +
12 Reference travel + + + +
13 Stop at application limits + + + +
14 Emergency stop + + + +
26 Stop at user limits + + + +
FCBs requiring a position encoder
09 Position control - + + -
10 Interpolated position control - + + -
19 Position hold control - + + -
20 Jog - + + -
21 Brake test - + + -

18 Rotor position identification - - + +

22 Output stage test + + + +
25 Motor parameter measurement + + + +
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 27

 Product description
1 Energy saving functions

1.7 Energy saving functions

1.7.1 Energy-saving function partial magnetization

The energy-saving function partial magnetization reduces the rotor magnetization of
asynchronous motors depending of the required torque in the VFCPLUS control mode.
This allows to reduce the magnetization losses in the rotor in partial torque operation.
The energy-saving function partial magnetization is especially suitable for applications
with little dynamics, such as fans, pumps, escalators, and conveyor systems with con-
stant speed.
The energy-saving function partial magnetization can reduce magnetization losses in
the motor by up to 70%.

1.7.2 Energy-saving function standby operation

The energy-saving function standby operation is designed for pause times in which
the operation is paused. The bus communication is maintained over the entire time.
The significant difference between disconnection of the DC 24 V supply voltage and
standby operation is that switching from standby operation to operation only takes ap-
prox. 500 ms. This allows for reducing the energy consumption even in short pauses.
The following functions are deactivated in standby operation:
• 7-segment display.
• STO function.
• Digital output at the basic device and the option cards.
• Analog outputs at the option card.
• Power section controller.
• Fan of the power heat sink.
• Optional: Switch-off of the encoder supply and the encoder evaluation in the basic
device and the option card.
Standby operation can be activated via a digital input or via a control word bit.
The bus communication is active without restrictions in standby operation.

Energy consumption in standby operation

MOVIDRIVE® system DC 24 V power consumption in standby opera-

tion
MDX90A-0020 – 0320-5_3..
3.6 W
MDX90A-0070 – 0290-2_3..
The energy-saving function "standby operation" can reduce the DC 24 V power con-
sumption by 89%.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

28 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Product description
MOVISUITE® engineering software 1
MOVISUITE
®
engineering
software

1.8 MOVISUITE® engineering software 1

MOVISUITE® is the new engineering software from SEW‑EURODRIVE and comprises
the following modules in the full stage of construction:
• MOVISUITE® standard
• MOVISUITE® professional
• MOVISUITE® enterprise
The engineering software excels by a new design of user interface and user guidance.
This new interface concept allows for the users to configure, parameterize and startup
their applications intuitively.
Using the various views, the users can switch to the suitable display mode depending
on their requirements. In the circle view for example, single components can be edited
in a clear structure.
Circle view

19272006795

The tree view provides an overview of the entire network.

Tree view
23061715/EN – 03/2017

19272004875

The view can be selected depending on application and personal preferences, the
functionality is identical in both views.
The interface concept of MOVISUITE® enables visualizing the system structure via
structure nodes that can be freely named. These structure nodes are displayed with a
varying level of detail in the views mentioned above.
The data management has clearly marked transfer directions, and thus is clearly
structured during data transmission.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 29

 Product description
1 MOVISUITE® engineering software

The scan function allows for reading connected devices, and for creating these
devices as projects in MOVISUITE®.
The drive train can be built from motor to gear unit using the product catalog. Further-
more, encoders, brakes, control modes, and user units can be selected and paramet-
erized.
A scope function is available for diagnostic purposes. This enables a diagnostics over-
view of connected devices and functions. Long-term data acquisition on the engineer-
ing PC hard disk is also possible.
In case of motors by SEW‑EURODRIVE, an electronic nameplate can be read-in for
simplified startup. MOVISUITE® suggests standard drive trains. Various drive func-
tions are summarized in function control blocks, the so-called FCBs.
Manual operation can also be intuitively used for each application via the new inter-
face.
Startup procedure The following steps illustrate an example of the startup procedure for an application in-
verter.
Drive trains Drive train Configuring drive trains.

Interfaces Built-in interfaces Basic settings of the installed interfaces

• EtherCAT®
• Standard I/O
• Encoder 1
Options Basic settings of the options
• Fieldbus
• I/O card
• Encoder 2
• DriveSafety®

Functions I/O configuration • Standard I/O

• I/O card DI/DO
• I/O card AI/AO
PO configuration • Basic settings
• PO data
• Setpoint buffer
• Fixed setpoints
• Control word 1 – 3
PI configuration • PI data
• Status word 1 – 3
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Drive functions • FCB 05 Speed control

• FCB 06 Interpolated speed control
• FCB 08 Interpolated torque control
• FCB 09 Positioning
• FCB 10 Interpolated position control
• FCB 12 Reference travel

30 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Product description
MOVISUITE® engineering software 1
Advanced drive functions • FCB 01 Output stage inhibit 1
• FCB 20 Jog mode
• FCB 21 Brake test
• FCB 26 Stop at user limit
Event-driven functions • Touchprobe 1
• Touchprobe 2
• Cam switch
Monitoring • Reference signals
• Limit values 1
• Limit values 2
• Monitoring functions 1
• Monitoring functions 2
• Energy-saving function
User units Converting system units into user units.

Information on the Device data is available via the project nodes.

application inverter
Device data • Device identification
• Main component
• Subcomponent
• Production label
Overview of fault responses • Axis module
• Power supply monitoring
• Functions
Setup • Parameter set selection
• Access rights
• Resetting device parameters.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 31

 Technical data
2 Markings

2 Technical data
2.1 Markings
The MOVIDRIVE® system application inverter complies with the following directives
and guidelines:

Mark Meaning
CE mark to state compliance with the following European guidelines:
• Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU
• EMC Directive 2014/30/EU
• Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC
The MOVIDRIVE® system device series fulfills the requirements of the
technical regulations of the Customs Union of Russia, Kazakhstan, and Be-
larus.
The EAC marking on the nameplate certifies the conformity with the safety
requirements of the Custom Union.
UL mark to confirm UL (Underwriters Laboratories) is in preparation.
Also valid for CSA together with the registration number.

RCM logo (Regulatory Compliance Mark).

Confirmation of compliance with technical regulations of the Australian
Communications and Media Authority ACMA is in preparation.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

32 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
General technical data 2
2.2 General technical data
The following tables lists the technical data for all MOVIDRIVE® system application in- 2
verters independent of
• Type
• Design
• Size
• Power

MOVIDRIVE® system
Interference immunity Meets EN 61800-3; 2. Environment
Interference emission Limit value category C2 to EN 61800‑3
Ambient temperature ϑA 0 °C to +40 °C without derating
40 °C to +60 °C with derating
Type of cooling Increased air cooling due to installed, speed-controlled fan.

Environmental conditions
• Extended storage:
EN 60721-3-1 class 1K2 temperature -25 °C to +70 °C
• Transportation:
Climatic requirements
EN 60721-3-2 class 2K3 temperature -25 °C to +70 °C
• Operation (fixed installation, weatherproof):
EN 60721-3-3 class 3K3 temperature 0 °C to +60 °C
• Extended storage:
EN 60721-3-1 class 1C2
• Transportation:
Chemically active substances
EN 60721-3-2 class 2C2
• Operation (fixed installation, weatherproof):
EN 60721-3-3 class 3C2
• Extended storage:
EN 60721-3-3 class 1S1
• Transportation:
Mechanically active substances
EN 60721-3-3 class 2S1
• Operation (fixed installation, weatherproof):
EN 60721-3-3 class 3S1
• 3M5 according to EN 60721-3-3
Vibration testing
• 5M1 according to EN 60721-3-5

Degree of protection according to EN 60529

MDX90A-0020-... – MDX90A-0320-... IP20

Pollution class 2 according to IEC 60664-1

Overvoltage category III according to IEC 60664-1
Up to h ≤ 1000 m without restrictions.
The following restrictions apply to heights > 1000 m:
• From 1000 m to max. 3800 m: IN reduction by 1% per 100 m
Installation altitude • From 2000 m to max. 3800 m: To maintain protective separation and the air
gaps and creepage distances according to EN 61800‑5‑1, you have to con-
nect an overvoltage protection device in order to reduce the overvoltages
from category III to category II.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 33

 Technical data
2 Technical data of basic device

2.3 Technical data of basic device

2.3.1 Performance data 3 × AC 400 V
MOVIDRIVE® system Unit MDX90A-...-5_3-4-S00
Type 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160
Size 1 2 3
Nominal output current IN
A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16
PWM = 4 kHz
Input
Nominal line voltage (to EN 50160) V
3 × 380 – 500 V
AC Vline
Nominal line current AC Iline A 1.9 2.3 2.9 3.6 5.0 6.3 8.6 11.3 14.4
Line frequency fline Hz 50 – 60 Hz ± 10%
Controlled rectifier No
Plug connector
X1 connection contacts - 1 core: 0.25 – 4 mm2
- 2 cores: 0.25 – 2.5 mm2 (Twin-AEH)1)
Output
Output voltage VO V 0 – max. Vline
Motor power ASM PMot kW 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5
Nominal output current IN
A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16
PWM = 4 kHz
Overload capacity 200%: 3 s with PWM 4 kHz
Maximum output current at f = 0 Hz A 100% × IN at PWM 4 kHz
Apparent output power SN kVA 1.9 2.3 2.9 3.7 5 6.5 8.8 11.6 14.9
Nominal DC link voltage VNDCL V DC 560
PWM frequency fPWM kHz 4, 8, 16 (adjustable)
V/f: 599 Hz
VFCPLUS: 250 Hz
Max. output frequency fmax kHz
CFC: 500 Hz
ELSM®: 500 Hz
Plug connector
X2 connection contacts - 1 core: 0.25 – 4 mm2
- 2 cores: 0.25 – 2.5 mm2 (Twin-AEH)1)
General
Nominal power loss 24 V W 20
Nominal power loss power section W 16 20 27 34 45 58 83 112 147
Permitted number of times power may be
1/min <1
switched on/off
Minimum switch-off time for power off s 10
Weight kg 4.1 4.4 5.7
Brake chopper and braking resistor
Minimum braking resistance RBRmin Ω 100 47 27
Continuous power brake chopper kW 1.9 2.3 2.9 3.7 5 6.5 8.8 11.6 14.9
Peak power brake chopper kW 200% × apparent output power SN × 0.9
Connection contacts Plug connector
- 1 core: 0.25 – 4 mm2
- 2 cores: 0.25 – 2.5 mm2 (Twin-AEH)1)
Dimensions
Width mm 95 105 105
Height mm 295 295 295
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Depth mm 216 216 260

1) AEH: Conductor end sleeve

MOVIDRIVE® system Unit MDX90A-...-5_3-4-S00

Type 0240 0320 0460 0620 0750 0910 1130 1490 1770 2200
Size 4 5 6 7
Nominal output current IN
A 24 32 46 62 75 91 113 149 177 220
PWM = 4 kHz

34 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Technical data of basic device 2
MOVIDRIVE® system Unit MDX90A-...-5_3-4-S00
Type 0240 0320 0460 0620 0750 0910 1130 1490 1770 2200
Input
2
Nominal line voltage (to V
3 × 380 – 500 V
EN 50160) AC Vline
Nominal line current AC Iline A 22 29 42 56 68 82 102 135 160 198
Line frequency fline Hz 50 – 60 Hz ± 5%
Controlled rectifier Yes
Plug connector
- 1 core: 0.5 –
16 mm2
X1 connection contacts M8 M10 M12
- 2 cores: 0.25 –
6 mm2 (Twin-
AEH)1)
Output
Output voltage VO V 0 – max. Vline
Motor power ASM PMot kW 11 15 22 30 37 45 55 75 90 110
Nominal output current IN
A 24 32 46 62 75 91 113 149 177 220
PWM = 4 kHz
Overload capacity 200%: 3 s with PWM 4 kHz
Maximum output current at f = A 100% × IN at PWM 4 kHz
0 Hz
Apparent output power SN kVA 15.3 19.8 28.8 38.7 46.8 56.7 70.2 92.7 110.7 136.8
Nominal DC link voltage VNDCL V DC 560
PWM frequency fPWM kHz 4, 8, 16 (adjustable)
V/f: 599 Hz
VFCPLUS: 250 Hz
Max. output frequency fmax kHz
CFC: 500 Hz
ELSM®: 500 Hz
Plug connector
- 1 core: 0.5 –
16 mm2
X2 connection contacts M8 M10
- 2 cores: 0.25 –
6 mm2 (Twin-
AEH)1)
General
Nominal power loss 24 V W 30
Nominal power loss power
W 202 282 419 600
section
Permitted number of times
1/min <1
power may be switched on/off
Minimum switch-off time for
s 10
power off
Weight kg 6.6 12.1 24.1
Brake chopper and braking resistor
Minimum braking resistance
Ω 15 10 6 4.7 2.3
RBRmin
Continuous power brake chop- kW 15.3 19.8 28.8 38.7 46.8 56.7 70.2 92.7 110.7 136.8
per
Peak power brake chopper kW 200% × apparent output power SN × 0.9
Connection contacts Plug connector
- 1 core: 0.5 –
16 mm2
M8 M10
23061715/EN – 03/2017

- 2 cores: 0.25 –
6 mm2 (Twin-
AEH)1)
Dimensions
Width mm 135 195 240 280
Height mm 295 325 505 620
Depth mm 260 296 346 346
1) AEH: Conductor end sleeve

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 35

 Technical data
2 Technical data of basic device

MOVIDRIVE® system Unit MDX90A-...-5_3-4-S00

Type 2500 3000 3800 4700 5880
Size 8 9
Nominal output current IN
A 250 300 380 470 588
PWM = 4 kHz
Input
Nominal line voltage (to EN 50160) AC
V 3 × 380 – 500 V
Vline
Nominal line current AC Iline A 225 280 340 435 545
Line frequency fline Hz 50 – 60 Hz ± 5%
Controlled rectifier Yes
X1 connection contacts
Output
Output voltage VO V 0 – max. Vline
Motor power ASM PMot kW 132 160 200 250 315
Nominal output current IN A 250 300 380 470 588
PWM = 4 kHz
Overload capacity 200% with PWM 2.5 kHz 150% with PWM 2.5 kHz
100% × IN at
Maximum output current at f = 0 Hz A
PWM 4 kHz
Apparent output power SN kVA 230 277 350 434 541
Nominal DC link voltage VNDCL V DC 560
PWM frequency fPWM kHz 4, 8, 16 (adjustable)
V/f: 599 Hz
VFCPLUS: 250 Hz
Max. output frequency fmax kHz
CFC: 500 Hz
ELSM®: 500 Hz
X2 connection contacts mm2
General
Nominal power loss 24 V
Nominal power loss power section
Permitted number of times power may
be switched on/off
Minimum switch-off time for power off
Weight
Brake chopper and braking resistor
Minimum braking resistance RBRmin Ω 2.3 1
Continuous power brake chopper kW 230 277 350 434 541
Peak power brake chopper kW 200% × apparent output power SN × 0.9
Connection contacts
Dimensions
Width mm 285 700
Height mm 950 1490
Depth mm 346 473
23061715/EN – 03/2017

36 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Technical data of basic device 2
2.3.2 Performance data 3 × AC 230 V
MOVIDRIVE® system Unit MDX90A-...-2_3-4-S00
Type 0070 0093 0140
2
Size 2 3
Nominal output current IN
A 7 9.3 14
PWM = 4 kHz
Input
Nominal line voltage (to EN 50160) AC Vline V 3 × 200 – 240 V
Nominal line current AC Iline A 6.4 8.4 12.4
Line frequency fline Hz 50 – 60 Hz ± 10%
Controlled rectifier No
Plug connector
X1 connection contacts - 1 core: 0.25 – 4 mm2
- 2 cores: 0.25 – 2.5 mm2 (Twin-AEH)1)
Output
Output voltage VO V 0 – max. Vline
Motor power ASM PMot kW 1.5 2.2 3.7
Nominal output current IN
A 7 9.3 14
PWM = 4 kHz
Overload capacity 200%: 3 s with PWM 4 kHz
Maximum output current at f = 0 Hz A 100% × IN at PWM 4 kHz
Apparent output power SN kVA 3.7 4.9 7.5
Nominal DC link voltage VNDCL V DC 325
PWM frequency fPWM kHz 4, 8, 16 (adjustable)
V/f: 599 Hz
VFCPLUS: 250 Hz
Max. output frequency fmax kHz
CFC: 500 Hz
ELSM®: 500 Hz
Plug connector
X2 connection contacts - 1 core: 0.25 – 4 mm2
- 2 cores: 0.25 – 2.5 mm2 (Twin-AEH)1)
General
Nominal power loss 24 V W 20
Nominal power loss power section W 51 72 105
Permitted number of times power may be 1/min <1
switched on/off
Minimum switch-off time for power off s 10
Weight 4.4 5.7
Brake chopper and braking resistor
Minimum braking resistance RBRmin Ω 27 15
Continuous power brake chopper kW 3.7 4.9 7.5
Peak power brake chopper kW 200% × apparent output power SN × 0.9
Connection contacts Plug connector
- 1 core: 0.25 – 4 mm2
- 2 cores: 0.25 – 2.5 mm2 (Twin-AEH)1)
Dimensions
Width mm 105 105
Height mm 295 295
Depth mm 216 260
1) AEH: Conductor end sleeve
23061715/EN – 03/2017

MOVIDRIVE® system Unit MDX90A-...-2_3-4-S00

Type 0213 0290 0420 0570 0840 1080
Size 4 5 6
Nominal output current IN
A 21.3 29 42 57 84 108
PWM = 4 kHz
Input
Nominal line voltage (to EN 50160) AC Vline V 3 × 200 – 240 V
Nominal line current AC Iline A 18.9 27.4 40.8 52 76 86

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 37

 Technical data
2 Technical data of basic device

MOVIDRIVE® system Unit MDX90A-...-2_3-4-S00

Type 0213 0290 0420 0570 0840 1080
Line frequency fline Hz 50 – 60 Hz ± 10%
Controlled rectifier Yes
Plug connector
- 1 core: 0.5 – 16 mm2
X1 connection contacts M8 M10
- 2 cores: 0.25 – 6 mm2
(Twin-AEH)1)
Output
Output voltage VO V 0 – max. Vline
Motor power ASM PMot kW 5.5 7.5 11 15 22 30
Nominal output current IN A 21.3 29 42 57 84 108
PWM = 4 kHz
Overload capacity 200%: 3 s with PWM 4 kHz
Maximum output current at f = 0 Hz A 100% × IN at PWM 4 kHz
Apparent output power SN kVA 11.3 15.4 22.2 30.2 44.6 50.4
Nominal DC link voltage VNDCL V DC 325
PWM frequency fPWM kHz 4, 8, 16 (adjustable)
V/f: 599 Hz
VFCPLUS: 250 Hz
Max. output frequency fmax kHz
CFC: 500 Hz
ELSM®: 500 Hz
Plug connector
2 - 1 core: 0.5 – 16 mm2
X2 connection contacts mm M8 M10
- 2 cores: 0.25 – 6 mm2
(Twin-AEH)1)
General
Nominal power loss 24 V W 30
Nominal power loss power section W 152 218 315 459
Permitted number of times power may be
1/min <1
switched on/off
Minimum switch-off time for power off s 10
Weight 6.6 12.1 24.1
Brake chopper and braking resistor
Minimum braking resistance RBRmin Ω 7.5 4.7 2.3
Continuous power brake chopper kW 11.3 15.4 22.2 30.2 44.6 50.4
Peak power brake chopper kW 200% × apparent output power SN × 0.9
Connection contacts Plug connector
- 1 core: 0.5 – 16 mm2
M8 M10
- 2 cores: 0.25 – 6 mm2
(Twin-AEH)1)
Dimensions
Width mm 135 195 240
Height mm 295 325 505
Depth mm 260 296 346
1) AEH: Conductor end sleeve
23061715/EN – 03/2017

38 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Electronics data – signal terminals 2
2.4 Electronics data – signal terminals
Terminal designation Specification 2
General
Design according to EN 61131-2
Supply voltage
Connection X5 External power supply 24 V -20% +25% according to EN 61131
Plug connector
- 1 core: 0.25 – 2.5 mm2
Connection contacts
- 2 cores: 0.5 – 1.5 mm2 (Twin-AEH)1)
Shield terminals for control cables available.
1) AEH: Conductor end sleeve

Digital inputs
Cycle time input 1 ms / 500 μs
• 6 for MOVIDRIVE® system
Number
• 8 for MOVIDRIVE® technology
Response time 100 μs plus cycle time
X20: 1 – 6 DI00: "Output stage enable" fixedly assigned.
DI01 – DI07: Selection option, see parameter menu.
All inputs are suitable for touch probe function. Latency period
< 100 µs, max. 2 simultaneously.
Assignment DI04, DI05: HTL low-resolution encoder connection.
DI05: Primary frequency input.
X20: 7 – 8 Reserved
X20: 9 GND
Plug connector
- 1 core: 0.25 – 2.5 mm2
Connection contacts
- 2 cores: 0.5 – 1.5 mm2 (Twin-AEH)1)
Shield terminals for control cables available.
1) AEH: Conductor end sleeve

Digital outputs
Cycle time output 1 ms / 500 μs
Number 4
Response time 175 μs plus cycle time
Output current Imax = 50 mA
Short-circuit protection Yes
X21: 1 24 V supply voltage
Maximum output current = 50 mA
Assignment
X21: 2 – 5 DO00 – DO03: Selection option, see parameter menu.
X21: 6 GND
Plug connector
- 1 core: 0.25 – 2.5 mm2
Connection contacts
- 2 cores: 0.5 – 1.5 mm2 (Twin-AEH)1)
Shield terminals for control cables available.
1) AEH: Conductor end sleeve

Brake control
X10:DB0 DB00:
- Control SEW brake switchgear
Assignment - Control braking contactor DC 24 V, max. 150 mA
X10:GND GND
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Plug connector
MDX90A-0020 – 0320-5_3-.. and
MDX90A-0070 – 0290-2_3-..:
- One core: 0.25 – 2.5 mm2
Connection contacts MDX90A-0460-5_3-.. and higher and
MDX90A-0420-.. and higher:
- One core: 0.25 – 2.5 mm2
- Two cores: 0.5 – 1 mm2 (Twin-AEH)1)
Shield terminals for control cables available.
1) AEH: Conductor end sleeve

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 39

 Technical data
2 Electronics data – safety functions

Encoder input
X15:13 X15:13 DC 24 V, Imax = 500 mA
X15:15 X15:15 DC 12 V, Imax = 500 mA

2.5 Electronics data – safety functions

The table below shows the technical data of the application inverter relating to the in-
tegrated safety technology.
The safety-related digital inputs comply with type 3 according to IEC 61131‑2.
Reference potential for the STO_P1 and STO_P2 is STO_M (contact at terminal
X6:2).
Terminal desig- General electronics data
nation
Safety contact STO X6
Electrical data inputs STO_P1, STO_P2 Minimum Typical Maximum
Input voltage range X6:1 and X6:3 DC -3 V DC 24 V DC 30 V
Input capacitance 1 nF 10 nF
Power consumption at DC 24 V 200 mW 300 mW
Input voltage for ON status (STO) DC 11 V DC 30 V
Input voltage for OFF status (STO) DC -3 V DC 5 V
Permitted leakage current of the external safety con- 1 mA
troller
Technical data
Time from disconnecting the safety voltage until the
1.5 ms 2 ms
deactivation of the rotating field
Time from connecting the safety voltage until the ac-
110 ms
tivation of the rotating field
Plug connector
Connection contacts - 1 core: 0.25 – 1.5 mm2
- 2 cores: 0.25 – 0.5 mm2 (Twin-AEH)1)
1) AEH: Conductor end sleeve

23061715/EN – 03/2017

40 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Dimension drawings 2
2.6 Dimension drawings
2.6.1 MDX90A-0020 – 0040-5_3-.. 2

95

41
350

425
100

215
9007215177854347
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 41

 Technical data
2 Dimension drawings

2.6.2 MDX90A-0055 – 0095-5_3-.. , MDX90A-0070 – 0093-2_3-..

105

41
350

425
100

215
9007215177857675
23061715/EN – 03/2017

42 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Dimension drawings 2
2.6.3 MDX90A-0020 – 0040-5_3-.. , MDX90A-0070 – 0093-2_3-.. with braking resistor

95 2

10
41

380

215 422
238
18891885835
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 43

 Technical data
2 Dimension drawings

2.6.4 MDX90A-0125 – 0160-5_3-.. , MDX90A-0140-2_3-..

105

41
350

437
100

260

9007215177861003 23061715/EN – 03/2017

44 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Dimension drawings 2
2.6.5 MDX90A-0240 – 0320-5_3-.. , MDX90A-0213 – 0290-2_3-..
2
135

41
350

437
16
100

260

9007215177864331
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 45

 Technical data
2 Technical data of the option cards

2.7 Technical data of the option cards

2.7.1 CIO21A and CID21A input/output cards

The CIO21A input/output card provides digital/analog inputs and outputs; the CID21A
cards provide digital inputs and outputs.
Terminal designation/ Specification
specification
CIO21A CID21A
Part number 28229495 28229487
General
Design According to IEC 61131‑2 (type 3 for digital inputs)
Cycle time 1 ms
Power consumption 1.2 W 0.4 W Base load plus total load at outputs.
Plug connector
Connection contacts - 1 core: 0.25 – 0.5 mm2
Shield terminals for control cables available.
Digital inputs
Quantity 4
Response time 160 μs plus cycle time
X52: 1 – 4 DI10 – DI13: Selection option, see parameter menu.
Assignment
X52: 5 GND
Digital outputs
Quantity 4
Response time 175 μs plus cycle time
Output current I ≤ 50 mA
Capacitive load ≤ 300 nF
Inductive load Not permitted
Protection device Short-circuit-proof, protected against external voltage DC 0 – 30 V
X52: 6 – 9 DO10 – DO13: Selection option, see parameter menu.
Assignment
X52: 10 GND
Analog inputs
Quantity 2
Type Differential
Switchable to current input
0 to +10 V, -10 V to +10 V
Output value
0(4) – 20 mA
X50:2
Analog input AI21/AI22
X50:3
X50:4
Assignment GND
X50:7
X50:5
Analog input AI31/AI32
X50:6
Voltage input
Resolution 0 to +10 V (11 Bits), -10 V to +10 V (12 Bits)
Tolerance ± 0.5%
Overvoltage immunity DC -20 V to DC +20 V
Input resistance ≥ 10 kΩ
Current input
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Resolution 0(4) – 20 mA (11 Bit)

Tolerance ±2%
Load impedance (internal) 250 Ω
Overvoltage immunity DC -10 V to DC +10 V
Analog outputs
Quantity 2
Short-circuit protection Yes

46 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Technical data of the option cards 2
Terminal designation/ Specification
specification
CIO21A CID21A 2
X51:1
Analog voltage output AOV2/AOV3
X51:4
Assignment X51:2
Analog current output AOC2/AOC3
X51:5
X51: 3, 6 GND
Voltage output
Tolerance ±5%
Capacitive load ≤ 300 nF
Inductive load < 500 μH
Load resistance ≥ 1 kΩ
Resolution 12 bit
Reset state 0V
Output value -10 V to +10 V, ≤ 10 mA
Current output
Tolerance ±3%
Capacitive load ≤ 300 nF
Inductive load None
Load resistance ≤ 500 Ω
Resolution 11 bit
Reset state 0 mA
Measuring range 0(4) – 20 mA
Reference voltage output
Short-circuit protection Yes
Output voltage DC -10 V, DC +10 V
Tolerance ±0.5%
Noise ≤ 10 mA
Output current ≤ 3 mA
Capacitive load ≤ 300 nF
Inductive load < 500 μH
X50: 1 REF1 (DC +10 V)
Assignment
X50: 8 REF2 (DC -10 V)

INFORMATION
Freewheeling diode application
If inductive loads are connected to the digital outputs, you must install an external
protective element (freewheeling diode).
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 47

 Technical data
2 Technical data of the option cards

2.7.2 CES11A multi-encoder card

Voltage supply
The multi-encoder card is supplied by the basic device.

Technical data of encoder supply

Terminal designation Specification
Part number 28229479
Power consumption
Nominal power loss 24 V (option card) 0.8 W
Maximum power consumption 24 V (option card in- 12.8 W
cluding encoder supply)
Encoder supply
12 V X17:15 DC 12 V ± 10%
24 V X17:13 DC 24 V -10%, +20% according to EN 61131
Nominal output current 12 V or 24 V 500 mA
Peak output current Imax for 150 μs 1000 mA
Capacitive load < 220 μF
Inductive load < 500 μH
Short-circuit protection of 12 V supply Yes, but a permanent short circuit is not permitted.
Short-circuit protection of 24 V supply Yes, but a permanent short circuit is not permitted.
Evaluable temperature sensor TF / TH / KTY84-130 / PT1000

Encoder connection
Encoder connection Specification
Connection on encoder card end 15-pin socket
Maximum encoder cable length - HTL encoder ES7C and EG7C: 300 m
- Standard HTL encoder: 200 m
- Other encoders: 100 m

23061715/EN – 03/2017

48 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Technical data of encoder interfaces 2
2.8 Technical data of encoder interfaces
2
2.8.1 Basic device
Terminal designation Specification
Supported encoders
Resolver
Encoder interface X15:1 – 15 SIN/COS
TTL/HTL
HIPERFACE®
Connection contacts 15-pin socket
Encoder supply
Nominal output voltage VS24VG DC 24 V -10%, +20% according to EN 61131
Nominal output voltage VS12VG DC 12 V ± 10%
Imax 500 mA
Ipeak for 150 μs 1000 mA
Short-circuit protection of 12 V supply Yes, but a permanent short circuit is not permitted.
Short-circuit protection of 24 V supply Yes, but a permanent short circuit is not permitted.

2.8.2 CES11A multi-encoder card

Terminal designation Specification
Supported encoders
SIN/COS
TTL/HTL
Encoder interface X17:1 – 15 HIPERFACE®
EnDat2.1
SSI
CANopen
Connection contacts 15-pin socket
Encoder supply
Nominal output voltage VS24VG DC 24 V -10%, +20% according to EN 61131
Nominal output voltage VS12VG DC 12 V ± 10%
Imax 500 mA
Ipeak for 150 μs 1000 mA
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 49

 Technical data
2 Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes

2.9 Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes

2.9.1 Braking resistors type BW.../BW...-T

General
The BW... / BW...-T braking resistors are adapted to the technical characteristics of
the application inverter.
There are braking resistors with different continuous and peak braking power avail-
able.
The braking resistors can be protected against overload and overtemperature by the
customer by using a thermal overload relay. The tripping current is set to the value IF,
see the following tables.
The braking resistors of the series BW...-T are equipped with an integrated temperat-
ure switch that monitors the temperature. If the nominal operating temperature is ex-
ceeded, the temperature switch triggers a signal contact. The temperature switch does
not switch off the braking resistor. This is why the temperature switch must be evalu-
ated to avoid thermal overload of the braking resistor.
Another possibility to protect the braking resistor is the TCB thermal circuit breaker.
The TCB thermal circuit breaker protects the braking resistor against continuous over-
load and against power peaks over short periods.
A PTC resistor protects itself (reversible) against regenerative overload by changing
abruptly to high resistance and no longer consuming any more energy. The inverter
then switches off and signals a "brake chopper" fault.
In the documented assignments of drive inverters and flat-design resistors, flat-design
resistors have an internal thermal protection (non-replaceable fuse) that interrupts the
current circuit in the event of overload. The project planning guidelines and the docu-
mented assignments of drive inverter and braking resistor must be adhered to.

INFORMATION
Use of protection devices
Only use the protection devices listed in the following section:
• TCB thermal circuit breaker
• Internal temperature switch T
• External bimetallic relay
→ See also chapter Protection against thermal overload of the braking resistor.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

50 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes 2
UL and cUL approval
The listed braking resistors have cRUus approvals independent of the application in- 2
verter.

Parallel connection of braking resistors

Identical braking resistors must be connected in parallel for some inverter/resistor
combinations.
In this case, protect each braking resistor against overload and overtemperature using
a thermal overload relay.
The temperature switches must be connected in series for braking resistors of the
BW...-T series.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 51

 Technical data
2 Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes

Technical data and assignment to an inverter

Technical data
Braking resistor Unit BW120-001 BW100-001 BW100-002 BW100-006-T
Part number 18176011 08281718 08281653 18204198
Current-carrying capacity at 100% kW 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.6
cdf
Resistance value RBW Ω 117 100 ± 10%
Tripping current IF A 1 1 2.4
Design Submounting resistor Flat-type resistor Wire resistor
Power connections Single conductors Ceramic terminal
2.5 mm2
Tightening torque Nm - 0.5
PE connection M4
Tightening torque PE Nm 1.8
Degree of protection IP20 IP65 IP20
Ambient temperature ϑA -20 °C – +40 °C
(Reduction 4% PN/10 K up to +60 °C)
Weight kg 0.95 0.3 0.6 3

Assignment to an inverter
Braking resistor BW120-001 BW100-003 BW100-005 BW100-006-T
0020 0020
0025 0025
MDX90A-...-5_3-..
0032 0032
0040 0040

Technical data
Braking resistor Unit BW47-010-T BW147-T BW247-T
Part number 17983207 18201342 18200842
Current-carrying capacity at kW 0.8 1.2 2
100% cdf
Resistance value RBW Ω 47 ± 10%
Tripping current IF A 4.1 5.1 6.5
Design Wire resistor
Power connections Ceramic terminal 2.5 mm2
Tightening torque Nm 0.5
PE connection M4
Tightening torque PE Nm 1.8
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature ϑA -20 °C – +40 °C
Weight kg 4 4.9 6.7

Assignment to an inverter
Braking resistor BW47-010-T BW147-T BW247-T
0055
MDX90A-...-5_3-.. 0070
0095
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Technical data
Braking resistor Unit BW027-016-T BW027-024-T BW027-042-T
Part number 17983215 17983231 19155301
Current-carrying capacity at kW 1.6 2.4 4.2
100% cdf
Resistance value RBW Ω 27 ± 10%
Tripping current IF A 7.7 9.4 12.5
Design Wire resistor Frame resistor

52 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes 2
Braking resistor Unit BW027-016-T BW027-024-T BW027-042-T
Power connections Ceramic terminal 2.5 mm2
Tightening torque Nm 0.5
2
PE connection M4 M5
Tightening torque PE Nm 1.8 2.5
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature ϑA -20 °C – +40 °C
Weight kg 5.8 8 10

Assignment to an inverter
Braking resistor BW027-016-T BW027-024-T BW027-042-T
0125
MDX90A-...-5_3-..
0160
0070
MDX90A-...-2_3-..
0093

Technical data
Braking resistor Unit BW015-016 BW015-042-T BW015-075-T BW915-T
Part number 17983258 19155328 19155271 18204139
Current-carrying capacity at kW 1.6 4.2 7.5 16
100% cdf
Resistance value RBW Ω 15 ± 10%
Tripping current IF A 10.3 16.7 22.4 32.7
Design Wire resistor Frame resistor Grid resistor
Power connections Ceramic terminal 2.5 / 4 mm2 M8 stud
Tightening torque Nm 0.5 0.9 6
PE connection M4 M5 M6 stud
Tightening torque PE Nm 1.8 2.5 3
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature ϑA -20 °C – +40 °C
Weight kg 5.8 10 12 32

Assignment to an inverter
Braking resistor BW015-016 BW015-042-T BW015-075-T BW915-T
0240
0320
MDX90A-...-5_3-..
0620 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)
0750 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)
0140
MDX90A-...-2_3-.. 0213 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)
0290 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)

Technical data
Braking resistor Unit BW010-024 BW010-050-T BW010-108-T
Part number 17983266 17983274 19155298
Current-carrying capacity at kW 2.4 5 10.8
100% cdf
Resistance value RBW Ω 10 ± 10%
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Tripping current IF A 15.5 22.4 32.9

Design Wire resistor Grid resistor
Power connections Ceramic terminal 2.5 mm2 M8 stud
Tightening torque Nm 0.5 6
PE connection M4 stud M6 stud
Tightening torque PE Nm 1.8 3
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature ϑA -20 °C – +40 °C

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 53

 Technical data
2 Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes

Braking resistor Unit BW010-024 BW010-050-T BW010-108-T

Weight kg 8 11 17.5

Assignment to an inverter
Braking resistor BW010-024 BW010-050-T BW010-108-T
0460
MDX90A-...-5_3-.. 0910 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)
1130 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)
0213
MDX90A-...-2_3-.. 0290
0420 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)

Technical data
Braking resistor Unit BW006-025-01 BW006-050-01 BW106-T BW206-T
Part number 18200117 18200125 18200834 18204120
Current-carrying capacity at 100% kW 2.5 5 13.5 18
cdf
Resistance value RBW Ω 6 ± 10%
Tripping current IF A 20.4 28.9 47.4 54.8
Design Grid resistor
Power connections M8 stud
Tightening torque Nm 6
PE connection
Tightening torque PE Nm
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature ϑA -25 °C – +40 °C
Weight kg 7.5 12 30 40

Assignment to an inverter
Braking resistor BW006-025-01 BW006-050-01 BW106-T BW206-T
0620
MDX90A-...-5_3-.. 0750
1490 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)
MDX90A-...-2_3-.. 570 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)

Technical data
Braking resistor Unit BW004-050-01 BW004-070-01 BW005-070 BW005-170-T
Part number 18200133 17967678 17983282 17983290
Current-carrying capacity at 100% kW 5 7 7 17
cdf
Resistance value RBW Ω 3.6 ± 10% 4.7 ± 10%
Tripping current IF A 32.6 38.6 38.6 60.1
Design Grid resistor
Power connections M8 stud
Tightening torque Nm 6
PE connection M6 stud
Tightening torque PE Nm 3
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature ϑA -20 °C – +40 °C
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Weight kg 13 33

Assignment to an inverter
Braking resistor BW004-050-01 BW004-070-01 BW005-070 BW005-170-T
0910
1130
MDX90A-...-5_3-.. 1490 1770 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)
2200 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)
2500 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)

54 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes 2
Braking resistor BW004-050-01 BW004-070-01 BW005-070 BW005-170-T
MDX90A-...-2_3-.. 570 -
2

Technical data
Braking resistor Unit BW002-070 BW003-420-T
Part number 17983304 13302345
Current-carrying capacity at 100% kW 7 42
cdf
Resistance value RBW Ω 2.3 ± 10% 2.5
Tripping current IF A 355.2 135.1
Design Grid resistor
Power connections M8 stud M12 stud
Tightening torque Nm 6 15.5
PE connection M6 stud M10 stud
Tightening torque PE Nm 3 10
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature ϑA -20 °C – +40 °C
Weight kg 33 93

Assignment to an inverter
Braking resistor BW002-070 BW003-420-T
1770
2200
2500
MDX90A-...-5_3-.. 3000 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)
3800 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)
4700 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)
5880 (Parallel connection of 2 braking resistors)

Technical data
Braking resistor Unit BW1.0-170
Part number 17985455
Current-carrying capacity at kW 17
100% cdf
Resistance value RBW Ω 1 ± 10%
Tripping current IF A 130.4
Design Grid resistor
Power connections M12 stud
Tightening torque Nm 15.5
PE connection M10 stud
Tightening torque PE Nm 10
Degree of protection IP20
Ambient temperature ϑA -25 °C – +40 °C
Weight kg 45

Assignment to an inverter
Braking resistor BW1.0-170
3000
23061715/EN – 03/2017

3800
MDX90A-...-5_3-..
4700
5880

Technical data of BW..-T

Specifications for BW..-T Design
Signal contact connection cross section 1 × 2.5 mm2
Tightening torque signal contact 1 Nm

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 55

 Technical data
2 Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes

Specifications for BW..-T Design

Switching capacity signal contact DC 2 A / DC 24 V (DC11)
AC 2 A / AC 230 V (AC11)
Switch contact (NC contact) According to EN 60730

23061715/EN – 03/2017

56 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes 2
Dimension drawings and dimensions

Wire resistor 2
M../PG..
[1]

C
d
b x a M../PG..
B A

18874863883
Braking resistor Main dimensions in mm Mounting dimensions in mm Cable gland
A B C a b d x
BW100-006-T 549 92 125 430 80 6.5 8 M25 + M12
BW47-010-T 749 92 125 630 80 6.5 8 M25 + M12
BW147-T 549 185 125 430 150 6.5 8 PG16 + M12
BW247-T 749 185 125 630 150 6.5 8 PG16 + M12
BW027-016-T 649 185 125 530 150 6.5 8 M25 + M12
BW027-024-T 649 275 125 530 240 6.5 8 M25 + M12
BW015-016 649 185 125 530 150 6.5 8 M25
BW010-024 649 275 125 530 240 6.5 8 M25

Grid resistor
C

d a
b A
B
18874868747
Braking resistor Main dimensions in mm Mounting dimensions in mm Cable gland
A B C a b d x
BW015-075-T 415 500 270 395 380 9 - -
BW106-T 795 490 270 770 380 10.5 - -
BW206-T 995 490 270 970 380 10.5 - -
BW915-T 795 490 270 770 380 10.5 - -
BW010-050-T 395 490 260 370 380 10.5 - -
BW010-108-T 525 500 270 505 380 9 - -
BW004-050-01 395 490 260 370 380 10.5 - -
23061715/EN – 03/2017

BW005-070 395 490 260 370 380 10.5 - -

BW002-070 395 490 260 370 380 10.5 - -

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 57

 Technical data
2 Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes

Grid resistor

C
d a
b
A
B
18874876043
Braking resistor Main dimensions in mm Mounting dimensions in mm Cable gland
A B C a b d x
BW003-420-T 995 490 710 970 380 10.5 - -

Grid resistor
Braking resistor Main dimensions in mm Mounting dimensions in mm Cable gland
A B C a b d x
BW005-170-T 490 795 270 380 770 10.5 - -
BW1.0-170 490 795 490 380 770 10.5 - -
BW006-025-01 295 490 260 270 380 10.5 - -
BW006-050-01 395 490 260 370 380 10.5 - -

23061715/EN – 03/2017

58 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes 2
Frame resistor
M../PG.. 2

C
d x a
b M../PG..
A
B
18874873611
Braking resistor Main dimensions in mm Mounting dimensions in mm Cable gland
A B C a b d x
BW027-042-T 570 390 180 380 370 6.5 55 M25 + M12
BW015-042-T 570 390 180 380 370 6.5 55 M25 + M12

Flat type resistor

C
12

M4
b
B

a
A

18874878475
Braking resistor Main dimensions in mm Mounting dimensions in mm Cable gland
A B C a b d x
BW100-003 110 80 15 98 60
BW100-005 216 80 15 204 60

Submounting resistor BW120-001

6.6

50
92
23061715/EN – 03/2017

21.5

24 27.5 325
380

7 366
6

19506873227

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 59

 Technical data
2 Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes

2.9.2 TCB thermal circuit breaker option

General
The TCB thermal circuit breaker protects the braking resistor from constant overload
and protects it in case of a short circuit in the cable or the braking resistor.
In the event of a fault, the thermal circuit breaker disconnects the braking resistor and
signals this fault via isolated NO and NC contacts.
After fault elimination, the thermal circuit breaker can be reset manually. For this pur-
pose, there is a lever at the front, similar to the design of a miniature circuit breaker.
The setting range of the thermal circuit breaker has to be selected in such a way that it
corresponds to the tripping current IF of the braking resistor.
The switch reacts to the following events:
• Thermal overload.
• Short circuit.
• Exceeded nominal current.
In the event of a fault, the thermal circuit breaker switches off the braking resistor. The
present fault is signaled via isolated NO and NC contacts.
After fault elimination, the thermal circuit breaker can be reconnected like a normal
miniature circuit breaker.

Technical data
Circuit breaker type Unit TCB0040 TCB0063 TCB0100
Part number 19170424 19170432 19170440
Setting range A 2.5 – 4 4 – 6.3 6.3 – 10
Connection cross section main contact mm2 1.5 – 16
Tightening torque Nm 2.5
Signal contact connection cross section mm2 0.5 – 1.5
Tightening torque Nm 0.8
Mechanical service life 20000 switching cycles

Circuit breaker type Unit TCB0160 TCB0200 TCB0250 TCB0320 TCB0400

Part number 19170459 19148658 19170467 19170475 19170483
Setting range A 10 – 16 16 – 20 20 – 25 25 – 32 32 – 40
Connection cross section main contact mm2 2.5 – 16 4 – 16 6 – 16 10 – 16
Tightening torque Nm 2.5
Signal contact connection cross section mm2 0.5 – 1.5
Tightening torque Nm 0.8
Mechanical service life 20000 switching cycles
23061715/EN – 03/2017

60 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes 2
Dimension drawing
2

17195255435
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 61

 Technical data
2 Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes

2.9.3 Line filter

Line filters are used to suppress interference emission on the line side of inverters.
INFORMATION:
• Do not switch between the NF... line filter and inverter.

UL and cUL approval

The listed line filters have cRUus approvals independent of the application inverter.

Technical data
Line filter NF0055-503 NF0120-503 NF0220-503 NF0420-513
Part number 17984319 17984270 17984300 17983789
Nominal line voltage VN 3 × AC 230 V - 500 V, 50/60 Hz
Nominal current IN 5.5 A 12 A 22 A 42 A
Nominal power loss 9W 30 W
Ambient temperature ϑA 0 to 45 °C (reduction: x% IN up to max. 60 °C)
Connection contacts Cage clamp terminals max. 6 mm2 2.5 – 16 mm2
L1/L2/L3 - L1'/L2'/L3'
Tightening torque - 2 - 4 Nm
L1/L2/L3 - L1'/L2'/L3'
PE terminal contacts M5 M6
Tightening torque PE 3 Nm 6 Nm
Degree of protection IP20 according to EN 60529
Weight 1.4 kg 3 kg

Assignment to an inverter
Line filter NF0055-503 NF0120-503 NF0220-503 NF0420-513
MDX90A-...-5_3-.. 0020 – 0040 0055 – 0095 0125 – 0160 0240 – 0320
MDX90A-...-2_3-.. - 0070 – 0093 0140 0213 – 0290

23061715/EN – 03/2017

62 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes 2
Dimension drawings and dimensions
PE 2

C
b
B
d

a
A
18891135115
Line filter Main dimensions in mm Mounting dimensions in mm
A B C E a b d PE
NF0055-503 200 50 97 - 186 25 5.5 M4
NF0120-503 200 50 97 - 186 25 5.5 M4
NF0220-503 230 55 102 - 216 30 5.5 M4
E C
d

b
B

PE a
A
9007218145873675
Line filter Main dimensions in mm Mounting dimensions in mm
A B C E a b d PE
NF0420-513 250 88 97 255 235 60 5.5 M6
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 63

 Technical data
2 Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes

2.9.4 Line choke

Using line chokes is optional:
• To support overvoltage protection
• To smoothen the line current, to reduce harmonics
• Protection in the event of distorted line voltage
• To limit the charging current when several inverters are connected together in par-
allel on the input end with shared line contactors (nominal current of line choke =
total of inverter currents).

UL and cUL approval

The listed line chokes have cRUus approvals independent of the application inverter.

Technical data
Line choke ND0070-503 ND0160-503 ND0300-503 ND0420-503
Part number 17984173 17984181 17983800 17983819
Nominal line voltage VN 3 × AC 230 V - 500 V, 50/60 Hz
Nominal current IN 7A 16 A 30 A 42 A
Nominal inductance 0.36 mH 0.2 mH 0.1 mH 0,045 mH
Nominal power loss 4W 9W 11 W 13 W
Ambient temperature ϑA -10 °C to 45 °C (reduction: 3% IN up to max. 60 °C)
Terminal contacts L1/L2/L3 - L1'/L2'/L3' 0.2 – 4 mm2 0.2 – 10 mm2 2.5 – 16 mm2
Tightening torque L1/L2/L3 - L1'/L2'/L3' 0.5 – 1 Nm 1.2 – 2 Nm 2.5 Nm
PE terminal contact M4 M5
Tightening torque PE 1.5 Nm 3 Nm
Degree of protection IPXXB to EN 60529
Weight 0.5 kg 1.3 kg 1.95 kg 1.82 kg

Assignment to an inverter
Line choke ND0070-503 ND0160-503 ND0300-503 ND0420-503
MDX90A-...-5_3-.. 0020 – 0055 0070 – 0125 0160 – 0240 0320
MDX90A-...-2_3-.. - 0070 – 0093 0140 – 0213 0290

23061715/EN – 03/2017

64 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes 2
Dimension drawings and dimensions
E 2

C
a d b
A B
18891130251
Line choke Main dimensions in mm Mounting dimensions in mm
A B C E a b d PE
ND0070-503 78 57 105 56 65 40 4.8 M4
ND0160-503 96 70 120 65 71 54 4.8 M4
ND0300-503 121 86 145 86 105 70 4.8 M5
ND0420-503 121 86 150 90 105 70 4.8 M5
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 65

 Technical data
2 Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes

2.9.5 Output filter

Description of the output filter

HF.. type output filters are sine filters used to smooth the output voltages of inverters.
• Discharge currents in the motor cables are suppressed.
• Motor winding insulations of third-party motors that are not suitable for inverters
are protected.
• For long motor cables (> 100 m), overvoltage peaks are prevented.

UL and cUL approval

The listed output filters have cRUus approvals independent of the application inverter.

Technical data
Output filter HF0055-503 HF0125-503 HF0240-503 HF0460-503
Part number 17985110 17985129 17985137 17985145
Nominal voltage UN 3 × AC 230 V - 500 V, 50/60 Hz
Nominal current IN 5.5 A 12.5 A 24 A 46 A
Nominal power loss 80 W 120 W 200 W 400 W
Ambient temperature ϑA 0 °C to 45 °C (reduction: 3% IN/K up to max. 60 °C)
Terminal contacts L1/L2/L3 - L1'/L2'/L3' 0.2 – 10 mm2 2.5 – 16 mm2
Tightening torque L1/L2/L3 - L1'/L2'/L3' 1.2 – 2 Nm 2 – 4 Nm
PE terminal contacts M6 stud
Tightening torque PE 6 Nm
Degree of protection IP20
Weight 8 kg 18 kg 25 kg 40 kg

Assignment to an inverter
Output filter HF0055-503 HF0125-503 HF0240-503 HF0460-503
MDX90A-...-5_3-.. 0020 – 0040 0055 – 0095 0125 – 0160 0240 – 0320
MDX90A-...-2_3-.. - 0070 – 0093 0140 0213 – 0290

23061715/EN – 03/2017

66 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Technical data
Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes 2
Dimension drawings and dimensions
2

C
PE

b
B
d

x a
A
19269071627
Output filter Main dimensions in mm Mounting dimensions in mm
A B C a b d x PE
HF0055-503 310 105 160 290 75 6.5 7 M6
HF0125-503 390 120 215 370 90 6.5 7 M6
HF0240-503 450 135 270 430 100 6.5 7 M6
HF0460-503 450 160 310 430 120 6.5 7 M6
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 67

 Technical data
2 Technical data of braking resistors, filters and chokes

2.9.6 Output choke

Description of output choke

HD.. type output chokes suppress interference emitted from unshielded motor cables.

UL and cUL approval

The listed output chokes have cRUus approvals independent of the application in-
verter.

Technical data
Output choke HD0125-503 HD0240-503 HD0460-503
Part number 17985153 17985188 17985161
Nominal voltage UN 3 × AC 230 V - 500 V, 50/60 Hz
Nominal current IN 12.5 A 24 A 46 A
Nominal power loss 2.9 W 6W 14 W
Ambient temperature ϑA 0 °C to 45 °C (reduction: 3% IN/K up to max. 60 °C)
Connection contacts U1/V1/W1 - U2/V2/W2 0.2 – 10 mm2 2.5 – 16 mm2
Tightening torque L1/L2/L3 - L1'/L2'/L3' 1.2 – 2 Nm 2 – 4 Nm
PE terminal contact M6
Tightening torque PE 6 Nm
Degree of protection IP20
Weight 0.85 kg 1.46 kg 2.35 kg

Assignment to an inverter
Output choke HD0125-503 HD0240-503 HD0460-503
MDX90A-...-5_3-.. 0020 – 0095 0125 – 0160 0240 – 0320
MDX90A-...-2_3-.. 0070 – 0093 0140 0213 – 0290

Dimension drawings and dimensions

E
C
d

b
B

PE a
A
23061715/EN – 03/2017

9007218145873675
Line filter Main dimensions in mm Mounting dimensions in mm
A B C E a b d PE
HD0125-503 153 62.5 72.5 151 138 40 5.5 M6
HD0240-503 178 92.5 82.5 178 158 65 5.5 M6
HD0460-503 190 122.5 112.5 189 170 90 5.5 M6

68 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
SEW Workbench 3
3 Configuration

3.1 SEW Workbench 3

The SEW Workbench is the central configuration software for inverters by
SEW‑EURODRIVE.
All necessary configurations can be processed, from entering the application to gear
unit, motor and inverter calculations. Other features are optimization of the various
axis cycles including the selection of accessories and a fault check of the entire drive
system configuration.
Of course, the workbench can also be used to select and dimension all other products
from SEW‑EURODRIVE (such as decentralized drives and gearmotors). This means
the SEW Workbench allows for specifying drive solutions from the entire range of
products from SEW‑EURODRIVE. The straightforward operation saves a lot of time
and minimizes complexity.
The key features of the SEW Workbench are:
• Application selection.
• Calculation of gear unit and motor.
• Price-optimized project planning.
• Comparison of different solutions.
• Inverter calculation.
• Multi-axis optimization.
• Parameterization of cable and accessories selection.
• Dimensioning faults check.
• Parts list generation.
• Electronic catalog with all products.
The SEW Workbench is made available to customers by the responsible
SEW‑EURODRIVE sales representative.
To use SEW Workbench, all you need to do is to register via the Online Support once
you have received the data DVD. An Internet update service ensures that products
and functions are always up-to-date.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 69

 Configuration
3 Schematic workflow for project planning

3.2 Schematic workflow for project planning

The following flow diagram illustrates the drive selection procedure for a positioning
drive. The drive consists of a gearmotor that is supplied by an application inverter.
Necessary information regarding the machine to be driven
• Technical data and ambient conditions.
• Positioning accuracy.
• Speed setting range.
• Travel cycle calculation.
↓
Calculation of the relevant application data
• Travel diagram.
• Speeds.
• Static, dynamic torques.
• Regenerative power.
↓
Gear unit selection
• Defining gear unit type, gear unit size, gear unit ratio, and gear unit design.
• Checking the positioning accuracy.
• Checking the gear unit load.
• Checking the input speed.
↓
Motor selection
• Maximum torque.
• With dynamic drives: effective torque at medium speed.
• Maximum speed.
• Observe dynamic and thermal torque curves.
• Motor equipment (brake, plug connector, thermal motor protection, etc.).
↓
Selection of application modules
• Determining the control mode.
• Motor/inverter assignment.
• Checking if the application inverters fulfill the duration and overload requirements.
↓
Braking resistor selection
• Checking if the braking resistor fulfills the duration and overload requirements.
• Observe braking resistor assignment.
↓
Selection of other system components
• Option cards.
• Motor and power supply cables.
• Signal and encoder cables.
• EMC measures.
↓
24 V voltage supply selection
• Determining the current demand of the 24 V voltage supply.
• Observing the requirements for the voltage tolerance.
↓
Make sure that all requirements have been met.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

70 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Drive selection 3
3.3 Drive selection
For drive selection, in addition to the travel diagram that describes the exact travel
cycle, a large number of additional specifications must be made about the operating 3
and ambient conditions.
It is first necessary to have data for the machine to be driven such as mass, setting
range, speed, information about the mechanical design and so on in order to select
the drive correctly. The appropriate drive can be determined with the calculated
torques and speeds of the drive while taking other mechanical requirements such as
environmental and operating conditions into account.
For selecting the drive, a decision is to be taken if an asynchronous motor or a syn-
chronous motor is to be used. The extensive product range of SEW‑EURODRIVE is
available for this purpose.

3.3.1 General requirements for motors

SEW‑EURODRIVE's AC motors are suitable for use with an inverter due to the high-
quality windings. For operation of third-party motors at SEW‑EURODRIVE's applica-
tion inverters, their suitability has to be checked.

Motors that can be connected

• Asynchronous motors with squirrel-cage rotor.
• Permanent-field synchronous motors.
When third-party motors are operated with MOVIDRIVE® modular/system,
SEW‑EURODRIVE cannot ensure that the specified performance data is reached.

Dielectric strength of the motor

The operation of an AC motor with a frequency inverter places a much greater load on
the motor winding than in the case of operation on the supply system. All AC motors
by SEW‑EURODRIVE have the required voltage endurance.
At a line voltage of AC 3 x 400 V, the nominal DC link voltage is DC 560 V. In regener-
ative operation, the DC link voltage can rise to 970 V.

Requirements on third-party motors

The connected third-party motor has to be designed for these DC link voltages.
The inverters pulse the DC voltage of the DC link UDC to the supply cables to the mo-
tor. At SEW‑EURODRIVE, the pulsed voltage supply is available with 2.5 kHz, 4 kHz,
8 kHz or 16 kHz. As a result, the motor is loaded with voltage peaks, high amplitude
and very short rise times.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 71

 Configuration
3 Drive selection

Thermal motor protection

Thermal motor protection prevents the motor from overheating and consequently from
being damaged. For this purpose, temperature sensors detect the winding temperat-
ure. As standard, the MOVIDRIVE® modular/system frequency inverters can evaluate
the following temperature sensors:
• PTC (SEW-EURODRIVE designation: TF)
• Bimetallic switch (SEW-EURODRIVE designation: TH)
• KTY84 - 130 (SEW-EURODRIVE designation: KY/KTY)
• PT1000 (SEW-EURODRIVE designation: PK)

3.3.2 Group drive and multi-motor drive

Group drive of asynchronous motors

A group drive is a group of asynchronous motors of any power rating. The motors do
not have a rigid mechanical connection or only a connection that is subject to slip and
are connected to an inverter electrically parallel.
After a suitable startup, operation in V/f control mode is possible.
If motors with different power ratings are operated at the inverter in parallel, the motor
with the largest power rating has to be set up.
• The total of the motor currents must not exceed the nominal output current of the
inverter.
• Note the permitted length of all motor leads connected in parallel:
ltot = lmax/n
ltot = Total length of the motor leads connected in parallel
lmax = Permitted motor lead length
n = Number of motors connected in parallel

Multi-motor drive of asynchronous motors

Multi-motor drive means the electrical parallel connection of several identical asyn-
chronous motors at 1 inverter, that are rigidly and mechanically coupled and drive a
load.
Parallel operation of several identical asynchronous motors is possible provided the
strict compliance with the following conditions.
• Only use gearmotors of the same type and with the same winding data.
• The rotor position of the individual motors must not differ in more than the following
mechanical angle:
Zp × Δφmech_max < 20°
Zp = Number of motor pole pairs
Δφmech_max = maximum used angle of the shaft connection in regard of the motor
23061715/EN – 03/2017

shaft
This must be ensured by the mechanics even for maximally different torque loads
of the motor shafts. The motor has to be equipped with an encoder for the encoder
feedback.

72 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Drive selection 3
• Note the permitted length of all motor leads connected in parallel:
ltot = lmax/n
ltot = Total length of the motor leads connected in parallel 3
lmax = Permitted motor lead length
n = Number of motors connected in parallel
• Make sure the speed sensor is installed on the gearmotor which has the greatest
clearance or elasticity with respect to the load inertia.

3.3.3 Connecting explosion-proof AC motors

Observe the following instructions when connecting explosion-proof AC motors to ap-
plication inverter:
• The inverter must be installed outside of the potentially explosive atmosphere.
• Observe industry and country-specific regulations.
• Observe the regulations and information of the motor manufacturer with regard to
operation on a frequency inverter, e.g. mandatory sine filter.
• All operating resources used in potentially explosive atmospheres must adhere to
the relevant standards, such as Directive 94/9/EC (ATEX 100a) or IEC 60079.
• The sensor input of the motor's temperature monitoring must not be used in poten-
tially-explosive areas. For thermal monitoring use a monitoring device approved for
potentially explosive atmospheres.
• In case of motors with speed feedback the speed sensor must also be approved
for potentially explosive atmospheres. The speed sensor can be directly connected
to the inverter.

INFORMATION
For more information on the operation of explosion-proof AC motors, refer to the "Ex-
plosion-Proof AC Motors, Asynchronous Servomotors" operating instructions. You
can order the operating instructions from SEW‑EURODRIVE.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 73

 Configuration
3 Drive selection

3.3.4 General requirements for encoders

Valid motor encoders from SEW‑EURODRIVE

The following overview shows the motor encoders from SEW‑EURODRIVE that are
valid for use with MOVIDRIVE® system. For information on the respective encoder
cables, refer to chapter "Prefabricated cables" (→ 2 118).

A.7Y

E.7S, E.7R, E.7C

A.7W

X17
RH.M
RH.L
X15

AK0H, EK0H
AK1H, EK1H
AS1H, ES1H
AV1H
16887290123

3.3.5 General requirements for the brake control

Refer to the motor catalogs for extensive information and technical data regarding the
brakes.

Brake control
Brakes may only be controlled via the digital output X10: DB0 at the application in-
verter. It is not permitted to control them via other electronic devices or via controllers.
The digital output DB00 is designed as output for operating a relay with protection cir-
cuit with a DC 24 V control voltage, a maximum current of 150 mA and a power rating
of 3.6 W.
With this, a power contactor with DC 24 V coil voltage or a suitable brake rectifier from
SEW‑EURODRIVE can be controlled. This power contactor is used to switch the
brake.
Direct switch of the brake via DB00 is not permitted.

Permitted load of brake control and brake

One complete switching sequence (opening and closing) must not be repeated more
23061715/EN – 03/2017

often than a maximum of every 2 seconds. SEW‑EURODRIVE brakes must remain

switched off for at least 100 ms before it can be switched on again.

74 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Recommendations for motor and inverter selection 3
3.4 Recommendations for motor and inverter selection
The basis for motor selection are the limit characteristic curves of the motors in in-
verter operation. The limit characteristic curve states the torque characteristic of the 3
motor depending on the speed.
The dynamic and thermal limits must be observed when selecting the motor.

3.4.1 Thermal limit characteristic curve

The mean motor speed and the effective torque are calculated during drive selection
to determine the thermal utilization of the motor. The operating point of the motor must
lie below the thermal limit characteristic curve of the motor; otherwise the motor will be
thermally overloaded.

3.4.2 Dynamic limit characteristic curve

The dynamic limit characteristic curve depicts the maximum torque the motor can gen-
erate at a certain speed. Note that the inverter must supply sufficient current for the
motor to reach its maximum torque.
The base speed is especially important for project planning. The base speed is the
available speed up to the maximum motor torque. In inverter operation, field weaken-
ing begins at the rated speed. The motor torque is limited by the voltage limit charac-
teristic curve in the field-weakening range, and decreases with increasing speed.
MN is determined by the motor. Mmax and nbase depend on the motor/inverter combina-
tion. For the values for Mmax and nbase in control modes VFCPLUS, CFC, ELSM®, refer to
the motor selection tables in chapter "Motor/inverter assignment" (→ 2 79).

Typical characteristic curve of asynchronous motors

M
3
Mmax

2
MN

0
0 nbase 1.4×nbase n
1476913547

[1] S1 operation with self-cooling

[2] S1 operation with external cooling
[3] Mechanical limit for gearmotors
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 75

 Configuration
3 Recommendations for motor and inverter selection

Typical characteristic curve of synchronous motors

500 %

400 %

[2]
300 %

M / Mn
200 %

100 % [1]

0%
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
-1
min
9007217201768843

[1] Thermal limit characteristic curve S1 operation

[2] Dynamic limit torque

3.4.3 Motor selection for asynchronous motors

The mechanical resistance of the motor against the overload, which might exceed the
permitted limit values, must be strictly checked.
Mpk and nbase depend on the motor/inverter combination, as well as on the used control
mode.
Asynchronous motors are mainly operated in control mode VFCPLUS. The control mode
efficiently adjusts the motor magnetization to the respective operating point. Simultan-
eously it allows for dynamic responses to load shocks at the drive train.

3.4.4 Asynchronous motors in control mode VFCPLUS

The control mode VFCPLUS without encoder allows dynamic use of the entire speed
range of the drive. Reversing and moving through the speed 0 are also possible.

INFORMATION
Lifting application with encoder
The control must be designed in such a way that the direction of rotation of the drive
can only be reversed when it is at a standstill (with the brake applied).
If the direction of rotation should be changed without standstill, a motor encoder must
be used.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

But continuous operation of asynchronous motors without encoder at low speeds is

not possible. The minimum speeds that must not be permanently undercut during op-
eration without encoder are:
• Motor mode: 1% of the asynchronous motor nominal speed.
• Regenerative: 10% of the asynchronous motor nominal speed.

76 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Recommendations for motor and inverter selection 3
The described restrictions do not apply in control mode VFCPLUS with encoder. In com-
parison to operation without encoder, higher dynamic properties can be achieved with
an encoder.
When determining the maximum speed, observe that the nominal torque MN reciproc- 3
ally decreases in the field weakening range, but the breakdown torque MK is reduced
in an quadratic relationship. Thus, the breakdown torque is smaller than the nominal
torque from a certain speed on.

3.4.5 Asynchronous motors in control mode CFC

Either standard asynchronous motors (e.g. DRN.. motors) or asynchronous servomo-
tors (e.g. DRL.. motors) can be used in control mode CFC. SEW‑EURODRIVE recom-
mends using asynchronous servomotors to achieve optimum benefit from the advant-
ages of the control mode CFC.

Standard asynchronous motors in control mode CFC

In comparison to control mode VFCPLUS, higher dynamic properties can be achieved
using CFC. The full motor magnetization is maintained in each operating state, so that
the highest requirements on dynamics are met. Due to the voltage reserves required
for this, standard asynchronous motors are operated with a lower base speed in this
operating mode than in operating mode VFCPLUS. Power yield and energy efficiency
are thus lower.
Sped/torque characteristic for VFCPLUS and CFC in comparison.

VFC
[1] CFC

[2]

[3]
0 nN 2 x nN n

19531895051

[1] Torque
[2] Current
23061715/EN – 03/2017

[3] Power

Asynchronous servomotors in control mode CFC

The high-quality mechanic design of the DRL.. series asynchronous AC servomotors
allows for dynamic overload values that exceed the values of the standard asynchron-
ous motors in line or inverter operation. Due to these characteristics the values of a
synchronous servomotor are almost reached.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 77

 Configuration
3 Recommendations for motor and inverter selection

SEW‑EURODRIVE offers DRL.. motors in 2 dynamics packages:

Package Overload capacity in relation to the nominal torque

Dynamics 1 (D1) 190% – 220%
Dynamics 2 (D2) 300% – 350%
To obtain an optimal adjustment of the motor speed to the required controller output
limit of the application, SEW‑EURODRIVE offers DRL.. servomotors with the following
4 rated speeds:
• 1200 min-1
• 1700 min-1
• 2100 min-1
• 3000 min-1
In inverter operation, field weakening begins at the rated speed. Compared to stand-
ard asynchronous motors, the inverter has higher voltage reserves for dynamic pro-
cesses at equal line voltage. In inverter operation, field weakening begins at the rated
speed.

3.4.6 Synchronous servomotors in control mode CFC

In general, synchronous servomotors and the corresponding inverters are designed
for a high short-time overload capacity. Values of up to 400% of the nominal torque
are permitted in this case.
When using the following CMP.. motors in the higher speed ranges, it is recommen-
ded to only set the PWM frequencies 8 kHz or 16 kHz.
• CMP40 – 63 for speed class 6000 min-1,
• CMP 71 – 100 for speed classes 4500 min-1 and 6000 min-1.

3.4.7 Synchronous servomotors in control mode ELSM®

The control mode ELSM® allows dynamic use of the entire speed range of the drive.
Reversing and moving through the speed 0 are also possible. The speed must not
permanently drop below the minimum speed of 2% of the nominal motor speed.
When the control mode ELSM® is operated without encoder, the maximum motor
torque is 150% M0 of the connected motor.
The nominal output current of the inverter must not be lower than 1.5 × I0 of the con-
nected motor.
The maximum speed must not be dimensioned higher than the rated speed of the mo-
tor.
The control mode ELSM® may only be used when the motors are equipped with the
following temperature sensors.
• KTY84 - 130 (SEW-EURODRIVE designation: KY/KTY)
• PT1000 (SEW-EURODRIVE designation: PK)
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Using the ELSM® control mode for hoists and inclining tracks is not permitted.

78 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Motor-inverter assignments 3
3.5 Motor-inverter assignments
3.5.1 Technical data DRN.. motors
3
Key

PN Rated power
MN Rated torque
nN Rated speed
IN Rated current
cosφ Power factor
IE Short for "International Efficiency" (international efficiency classes IE1 –
IE4)
η50% Efficiency at 50% of the rated power
η75% Efficiency at 75% of the rated power
η100% Efficiency at 100% of the rated power
IA/IN Starting current ratio
MA/MN Starting torque ratio
MH/MN Ramp-up torque ratio
MK/MN Breakdown torque ratio
m Mass of the motor
JMot Mass moment of inertia of the motor
BE.. Brake used
Z0 BG Starting frequency for operation with BG brake control
Z0 BGE Starting frequency for operation with BGE brake control
MB Braking torque
mB Mass of the brakemotor
JMOT_BE Mass moment of inertia of the brakemotor
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 79

 Configuration
3 Motor-inverter assignments

IE3 DRN.. motors, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole

Information on motors
Motor PN MN nN IN cosφ η50% η75% η100% IA/IN MA/MN MK/MN
400 V MH/MN
kW Nm min-1 A % % %
3.1
DRN 80M 4 0.75 4.95 1440 1.75 0.74 80.7 82.9 82.9 6.7 3.4
2.7
2.7
DRN 90S 4 1.1 7.2 1455 2.55 0.73 83.5 85.0 84.5 6.9 3.3
2.1
2.7
DRN 90L 4 1.5 9.8 1461 3.4 0.74 84.6 86.1 85.6 7.5 3.3
2.0
2.9
DRN 100LS 4 2.2 14.5 1450 4.75 0.76 86.4 87.5 86.9 7.1 3.3
2.2
3.4
DRN 100L 4 3 19.7 1456 6.4 0.76 87.3 88.3 87.8 8.2 3.7
2.3
2.4
DRN 112M 4 4 26 1464 7.9 0.81 88.6 89.4 88.7 8.2 3.6
1.6
2.8
DRN 132S 4 5.5 36 1461 10.5 0.84 90.6 90.6 89.6 8.3 3.5
2.2
3.1
DRN 132M 4 7.5 49 1468 15.2 0.78 90.8 91.1 90.4 7.8 3.3
2.4
3.7
DRN 132L 4 9.2 60 1470 18.7 0.77 90.8 91.6 91.0 8.4 3.7
1.8
2.6
DRN 160M 4 11 71 1473 21 0.81 91.1 91.7 91.4 7.3 3.0
2.2
3.0
DRN 160L 4 15 97 1474 29 0.80 91.9 92.5 92.1 8.0 3.4
2.0
3.6
DRN 180M 4 18.5 120 1478 33.5 0.85 92.8 93.1 92.6 9.5 3.6
2.9
3.5
DRN 180L 4 22 142 1477 38.5 0.87 93.4 93.6 93.0 9.6 3.4
2.1
2.9
DRN 200L 4 30 194 1480 56 0.82 93.3 93.9 93.6 8.2 3.3
2.5
3.0
DRN 225S 4 37 240 1482 64 0.88 94.3 94.4 93.9 8.4 2.7
2.3
3.0
DRN 225M 4 45 290 1482 81 0.85 94.1 94.5 94.2 8.8 2.7
2.2
4.0
DRN 250M 4 55 355 1482 104 0.80 94.4 94.8 94.6 8.2 2.9
2.5
3.7
DRN 280S 4 75 485 1482 143 0.79 94.9 95.3 95.0 7.6 2.9
2.6
3.6
DRN 280M 4 90 580 1481 161 0.84 95.4 95.6 95.2 7.7 2.7
2.0
2.9
DRN 315S 4 110 710 1488 189 0.87 95.4 95.7 95.5 6.7 3.1
2.1
2.7
DRN 315M 4 132 850 1487 230 0.87 95.6 95.9 95.6 6.5 2.9
2.0
2.7
DRN 315L 4 160 1030 1486 275 0.87 95.9 96.1 95.9 6.5 2.8
2.0
3.7
DRN 315H 4 200 1280 1489 355 0.84 95.4 96.0 96.0 8.1 3.8
2.8
23061715/EN – 03/2017

80 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Motor-inverter assignments 3
Further information on motors and brakemotors
Motor PN MN nN mMot JMot BE.. Z0 MB mBMot JBMot
BG
BGE
3
kW Nm min-1 kg 10-4 kgm2 h-1 Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
3200
DRN 80M 4 0.75 4.95 1440 14 24.7 BE1 10 18 26.2
8200
2300
DRN 90S 4 1.1 7.2 1455 20 54 BE2 14 24 58.7
6000
2200
DRN 90L 4 1.5 9.8 1461 23 67.2 BE2 20 27 71.9
5800
-
DRN 100LS 4 2.2 14.5 1450 27 81.4 BE5 28 33 87.4
6100
-
DRN 100L 4 3 19.7 1456 34 112 BE5 40 40 118
3700
-
DRN 112M 4 4 26 1464 45 178 BE5 55 52 183
2900
-
DRN 132S 4 5.5 36 1461 56 241 BE11 80 71 251
420
-
DRN 132M 4 7.5 49 1468 73 381 BE11 110 91 403
1100
-
DRN 132L 4 9.2 60 1470 81 439 BE20 150 110 490
980
-
DRN 160M 4 11 71 1473 115 817 BE20 150 145 877
900
-
DRN 160L 4 15 97 1474 130 1040 BE20 200 165 1100
800
-
DRN 180M 4 18.5 120 1478 155 1630 BE30 300 195 1770
510
-
DRN 180L 4 22 142 1477 170 1950 BE30 300 210 2090
470
-
DRN 200L 4 30 194 1480 280 2660 BE32 400 335 2890
500
-
DRN 225S 4 37 240 1482 310 4350 BE32 500 365 4580
230
-
DRN 225M 4 45 290 1482 310 4350 BE32 600 365 4580
200
-
DRN 250M 4 55 355 1482 460 7360 BE62 800 550 7960
180
-
DRN 280S 4 75 485 1482 520 8940 BE62 1000 600 9530
150
-
DRN 280M 4 90 580 1481 630 12000 BE62 1200 720 12600
79
-
DRN 315S 4 110 710 1488 870 23400 BE122 1600 1000 24400
53
-
DRN 315M 4 132 850 1487 890 24800 BE122 2000 1020 25800
46
-
DRN 315L 4 160 1030 1486 1020 28600 BE122 2000 1150 29600
34
-
DRN 315H 4 200 1280 1489 1140 35200 BE122 2000 1270 36200
23
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 81

 Configuration
3 Motor-inverter assignments

3.5.2 Motor-inverter assignments DRN.. motors, PWM 4 kHz

Key

IN Nominal output current of the inverter

Imax Maximum output current of inverter
Mpk Peak torque of the motor
nbase Base speed of the motor

MOVIDRIVE® system – 400 V, 50 Hz, VFCPLUS

Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Value Unit
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Value Unit
DRN80M4 Mpk Nm 14.1 16.9
750 W nbase min-1 1095 1034
Imax % 200 200
DRN90S4 Mpk Nm 13.4 17.4 22.9 23.8
1.1 kW nbase min-1 1269 1210 1129 1132
Imax % 200 200 200 169
DRN90L4 Mpk Nm 22.3 28.7 32.4
1.5 kW nbase min-1 1239 1175 1179
Imax % 200 200 169
DRN100LS4 Mpk Nm 27.7 39.6 47.8
2.2 kW nbase min-1 1258 1174 1130
Imax % 200 200 190
DRN100L4 Mpk Nm 38.7 50.8 69.7
3 kW nbase min-1 1267 1212 1124
Imax % 200 200 198
DRN112M4 Mpk Nm 50.5 70.4 81.4
4 kW nbase min-1 1286 1223 1189
Imax % 200 200 174
DRN132M4 Mpk Nm 87.6 114 122
7.5 kW nbase min-1 1314 1278 1268
Imax % 200 200 142
DRN132L4 Mpk Nm 110 143
9.2 kW nbase min-1 1320 1284
Imax % 200 171
DRN160M4 Mpk Nm 115 177 197
11 kW nbase min-1 1340 1294 1280
Imax % 200 200 166
DRN160L4 Mpk Nm 174 235
15 kW nbase min-1 1337 1307
Imax % 200 200
DRN180M4 Mpk Nm 179 239
23061715/EN – 03/2017

18.5 kW nbase min-1 1351 1325

Imax % 200 200
DRN180L4 Mpk Nm 243
22 kW nbase min-1 1337
Imax % 200

82 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Motor-inverter assignments 3
3.5.3 Technical data of DRL.. motors

Key to the technical data for asynchronous DRL.. servomotors

The following table lists the short symbols used in the "Technical data" tables. 3
nN Rated speed
MN Rated torque
IN Rated current
JMot Mass moment of inertia of the motor
Mpk D1 Maximum limit torque (dynamics package 1)
Mpk D2 Maximum limit torque (dynamics package 2)
m Mass of the motor
BE.. Brake used
mB Mass of the brake motor
JMOT_BE Mass moment of inertia of the brake motor
MB D1 Braking torque (dynamics package 1)
MB D2 Braking torque (dynamics package 2)
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 83

 Configuration
3 Motor-inverter assignments

Asynchronous DRL.. servomotors

4-pole DRL.. servomotors for 400 V, 50 Hz
nN Motor type MN IN Iq_n Id_n cT Mpk Mpk m Jmot
D1 D2
Nm A A A Nm/A Nm Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
1200 DRL71S4 2.7 1.18 1.02 0.62 2.66 5 8.5 8.6 4.9
DRL71M4 4 1.6 1.36 0.80 2.93 7 14 10 7.1
DRL80S4 6.5 2.15 1.95 0.88 3.33 10 25 11.5 14.9
DRL80M4 9.5 2.9 2.64 1.10 3.60 14 30 15.2 21.5
DRL90L4 15 4.8 4.14 2.21 3.63 25 46 22.5 43.5
DRL100L4 26 8.5 8.05 2.68 3.23 40 85 30 68
DRL132S4 42 12.6 11.9 4.07 3.52 80 150 45.5 190
DRL132MC4 56 17.6 15.4 7.50 3.63 130 200 65 340
DRL160M4 85 25.5 24.2 8.05 3.51 165 280 93 450
DRL160MC4 90 28 25.1 10.9 3.58 185 320 95 590
DRL180S4 120 34.5 33.2 10.8 3.62 210 380 122 900
DRL180M4 135 38 36.1 11.3 3.74 250 430 143 1110
DRL180L4 165 47 44.9 14.8 3.67 320 520 154 1300
DRL180LC4 175 52 46.8 17.1 3.74 420 600 163 1680
DRL200L4 200 58.5 56.0 17.8 3.57 475 680 260 2360
DRL225S4 250 72 68.1 23.4 3.67 520 770 295 2930
DRL225MC4 290 89 78.6 29.2 3.69 770 1100 330 4330
1700 DRL71S4 2.7 1.63 1.40 0.86 1.92 5 8.5 8.6 4.9
DRL71M4 4 2.2 1.90 1.11 2.11 7 14 10 7.1
DRL80S4 6.5 2.96 2.71 1.22 2.40 10 25 11.5 14.9
DRL80M4 9.5 4 3.65 1.52 2.60 14 30 15.2 21.5
DRL90L4 15 6.6 5.67 3.02 2.65 25 46 22.5 43.5
DRL100L4 26 11.4 11.00 3.66 2.36 40 85 30 68
DRL132S4 42 17.8 16.9 5.75 2.49 80 150 45.5 190
DRL132MC4 56 24.9 21.9 10.6 2.56 130 200 65 340
DRL160M4 85 35 33.5 11.1 2.54 165 280 93 450
DRL160MC4 90 36 32.3 14.0 2.78 185 320 95 590
DRL180S4 120 47.5 45.6 14.8 2.63 210 380 122 900
DRL180M4 135 52 50.1 15.7 2.70 250 430 143 1110
DRL180L4 165 63 61.3 20.2 2.69 320 520 154 1300
DRL180LC4 175 72 65.7 24.1 2.66 420 600 163 1680
DRL200L4 200 80.6 78.4 25.0 2.55 475 680 260 2360
DRL225S4 245 97 92 32.2 2.66 520 770 295 2930
DRL225MC4 280 130 114 43.9 2.45 770 1100 330 4330
23061715/EN – 03/2017

84 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Motor-inverter assignments 3
nN Motor type MN IN Iq_n Id_n cT Mpk Mpk m Jmot
D1 D2
Nm A A A Nm/A Nm Nm kg 10-4 kgm2
2100 DRL71S4 2.6 2 1.70 1.08 1.53 5 8.5 8.6 4.9 3
DRL71M4 3.8 2.7 2.25 1.39 1.69 7 14 10 7.1
DRL80S4 6.2 3.59 3.22 1.52 1.92 10 25 11.5 14.9
DRL80M4 9.5 5 4.60 1.91 2.07 14 30 15.2 21.5
DRL90L4 15 8.4 7.21 3.84 2.08 25 46 22.5 43.5
DRL100L4 25 14 13.4 4.63 1.87 40 85 30 68
DRL132S4 41 21.4 20.3 7.07 2.02 80 150 45.5 190
DRL132MC4 52 28.8 25.0 13.0 2.08 130 200 65 340
DRL160M4 85 44 42.1 14.0 2.02 165 280 93 450
DRL160MC4 88 48 42.8 18.9 2.06 185 320 95 590
DRL180S4 110 55.3 52.7 18.7 2.09 210 380 122 900
DRL180M4 130 64 60.4 19.6 2.15 250 430 143 1110
DRL180L4 160 78 75.8 25.8 2.11 320 520 154 1300
DRL180LC4 170 87 79.1 29.8 2.15 420 600 163 1680
DRL200L4 195 99 94.6 30.9 2.06 475 680 260 2360
DRL225S4 235 119 111 40.6 2.11 520 770 295 2930
DRL225MC4 265 142 125 50.8 2.12 770 1100 330 4330
3000 DRL71S4 2.5 2.68 2.26 1.49 1.11 5 8.5 8.6 4.9
DRL71M4 3.6 3.55 2.96 1.93 1.21 7 14 10 7.1
DRL80S4 6 4.82 4.32 2.10 1.39 10 25 11.5 14.9
DRL80M4 8.8 6.5 5.86 2.63 1.50 14 30 15.2 21.5
DRL90L4 14 11 9.19 5.25 1.52 25 46 22.5 43.5
DRL100L4 21 16.6 15.4 6.35 1.36 40 85 30 68
DRL132S4 35 25.5 24.4 10.0 1.43 80 150 45.5 190
DRL132MC4 42 34.8 28.4 18.4 1.48 130 200 65 340
DRL160M4 79 57 53.9 19.3 1.47 165 280 93 450
DRL160MC4 83 59 51.8 24.3 1.60 185 320 95 590
DRL180S4 100 70.1 65.9 25.7 1.52 210 380 122 900
DRL180M4 105 73 67.6 27.2 1.55 250 430 143 1110
DRL180L4 130 90 83.8 35.0 1.55 320 520 154 1300
DRL180LC4 140 105 91 41.8 1.53 420 600 163 1680
DRL200L4 165 118 112 43.3 1.47 475 680 260 2360
DRL225S4 195 139 127 56.0 1.53 520 770 295 2930
DRL225MC4 220 188 156 76 1.41 770 1100 330 4330
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 85

 Configuration
3 Motor-inverter assignments

4-pole DRL.. servomotors/brakemotors for 400 V, 50 Hz

nN Motor type MN IN BE.. MB MB mB JMot_BE
D1 D2
Nm A Nm Nm kg1) 10-4 kgm2
1200 DRL71S4 2.7 1.18 BE05 5 5 11 6.2
DRL71M4 4 1.6 BE1 7 10 12.6 8.4
DRL80S4 6.5 2.15 BE2 10 20 15.2 19.4
DRL80M4 9.5 2.9 BE2 14 20 18.9 26
DRL90L4 15 4.8 BE5 20 40 28.5 49.5
DRL100L4 26 8.5 BE5 40 55 36 74
DRL132S4 42 12.6 BE11 80 110 60 200
DRL132MC4 56 17.6 BE11 110 110 79 355
DRL160M4 85 25.5 BE20 150 200 120 500
DRL160MC4 90 28 BE20 150 200 122 640
DRL180S4 120 34.5 BE30 200 300 162 1030
DRL180M4 135 38 BE30 200 300 183 1250
DRL180L4 165 47 BE30 300 300 194 1440
DRL180LC4 175 52 BE32 400 400 210 1910
DRL200L4 200 58.5 BE32 400 600 315 2590
DRL225S4 250 72 BE32 500 500 350 3160
DRL225MC4 290 89 BE32 600 600 385 4560
1700 DRL71S4 2.7 1.63 BE05 5 5 11 6.2
DRL71M4 4 2.2 BE1 7 10 12.6 8.4
DRL80S4 6.5 2.96 BE2 10 20 15.2 19.4
DRL80M4 9.5 4 BE2 14 20 18.9 26
DRL90L4 15 6.6 BE5 20 40 28.5 49.5
DRL100L4 26 11.4 BE5 40 55 36 74
DRL132S4 42 17.8 BE11 80 110 60 200
DRL132MC4 56 24.9 BE11 110 110 79 355
DRL160M4 85 35 BE20 150 200 120 500
DRL160MC4 90 36 BE20 150 200 122 640
DRL180S4 120 47.5 BE30 200 300 162 1030
DRL180M4 135 52 BE30 200 300 183 1250
DRL180L4 165 63 BE30 300 300 194 1440
DRL180LC4 175 72 BE32 400 400 210 1910
DRL200L4 200 80.6 BE32 400 600 315 2590
DRL225S4 245 97 BE32 500 500 350 3160
DRL225MC4 280 130 BE32 600 600 385 4560
2100 DRL71S4 2.6 2 BE05 5 5 11 6.2
DRL71M4 3.8 2.7 BE1 7 10 12.6 8.4
DRL80S4 6.2 3.59 BE2 10 20 15.2 19.4
DRL80M4 9.5 5 BE2 14 20 18.9 26
DRL90L4 15 8.4 BE5 20 40 28.5 49.5
DRL100L4 25 14 BE5 40 55 36 74
DRL132S4 41 21.4 BE11 80 110 60 200
DRL132MC4 52 28.8 BE11 110 110 79 355
DRL160M4 85 44 BE20 150 200 120 500
23061715/EN – 03/2017

DRL160MC4 88 48 BE20 150 200 122 640

DRL180S4 110 55.3 BE30 200 300 162 1030
DRL180M4 130 64 BE30 200 300 183 1250
DRL180L4 160 78 BE30 300 300 194 1440
DRL180LC4 170 87 BE32 400 400 210 1910
DRL200L4 195 99 BE32 400 600 315 2590
DRL225S4 235 119 BE32 500 500 350 3160
DRL225MC4 265 142 BE32 600 600 385 4560

86 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Motor-inverter assignments 3
nN Motor type MN IN BE.. MB MB mB JMot_BE
D1 D2
Nm A Nm Nm kg1) 10-4 kgm2
3000 DRL71S4 2.5 2.68 BE05 5 5 11 6.2 3
DRL71M4 3.6 3.55 BE1 7 10 12.6 8.4
DRL80S4 6 4.82 BE2 10 20 15.2 19.4
DRL80M4 8.8 6.5 BE2 14 20 18.9 26
DRL90L4 14 11 BE5 20 40 28.5 49.5
DRL100L4 21 16.6 BE5 40 55 36 74
DRL132S4 35 25.5 BE11 80 110 60 200
DRL132MC4 42 34.8 BE11 110 110 79 355
DRL160M4 79 57 BE20 150 200 120 500
DRL160MC4 83 59 BE20 150 200 122 640
DRL180S4 100 70.1 BE30 200 300 162 1030
DRL180M4 105 73 BE30 200 300 183 1250
DRL180L4 130 90 BE30 300 300 194 1440
DRL180LC4 140 105 BE32 400 400 210 1910
DRL200L4 165 118 BE32 400 600 315 2590
DRL225S4 195 139 BE32 500 500 350 3160
DRL225MC4 220 188 BE32 600 600 385 4560
1) Applies for foot-mounted motor with brake (DRL...BE../Fl..)
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 87

 Configuration
3 Motor-inverter assignments

3.5.4 Motor-inverter assignments DRL.. motors, PWM 4 kHz

Key

IN Nominal output current of the inverter

Imax Maximum output current of inverter
Mpk Peak torque of the motor
nbase Base speed of the motor

MOVIDRIVE® system – rated motor speed 1200 1/min, dynamics package 1, CFC
Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Value Unit
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Value Unit
DRL71S4 Mpk Nm 5
nbase 1/min 774
Imax % 104
DRL71M4 Mpk Nm 7
nbase 1/min 907
Imax % 138
DRL80S4 Mpk Nm 10
nbase 1/min 867
Imax % 171
DRL80M4 Mpk Nm 13.3 14
nbase 1/min 928 983
Imax % 200 200
DRL90L4 Mpk Nm 25
nbase 1/min 1052
Imax % 200
DRL100L4 Mpk Nm 40
nbase 1/min 1203
Imax % 200
DRL132S4 Mpk Nm 65.8 80
nbase 1/min 1047 1068
Imax % 200 200
DRL132MC4 Mpk Nm 79.2 105 130
nbase 1/min 1262 1164 1300
Imax % 200 200 200
DRL160M4 Mpk Nm 165
nbase 1/min 1090
Imax % 200
DRL160MC4 Mpk Nm 159 185
nbase 1/min 1162 1271
Imax % 200 200
DRL180S4 Mpk Nm 171 210
23061715/EN – 03/2017

nbase 1/min 1136 1170

Imax % 200 200
DRL180M4 Mpk Nm 249
nbase 1/min 1048
Imax % 200
DRL180L4 Mpk Nm 235
nbase 1/min 1162
Imax % 200

88 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Motor-inverter assignments 3
MOVIDRIVE® system - rated motor speed 1700 1/min, dynamics package 1, CFC
Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Value Unit
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32 3
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Value Unit
DRL71S4 Mpk Nm 5
nbase 1/min 1389
Imax % 159
DRL71M4 Mpk Nm 7
nbase 1/min 1529
Imax % 200
DRL80S4 Mpk Nm 10
nbase 1/min 1484
Imax % 200
DRL80M4 Mpk Nm 14
nbase 1/min 1551
Imax % 200
DRL90L4 Mpk Nm 25
nbase 1/min 1582
Imax % 200
DRL100L4 Mpk Nm 40
nbase 1/min 1790
Imax % 200
DRL132S4 Mpk Nm 60.8 80
nbase 1/min 1595 1487
Imax % 200 200
DRL132MC4 Mpk Nm 112 130
nbase 1/min 1693 1895
Imax % 200 200
DRL160M4 Mpk Nm 118 165
nbase 1/min 1656 1511
Imax % 200 200
DRL160MC4 Mpk Nm 119 166
nbase 1/min 1647 1515
Imax % 200 200
DRL180S4 Mpk Nm 165
nbase 1/min 1638
Imax % 200

MOVIDRIVE® system - rated motor speed 2100 1/min, dynamics package 1, CFC
Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Value Unit
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Value Unit
DRL71S4 Mpk Nm 5
23061715/EN – 03/2017

nbase 1/min 1971

Imax % 200
DRL71M4 Mpk Nm 5.96 7
nbase 1/min 2078 2078
Imax % 200 200
DRL80S4 Mpk Nm 8.81 10
nbase 1/min 2020 2052
Imax % 200 200

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 89

 Configuration
3 Motor-inverter assignments

Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Value Unit
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Value Unit
DRL80M4 Mpk Nm 14
nbase 1/min 2088
Imax % 200
DRL90L4 Mpk Nm 25
nbase 1/min 2112
Imax % 200
DRL100L4 Mpk Nm 35.9 40
nbase 1/min 2102 2451
Imax % 200 200
DRL132S4 Mpk Nm 63.8 80
nbase 1/min 1986 2220
Imax % 200 200
DRL132MC4 Mpk Nm 89.3 124
nbase 1/min 2231 2065
Imax % 200 200
DRL160M4 Mpk Nm 127
nbase 1/min 2061
Imax % 200
DRL160MC4 Mpk Nm 118
nbase 1/min 2263
Imax % 200

MOVIDRIVE® system - rated motor speed 3000 1/min, dynamics package 1, CFC
Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Value Unit
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Value Unit
DRL71S4 Mpk Nm 3.89 5
nbase 1/min 3053 2839
Imax % 200 200
DRL71M4 Mpk Nm 5.2 7
nbase 1/min 3264 2963
Imax % 200 200
DRL80S4 Mpk Nm 10
nbase 1/min 2952
Imax % 200
DRL80M4 Mpk Nm 14
nbase 1/min 3082
Imax % 200
DRL90L4 Mpk Nm 25
nbase 1/min 3003
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Imax % 200
DRL100L4 Mpk Nm 34 40
nbase 1/min 3065 3318
Imax % 200 200
DRL132S4 Mpk Nm 68.2 80
nbase 1/min 2847 3156
Imax % 200 200

90 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Motor-inverter assignments 3
Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Value Unit
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64 3
Motor Value Unit
DRL132MC4 Mpk Nm 58.8 83.1
nbase 1/min 3552 3278
Imax % 200 200

MOVIDRIVE® system - rated motor speed 1200 1/min, dynamics package 2, CFC
Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Value Unit
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Value Unit
DRL71S4 Mpk Nm 8.5
nbase 1/min 319
Imax % 162
DRL71M4 Mpk Nm 11.6 14
nbase 1/min 528 367
Imax % 200 189
DRL80S4 Mpk Nm 13.3 17.3 23 25
nbase 1/min 634 423 188 113
Imax % 200 200 200 171
DRL80M4 Mpk Nm 13.3 17.7 23.9 30
nbase 1/min 928 775 587 434
Imax % 200 200 200 194
DRL90L4 Mpk Nm 25.8 37.7 46
nbase 1/min 1010 810 705
Imax % 200 200 197
DRL100L4 Mpk Nm 49.6 72.5 85
nbase 1/min 939 763 728
Imax % 200 200 200
DRL132S4 Mpk Nm 65.8 88.9 116 150
nbase 1/min 1047 949 851 776
Imax % 200 200 200 188
DRL132MC4 Mpk Nm 79.2 105 165 200
nbase 1/min 1262 1164 1008 1036
Imax % 200 200 200 200
DRL160M4 Mpk Nm 172 237
nbase 1/min 1030 916
Imax % 200 200
DRL160MC4 Mpk Nm 159 219
nbase 1/min 1162 1057
Imax % 200 200
DRL180S4 Mpk Nm 171 239
nbase 1/min 1136 1013
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Imax % 200 200

DRL180M4 Mpk Nm 249
nbase 1/min 1048
Imax % 200
DRL180L4 Mpk Nm 235
nbase 1/min 1162
Imax % 200

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 91

 Configuration
3 Motor-inverter assignments

MOVIDRIVE® system - rated motor speed 1700 1/min, dynamics package 2, CFC
Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Valu Unit
e
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Valu Unit
e
DRL71S4 Mpk Nm 7.48 8.5
nbase 1/min 963 836
Imax % 200 182
DRL71M4 Mpk Nm 7.89 10.3 13.6 14
nbase 1/min 1350 1139 892 866
Imax % 200 200 200 167
DRL80S4 Mpk Nm 11.7 15.8 20.4 25
nbase 1/min 1268 1010 751 559
Imax % 200 200 200 172
DRL80M4 Mpk Nm 16.2 21.3 30
nbase 1/min 1327 1127 880
Imax % 200 200 200
DRL90L4 Mpk Nm 25.9 34.7 46
nbase 1/min 1515 1327 1190
Imax % 200 200 200
DRL100L4 Mpk Nm 49.1 69.2 85
nbase 1/min 1421 1221 1180
Imax % 200 200 200
DRL132S4 Mpk Nm 60.8 80 123 150
nbase 1/min 1595 1487 1311 1320
Imax % 200 200 200 200
DRL132MC4 Mpk Nm 112 155
nbase 1/min 1693 1556
Imax % 200 200
DRL160M4 Mpk Nm 118 165
nbase 1/min 1656 1506
Imax % 200 200
DRL160MC4 Mpk Nm 119 166
nbase 1/min 1647 1515
Imax % 200 200
DRL180S4 Mpk Nm 165
nbase 1/min 1638
Imax % 200

MOVIDRIVE® system – rated motor speed 2100 1/min, dynamics package 2, CFC
Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Value Unit
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Motor Value Unit

DRL71S4 Mpk Nm 5.76 7.43 8.5
nbase 1/min 1703 1444 1346
Imax % 200 200 188
DRL71M4 Mpk Nm 5.96 7.89 10.6 13.6 14
nbase 1/min 2078 1843 1573 1327 1334
Imax % 200 200 200 200 158

92 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Motor-inverter assignments 3
Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Value Unit
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64 3
Motor Value Unit
DRL80S4 Mpk Nm 8.81 12.1 15.8 22.8 25
nbase 1/min 2020 1714 1444 1057 948
Imax % 200 200 200 200 171
DRL80M4 Mpk Nm 16.1 23.7 30
nbase 1/min 1808 1479 1311
Imax % 200 200 200
DRL90L4 Mpk Nm 26.1 37.6 46
nbase 1/min 2008 1738 1704
Imax % 200 200 200
DRL100L4 Mpk Nm 35.9 51.6 70.1 85
nbase 1/min 2102 1855 1644 1840
Imax % 200 200 200 200
DRL132S4 Mpk Nm 63.8 99.3 134
nbase 1/min 1986 1791 1644
Imax % 200 200 200
DRL132MC4 Mpk Nm 89.3 124
nbase 1/min 2231 2065
Imax % 200 200
DRL160M4 Mpk Nm 127
nbase 1/min 2061
Imax % 200
DRL160MC4 Mpk Nm 118
nbase 1/min 2263
Imax % 200

MOVIDRIVE® system - rated motor speed 3000 1/min, dynamics package 2, CFC
Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Valu Unit
e
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Valu Unit
e
DRL71S4 Mpk Nm 3.89 5.13 6.84 8.5
nbase 1/min 3053 2748 2431 2252
Imax % 200 200 200 200
DRL71M4 Mpk Nm 5.2 7.15 9.37 13.5 14
nbase 1/min 3264 2888 2583 2184 2309
Imax % 200 200 200 200 186
DRL80S4 Mpk Nm 10.6 15.6 20.7 25
nbase 1/min 2748 2278 1949 1735
Imax % 200 200 200 184
23061715/EN – 03/2017

DRL80M4 Mpk Nm 16 21.6 30

nbase 1/min 2665 2360 2079
Imax % 200 200 200
DRL90L4 Mpk Nm 25.8 35.9 46
nbase 1/min 2865 2548 2446
Imax % 200 200 200

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 93

 Configuration
3 Motor-inverter assignments

Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Valu Unit
e
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Valu Unit
e
DRL100L4 Mpk Nm 34 47.3 78.3 85
nbase 1/min 3065 2736 2301 2757
Imax % 200 200 200 200
DRL132S4 Mpk Nm 68.2 93.4
nbase 1/min 2847 2671
Imax % 200 200
DRL132MC4 Mpk Nm 58.8 83.1
nbase 1/min 3552 3278
Imax % 200 200

23061715/EN – 03/2017

94 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Motor-inverter assignments 3
3.5.5 Technical data of CMP.. motors

Key to the technical data

nN Rated speed
3
M0 Standstill torque (thermal continuous torque at low speeds)
I0 Standstill current
Mpk Dynamic limit torque
Imax Maximum permitted motor current
M0VR Standstill torque with forced cooling fan
I0VR Standstill current with forced cooling fan
Jmot Mass moment of inertia of the motor
Jbmot Mass moment of inertia of the brakemotor
M1 m,100 °C Maximum dynamic braking torque in case of emergency off
M1max Minimal averaged dynamic braking torque in case of emergency off at
100 °C
M2, 20 °C Nominal torque for slipping brake disk (relative speed between brake disk
and friction surface: 1 m/s) at 20 °C
M4,100 °C Minimum holding torque at 120 °C
Wmax1 Maximum permitted braking work per braking operation
Wmax2 Maximum permitted braking work per braking operation with optional
braking torque
L1 Inductance between connection phase and star point
R1 Resistance between connection phase and star point
Vp0 cold Internal voltage at 1000 min-1
mmot Mass of the motor
mbmot Mass of the brakemotor
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 95

 Configuration
3 Motor-inverter assignments

CMP40 – CMP112, 400 V system voltage

nN Motor M0 I0 Mpk Imax M0VR I0VR m Jmot
min-1 Nm A Nm A Nm A kg 10-4 kgm2
2000 CMP71S 6.4 3.4 19.2 17 8.7 4.6 7 3.04
CMP71M 9.4 5 30.8 26 13.7 7.3 8.4 4.08
CMP71L 13.1 6.3 46.9 39 21 10.1 11.4 6.18
CMP80S 13.4 6.9 42.1 33 18.7 9.5 12.8 8.78
CMP80M 18.7 9.3 62.6 48 27 13.4 16.5 11.9
CMP80L 27.5 12.5 107 72 44 20 21.4 18.1
CMP100S 25.5 13.3 68.3 49 36 18.8 19.8 19.59
CMP100M 31 14.7 108 69 47 22.3 24.8 26.49
CMP100L 47 21.8 178.8 113 70 32.5 34.6 40.24
CMP112S 30 14.3 88 51 43 21 38.4 74
CMP112M 45 21 136 74 68 32 46.2 103
CMP112L 69 33 225 124 109 52 62.56 163
CMP112H 83 38 270 148 123 57 70.43 193
CMP112E 95 44.5 320 175 150 71 78.2 222
3000 CMP40S 0.5 1.2 1.9 6.1 – – 1.3 0.1
CMP40M 0.8 0.95 3.8 6.0 – – 1.6 0.15
CMP50S 1.3 0.96 5.2 5.1 1.7 1.25 2.3 0.42
CMP50M 2.4 1.68 10.3 9.6 3.5 2.45 3.3 0.67
CMP50L 3.3 2.2 15.4 13.6 4.8 3.2 4.1 0.92
CMP63S 2.9 2.15 11.1 12.9 4 3 4.0 1.15
CMP63M 5.3 3.6 21.4 21.6 7.5 5.1 5.7 1.92
CMP63L 7.1 4.95 30.4 29.7 10.3 7.2 7.5 2.69
CMP71S 6.4 4.9 19.2 25 8.7 6.7 7 3.04
CMP71M 9.4 7.5 30.8 39 13.7 10.9 8.4 4.08
CMP71L 13.1 9.4 46.9 58 21 15.1 11.4 6.18
CMP80S 13.4 10 42.1 47 18.5 13.8 12.8 8.78
CMP80M 18.7 13.4 62.6 69 27 19.3 16.5 11.9
CMP80L 27.5 18.7 107 107 44 30 21.4 18.1
CMP100S 25.5 19.6 68.3 73 36 27.5 19.8 19.59
CMP100M 31 21.8 108 102 47 33 24.8 26.49
CMP100L 47 32.3 178.8 167 70 48 34.6 40.24
CMP112S 30 21 88 74 43 30.5 38.4 74
CMP112M 45 32 136 113 68 49 46.2 103
CMP112L 69 49 225 183 105 77 62.56 163
CMP112H 83 57 270 220 123 84 70.43 193
CMP112E 95 65 320 255 150 104 78.2 222
23061715/EN – 03/2017

96 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Motor-inverter assignments 3
nN Motor M0 I0 Mpk Imax M0VR I0VR m Jmot
min-1 Nm A Nm A Nm A kg 10-4 kgm2
4500 CMP40S 0.5 1.2 1.9 6.1 – – 1.3 0.1
CMP40M 0.8 0.95 3.8 6.0 – – 1.6 0.15 3
CMP50S 1.3 1.32 5.2 7.0 1.7 1.7 2.3 0.42
CMP50M 2.4 2.3 10.3 13.1 3.5 3.35 3.3 0.67
CMP50L 3.3 3.15 15.4 19.5 4.8 4.6 4.1 0.92
CMP63S 2.9 3.05 11.1 18.3 4 4.2 4.0 1.15
CMP63M 5.3 5.4 21.4 32.4 7.5 7.6 5.7 1.92
CMP63L 7.1 6.9 30.4 41.4 10.3 10 7.5 2.69
CMP71S 6.4 7.3 19.2 38 8.7 9.9 7 3.04
CMP71M 9.4 10.9 30.8 57 13.7 15.9 8.4 4.08
CMP71L 13.1 14.1 46.9 87 21 22.5 11.4 6.18
CMP80S 13.4 15.3 42.1 73 18.5 21 12.8 8.78
CMP80M 18.7 20.1 62.6 103 27 29 16.5 11.9
CMP80L 27.5 27.8 107 159 44 44.5 21.4 18.1
CMP100S 25.5 30 68.3 111 36 42.5 19.8 19.59
CMP100M 31 33.1 108 154 47 50 24.8 26.49
CMP100L 47 48.4 178.8 251 70 72 34.6 40.24
CMP112S 30 31.5 88 112 43 45.5 38.4 74
CMP112M 45 47 136 168 68 72 46.2 103
CMP112L 69 73 225 275 107 114 62.56 163
CMP112H 83 86 270 335 123 128 70.43 193
CMP112E 95 98 320 385 150 156 78.2 222
6000 CMP40S 0.5 1.2 1.9 6.1 – – 1.3 0.1
CMP40M 0.8 1.1 3.8 6.9 – – 1.6 0.15
CMP50S 1.3 1.7 5.2 9.0 1.7 2.2 2.3 0.42
CMP50M 2.4 3 10.3 17.1 3.5 4.4 3.3 0.67
CMP50L 3.3 4.2 15.4 26 4.8 6.1 4.1 0.92
CMP63S 2.9 3.9 11.1 23.4 4 5.4 4.0 1.15
CMP63M 5.3 6.9 21.4 41.4 7.5 9.8 5.7 1.92
CMP63L 7.1 9.3 30.4 55.8 10.3 13.5 7.5 2.69
CMP71S 6.4 9.6 19.2 50 8.7 13.1 7 3.04
CMP71M 9.4 14.7 30.8 76 13.7 21.5 8.4 4.08
CMP71L 13.1 18.8 46.9 115 21 30 11.4 6.18
CMP80S 13.4 20 42.1 95 18.5 27.5 12.8 8.78
CMP80M 18.7 26.4 62.6 135 27 38 16.5 11.9
CMP80L 27.5 37.6 107 215 44 60 21.4 18.1
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 97

 Configuration
3 Motor-inverter assignments

3.5.6 Motor-inverter assignments CMP.. motors, PWM 4 kHz

Key

IN Nominal output current of the inverter

Imax Maximum output current of inverter
Mpk Peak torque of the motor
nbase Base speed of the motor

MOVIDRIVE® system - rated speed 2000 1/min

Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Valu Unit
e
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Valu Unit
e
CMP71S Mpk Nm 7.67 9.34 11.5 13.6 16.5 18.2 19.2
nbase 1/min 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 200 180
CMP71M Mpk Nm 11.8 14.5 19 22.6 26.8 30.1 30.8
nbase 1/min 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 200 164
CMP71L Mpk Nm 16.3 22.1 27.4 34.8 41 44.7 46.9
nbase 1/min 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 200 161
CMP80S Mpk Nm 21.1 26.2 32.9 37.9 41.7 42.1
nbase 1/min 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 136
CMP80M Mpk Nm 27.8 36.6 45.4 53 62.6
nbase 1/min 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 197
CMP80L Mpk Nm 40.6 52.3 64.7 87.2 102
nbase 1/min 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200
CMP100S Mpk Nm 35.9 45.5 54.6 67.5 68.3
nbase 1/min 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 154
CMP100M Mpk Nm 40 52 65 88.8 104
nbase 1/min 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200
CMP100L Mpk Nm 69 100 127
nbase 1/min 2000 2000 2000
Imax % 200 200 200
CMP112S Mpk Nm 39.7 51.4 63.6 85.1 88
nbase 1/min 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Imax % 200 200 200 200 158

CMP112M Mpk Nm 55.5 69.9 99.2 123
nbase 1/min 2000 2000 2000 2000
Imax % 200 200 200 200
CMP112L Mpk Nm 103 133
nbase 1/min 2000 2000
Imax % 200 200

98 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Motor-inverter assignments 3
Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Valu Unit
e
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
3
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Valu Unit
e
CMP112H Mpk Nm 104 137
nbase 1/min 2000 2000
Imax % 200 200
CMP112E Mpk Nm 137
nbase 1/min 2000
Imax % 200

MOVIDRIVE® system - rated speed 3000 1/min

Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Valu Unit
e
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Valu Unit
e
CMP40S Mpk Nm 1.46 1.7 1.9
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 189
CMP40M Mpk Nm 2.96 3.44 3.8
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 187
CMP50S Mpk Nm 4.48 5.13 5.2
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 160
CMP50M Mpk Nm 5.42 6.54 7.93 9.26 10.3
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 174
CMP50L Mpk Nm 5.92 7.25 9 10.8 13.6 15.4
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 193
CMP63S Mpk Nm 5.16 6.17 7.42 8.62 10.3 11.1
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 185
CMP63M Mpk Nm 7.41 9.2 11.1 14.2 16.9 20.1 21.4
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 200 173
CMP63L Mpk Nm 9.26 11.4 15 18.4 23.2 27.8 30.4
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 200 185
CMP71S Mpk Nm 8.33 10.1 13 15.3 17.7 19.2
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 200

CMP71M Mpk Nm 13.5 16.7 21.2 25.2 28.2 30.8
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 163
CMP71L Mpk Nm 19.1 25.4 31.9 37.8 44.8 46.9
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 180

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 99

 Configuration
3 Motor-inverter assignments

Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Valu Unit
e
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Valu Unit
e
CMP80S Mpk Nm 18.5 24.7 30.8 35.8 42.1
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 198
CMP80M Mpk Nm 26.3 33.8 41.5 54.1 61
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200
CMP80L Mpk Nm 35.9 45.3 64.7 80.7
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 200 200
CMP100S Mpk Nm 32.3 40.4 55.2 64.6
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 200 200
CMP100M Mpk Nm 45.4 65.8 82.7
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 200
CMP100L Mpk Nm 69.8 91.3
nbase 1/min 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200
CMP112S Mpk Nm 45.4 65 80.3
nbase 1/min 3000 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200 200
CMP112M Mpk Nm 68.7 88.6
nbase 1/min 3000 3000
Imax % 200 200
CMP112L Mpk Nm 93.3
nbase 1/min 3000
Imax % 200

MOVIDRIVE® system - rated speed 4500 1/min

Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Valu Unit
e
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Valu Unit
e
CMP40S Mpk Nm 1.46 1.7 1.9
nbase 1/min 4500 4500 4500
Imax % 200 200 189
CMP40M Mpk Nm 2.96 3.44 3.8
nbase 1/min 4500 4500 4500
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Imax % 200 200 187

CMP50S Mpk Nm 3.53 4.18 4.91 5.2
nbase 1/min 4500 4500 4500 4500
Imax % 200 200 200 177
CMP50M Mpk Nm 4.11 5.03 6.21 7.43 9.32 10.3
nbase 1/min 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 186

100 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Motor-inverter assignments 3
Inverter MDX90A-.. 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 0320
Valu Unit
e
IN A 2 2.5 3.2 4 5.5 7 9.5 12.5 16 24 32
3
Imax A 4 5 6.4 8 11 14 19 25 32 48 64
Motor Valu Unit
e
CMP50L Mpk Nm 4.19 5.17 6.5 7.94 10.4 12.5 15.2 15.4
nbase 1/min 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 156
CMP63S Mpk Nm 3.84 4.66 5.71 6.79 8.48 9.79 11.1
nbase 1/min 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 200 192
CMP63M Mpk Nm 6.45 7.88 10.4 12.6 15.8 18.8 21.3 21.4
nbase 1/min 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 134
CMP63L Mpk Nm 8.31 11.1 13.8 17.9 22.2 26.2 30.4
nbase 1/min 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500 4500
Imax % 200 200 200 200 200 200 173
CMP112S Mpk Nm 45.2 58.7
nbase 1/min 4500 4500
Imax % 200 200
CMP112M Mpk Nm 62.4
nbase 1/min 4500
Imax % 200
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 101

 Configuration
3 Selection of an application inverter

3.6 Selection of an application inverter

The selection of the application inverter is based on the course of the output current
over time. The required current has to be determined from the required torque charac-
teristic of the connected motor.
The application inverters are dimensioned for a nominal output current IN. In many ap-
plications, there is a demand for short-time overload operation. For this purpose, the
application inverters can be operated with up to 200% of the nominal output current for
a short period of time.
For overload operation, make sure that the application inverter is not thermally over-
loaded. For protection of the power components, application inverters have various
monitoring mechanisms.
The following thermal monitoring functions are available:
• Dynamic utilization
The periodic current load of the switching power semiconductors lets them heat
and cool down cyclically. Due to the different thermal time constants, large temper-
ature differences can occur between power semiconductor and heat sink. Dynamic
utilization monitors the permitted temperature of the barrier layer of the power
semiconductors.
• Thermal utilization
The power semiconductors are limited by the maximally permitted temperature
during operation. Thermal utilization monitors the heat sink temperature of the
power semiconductors.
• Electromechanical utilization (I2t utilization)
Electromechanical utilization protects the compared that have a large thermal time
constant compared to the power semiconductors.
Due to the complexity of the utilization curves, the calculation can only be performed
using software. The SEW workbench software offers supports for dimensioning an ap-
plication inverter.
For a rough selection of the application inverter without using software, characteristic
load cycles are given in the following section.
The characteristic load cycle consists of a load and a load relief period. In the load re-
lief period, the output current must not exceed the specified value. After this load relief
period, overload is possible again.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

102 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Selection of an application inverter 3
3.6.1 Overload capacity

Load cycle with base load current – typical for the selection of asynchronous and servomotors
The characteristic load cycle consists of a load and a load relief period. In the load re- 3
lief period, the output current must not exceed the specified value. After this load relief
period, overload is possible again.

% IN

I out1

t1 t2

I out2

t
9007216727432971

Examples of permitted current profiles

Overload capacity at PWM = 4 kHz, fout ≥ 3 Hz

Overload current Iout 1 in Overload time t1 Base load current Iout 2 in % Required wait time t2
% IN IN
200% 3s 50% 7s
200% 3s 100% 17 s
150% 60 s 100% 60 s
150% 60 s 50% 30 s

3.6.2 Derating
Due to the following operating and ambient conditions, a reduction of the output cur-
rent may be necessary.

Derating due to the rotary field frequency

The specified nominal output current IN of the application inverter is the rms value. The
increased load on the power semiconductors has to be considered especially for slow
rotating fields and rotating fields at standstill. In case of a rotating field at standstill, dir-
ect current that can correspond to the peak value of the sine current depending on the
phase position is flowing.
It is particularly important to consider output frequencies fO < 3 Hz.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 103

 Configuration
3 Selection of an application inverter

% IN
300

250

200
[2]
150
[1]
100

50

0
0 1 2 3 4 5 fA /Hz
17414498315

[1] Continuous output current with PWM = 4 kHz

[2] Temporary overload current

Derating due to the installation altitude

SEW‑EURODRIVE frequency inverters are designed for overvoltage category III and
for altitudes up to 2000 m according to EN 61800-5-1. The air pressure and the air
density decrease depending on the installation altitude. This leads to a reduced cool-
ing capacity and to a reduced electrical isolation effect of the air.
Up to h < 1000 m: without restrictions.
The following restrictions apply to heights ≥ 1000 m:
• From 1000 m to max. 3800 m: IN reduction by 1% per 100 m
• From 2000 m to max. 3800 m: To maintain protective separation and the air gaps
and creepage distances according to EN 61800‑5‑1, you have to connect an over-
voltage protection device in order to reduce the overvoltages from category III to
category II.

Derating due to line voltage and temperature

Derating depending on the line voltage Vline and the ambient temperature:

Line voltage Vline PWM Continuous current Icontinuous

4 kHz Icontinuous/IN = 133% – (T – 40 °C) × 2.65%
230 V 8 kHz Icontinuous/IN = 100% – (T – 40 °C) × 2.25%
16 kHz Icontinuous/IN = 66% – (T – 40 °C) × 1.55%
4 kHz Icontinuous/IN = 133% – (T – 40 °C) × 2.65%
400 V 8 kHz Icontinuous/IN = 100% – (T – 40 °C) × 2.25%
16 kHz Icontinuous/IN = 66% – (T – 40 °C) × 1.55%
23061715/EN – 03/2017

4 kHz Icontinuous/IN = 121% – (T – 40 °C) × 2.45%

500 V 8 kHz Icontinuous/IN = 86% – (T – 40 °C) × 2%
16 kHz Icontinuous/IN = 53% – (T – 40 °C) × 1.8%

104 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Braking resistor selection 3
3.7 Braking resistor selection

3.7.1 Table of braking resistors

3
The following braking resistors are intended for use with MOVIDRIVE® system. The
technical data is valid in the temperature range -20 °C to +40 °C.
For ambient temperatures of more than +40°C, the continuous power must be re-
duced by 4% for every 10 K. The tripping current must be reduced by 2% for every
10 K. Do not exceed a maximum ambient temperature of 80 °C.

Braking resistor Part number Resistance Continuous Peak power Tripping cur-
power rent
Ω kW kW A
BW120-001 18176011 117 0.1 -
BW100-006-T 18204198 100 0.6 6.7 2.4
BW100-002 08281653 100 0.2 6.7 1
BW100-001 08281718 100 0.1 6.7 1
BW247-T 18200842 47 2 14 6.5
BW147-T 18201342 47 1.2 14 5.1
BW047-010-T 17983207 47 0.8 14 4.1
BW027-042-T 19155301 27 4.2 24.9 12.5
BW027-024-T 17983231 27 2.4 24.9 9.4
BW027-016-T 17983215 27 1.6 24.9 7.7
BW003-420-T 13302345 2.5 42 268.8 135.1
BW002-070 17983304 2.3 7 292.2 355.2
BW915-T 18204139 15 16 44.8 32.7
BW015-075-T 19155271 15 7.5 44.8 22.4
BW015-042-T 19155328 15 4.2 44.8 16.7
BW015-016 17983258 15 1.6 44.8 10.3
BW010-108-T 19155298 10 10.8 67.2 32.9
BW010-050-T 17983274 10 5 67.2 22.4
BW010-024 17983266 10 2.4 67.2 15.5
BW206-T 18204120 6 18 114 54.8
BW106-T 18200834 6 13.5 114 47.4
BW006-050-01 18200125 6 5 114 28.9
BW006-025-01 18200117 6 2.5 114 20.4
BW005-170-T 17983290 4.7 17 143 60.1
23061715/EN – 03/2017

BW005-070 17983282 4.7 7 143 38.6

BW004-070-01 17967678 3.6 7 190 38.6
BW004-050-01 18200133 3.6 5 190 32.6
BW1.0-170 17985455 1 17 672 130.4

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 105

 Configuration
3 Braking resistor selection

3.7.2 Selection criteria

The selection of the braking resistor takes place via the SEW Workbench. The neces-
sary selection parameters for the braking resistor are calculated during the project
planning procedure. Depending on these selection parameters, a braking resistor is
selected from the table.
The following selection parameters are the basis for selecting the braking resistor.

3.7.3 Continuous braking power

The continuous braking power is specified by the mechanical structure of the braking
resistor.
The continuous braking power required by the application must be lower than the con-
tinuous braking power of the braking resistor according to the technical data.

3.7.4 Peak braking power

The permitted peak braking power is specified by the resistor and the DC link voltage.
The peak braking power required by the application results from the maximum of indi-
vidual regenerative parts within a cycle.
The peak braking power required by the application must be lower than the permitted
peak braking power of the braking resistor.
The permitted peak braking power of the braking resistor is calculated as follows:
2
UZK max
Pmax =
R × 1 .4

Pmax Maximum peak braking power that the braking resistor can absorb
UZK max Maximum DC link voltage: DC 970 V
R Braking resistance value
The peak braking power for each braking resistor is listed in the table.

3.7.5 Current-carrying capacity of the brake chopper

The resistance of the braking resistor must not be smaller than the minimum permitted
braking resistor according to the technical data of the application inverter. This en-
sures that the brake chopper is not damaged.

3.7.6 Supply cable for braking resistor

Use only shielded cables.
The cable cross section depends on the tripping current IF.
The rated voltage of the cable must amount to at least V0/V = 300 V / 500 V.
The maximum permitted cable length between application inverter and braking resistor
23061715/EN – 03/2017

is 100 m.

106 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Braking resistor selection 3
3.7.7 Protection against thermal overload of the braking resistor
To avoid thermal damage of the braking resistor as well as subsequent damage, the
braking resistor has to be thermally monitored. SEW‑EURODRIVE suggests the fol-
lowing options: 3
• TCB thermal circuit breaker
The TCB thermal circuit breaker is installed in the control cabinet, connected to the
supply cable to the braking resistor and set to the tripping current of the braking
resistor. If the measured mean current exceeds the tripping current, an NC contact
switches and reports overload of the braking resistor. Simultaneously the connec-
tion of braking resistor and inverter is separated, thus ending the generator mode.
• Integrated temperature switch –T
Braking resistors with the label –T are equipped with an integrated temperature
switch. The temperature switch is thermally coupled to the braking resistor and
switches an NC contact in case of overtemperature of the braking resistor. The
braking resistor-inverter connection is not interrupted. In case of thermal overload,
the regenerative operation has to be terminated. SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends
to shield the connection cable of the temperature switch.
• Thermal overload relay
A thermal overload relay is installed in the control cabinet, connected to the supply
cable to the braking resistor and set to the tripping current of the braking resistor. If
the measured mean current exceeds the tripping current, an NC contact switches
and reports overload of the braking resistor. The braking resistor-inverter connec-
tion is not interrupted. In case of thermal overload, the regenerative operation has
to be terminated.
Wiring diagrams regarding the matters described above are available in chapter
"Protection against thermal overload of the braking resistor" (→ 2 197).

3.7.8 Parallel connection of braking resistors

It is permitted to connect several identical braking resistors in parallel. The following
applies:
• The power connections of the braking resistors must be connected to +R and –R
in parallel.
• Each braking resistor requires a separate protection against thermal overload.
• The signal contacts (NC contacts) of the protection devices must be connected in
series.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 107

 Configuration
3 Supply system cable and motor cable

3.8 Supply system cable and motor cable

3.8.1 Supply system cable
Dimensioning of the supply system cable generally takes place plant-specific and de-
pends on the design of the line connection. Line connection is shown in chapter
"Power connection" (→ 2 216). Observe the country-specific and plant-specific regula-
tions when selecting the cross section of the supply system cable.

Recommended cross section for nominal operation

The cross section of the supply system cables must be dimensioned based on the
nominal line current Iline.
SEW‑EURODRIVE suggests the cable cross sections listed in the table. Cables with
these cross sections can be used if the following conditions are met:
• The single-core cables are made of copper with PVC insulation.
• The cables are routed in cable ducts according to IEC 60204-1 installation type C
at 40 °C ambient temperature.

MDX90A-…-5_3 0020 0025 0032 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160
Nominal line current AC 1.9 A 2.3 A 2.9 A 3.6 A 5A 6.3 A 8.6 A 11.3 A 14.4 A
Iline
Supply system cable L1/ 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2
L2/L3
Fuse/miniature circuit 10 A 16 A
breaker

MDX90A-…-2_3 0070 0093 0140 0213 0290

Nominal line current AC Iline 6.4 A 8.4 A 12.4 A 18.9 A 27.4 A
Supply system cable L1/ 1.5 mm2 2.5 mm2 6 mm2
L2/L3
Fuse/miniature circuit 10 A 16 A 20 A 32 A
breaker

INFORMATION
Recommended cross section
The values are only recommendations. They are no substitute for detailed project
planning of the cables depending on the concrete application and considering the ap-
plicable regulations.

INFORMATION
Securing the supply system cable
Secure the supply system cable with appropriate safety elements.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

When selecting the supply system cable, make sure that the selected cross section is
in the range of the connectable cross section of the terminals.

108 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Supply system cable and motor cable 3
3.8.2 Motor cable

Cable length
For MOVIDRIVE® system application inverters, a maximum motor cable length must 3
not be exceeded.
The following project planning guidelines must be observed:
• Use of shielded motor cables with a capacitance conductor/shield of maximum 280
pF/m.

MDX9_A...-5_3 0020 – 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 –

at Vline = 3 × AC 400 V 1130
Maximum motor cable length in m
Shielded cables
PWM frequency
4 kHz 120 200 250 300 300 400 400
8 kHz 80 120 150 250 250 300 300
16 kHz 40 60 100 150 150 200 200

MDX9_A...-5_3 0020 – 0040 0055 0070 0095 0125 0160 0240 –

at Vline = 3 × AC 400 V 1130
Maximum motor cable length in m
Unshielded cable
PWM frequency
4 kHz 360 600 750 900 900 1200 1200
8 kHz 240 360 450 750 750 900 900
16 kHz 120 180 300 450 450 600 600

MDX9_A...-2_3 0070 0093 0140 0213 – 0290 0420 – 0950

at Vline = 3 × AC 230 V Maximum motor cable length in m
Shielded cables
PWM frequency
4 kHz 120 200 250 300 400
8 kHz 80 120 150 250 300
16 kHz 40 60 100 150 200

MDX9_A...-2_3 0070 0093 0140 0213 – 0290 0420 – 0950

at Vline = 3 × AC 230 V Maximum motor cable length in m
Unshielded cable
PWM frequency
23061715/EN – 03/2017

4 kHz 360 600 750 900 1200

8 kHz 240 360 450 750 900
16 kHz 120 180 300 450 600

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 109

 Configuration
3 Signal lines

INFORMATION
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends not to use a ground fault circuit interrupter with long
motor cables. The leakage currents caused by cable capacitance may cause mis-trip-
ping.

Voltage drop
Select the cable cross section of the motor cable so the voltage drop is as small as
possible. An excessively high voltage drop means that the full motor torque is not
achieved.
Determine the expected voltage drop based on the following tables. With shorter
cables, you can convert the voltage drop proportionally.
Cable cross Load with I in A =
section 4 6 8 10 13 16 20 25 30 40 50 63 80 100 125 150 200 250 300 350 400
Copper Voltage drop ΔV in V with length = 100 m and ϑ = 70 °C
1.5 mm2 5.3 8 10.6 13.3 17.3 21.3 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)

2 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
2.5 mm 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.1 10.4 12.8 16
2 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
4 mm 1.9 2.8 3.8 4.7 6.5 8.0 10 12.5
6 mm2 4.4 5.3 6.4 8.3 9.9 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)

10 mm2 3.2 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.2 10.2 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)

16 mm2 3.3 3.9 5.2 6.5 7.9 10.0 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)

2 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
25 mm 2.5 3.3 4.1 5.1 6.4 8.0
2 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
35 mm 2.9 3.6 4.6 5.7 7.2 8.6
2 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
50 mm 4.0 5.0 6.0
2 1) 1) 1) 1)
70 mm 5.8
2 1) 1) 1)
95 mm 4.2 5.3
2 1) 1)
150 mm 3.3 4.0
2 1)
185 mm 3.2 3.8
2
240 mm 2.5 2.9 3.3
1) Load not permitted according to IEC 60364-5-52.

3.9 Signal lines

3.9.1 Encoder cables

Connection/Encoder Cable length

HTL encoder ES7C and EG7C 300 m
Standard HTL encoder 200 m
Other encoders 100 m
23061715/EN – 03/2017

110 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
EMC-compliant installation according to EN 61800-3 3
3.10 EMC-compliant installation according to EN 61800-3
MOVIDRIVE® application inverters are designed for use as components for installation
in machinery and systems. They comply with the EMC product standard EN 61800‑3 3
"Variable-speed electrical drives".
Provided the information relating to EMC-compliant installation is observed, they sat-
isfy the appropriate requirements for CE marking on the basis of the EMC Directive
2014/30/EU.

3.10.1 Interference emission

To comply with limit classes C1 and C2 according to EN 61800‑3, the measures listed
in the tables must be taken.
Limit value class C1

Measures
On the line On the motor side
Inverter side

NF line fil- HF output filter Shielded Max. cable

ter HD output choke cables length

MDX90A-0020 – 0320-5_3-..
NF - Yes 20 m
MDX90A-0070 – 0290-2_3-..
MDX90A-0020 – 0320-5_3-..1)
NF HF No 20 m
MDX90A-0070 – 0290-2_3-..1)
1) PWM frequency ≠ 16 kHz

Class C2 limit

Measures
On the line On the motor side
Inverter side

NF line fil- HF output filter Shielded Max. cable

ter HD output choke cables length

- - Yes 20 m
MDX90A-0020 – 0160-5_3-.. NF - Yes 100 m
MDX90A-0070 – 0140-2_3-.. NF HD No 100 m
NF HF No In preparation
NF - Yes 100 m
MDX90A-0240-5_3-.. and higher
NF HD No 100 m
MDX90A-0213 – 0290-2_3-..
NF HF No In preparation
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 111

 Configuration
3 Line components

3.11 Line components

3.11.1 Line fuses and miniature circuit breakers

Line fuses and miniature circuit breakers are used for protecting the supply system
cables. For fusing, use fuses and miniature circuit breakers with the following proper-
ties:

Type class Requirement

Line protection types in Fusing voltage ≥ nominal line voltage
operation classes gL, gG
Miniature circuit breaker of Nominal miniature circuit breaker voltage ≥ nominal
Characteristics D line voltage
Nominal currents of the miniature circuit breaker
must be 10% higher than the nominal line current of
the application inverter.
Adhere to the country and system specific regulations when carrying out the fusing. If
required, observe the notes in chapter "UL-compliant installation" (→ 2 228).

3.11.2 Line contactor

Operation without A line contactor is used to separate the application inverter from the supply system in
line contactor case of an error and to switch the power supply on and off.
For more information on operation with line contactor, refer to chapter Line connec-
tion.

INFORMATION

Use a line contactor in utilization category AC-3 (IEC 158-1) or better.

The line contactor must be installed before the line filter and the line choke.

Operation without Operation without line contactor is possible for application inverters
line contactor MDX90A-0240-5_3-.. and MDX90A-0213-2_3-.. and higher. The application inverters
are equipped with a controlled rectifier input stage. In case of operation without line
contactor, the temperature evaluation of the braking resistor via a digital input of the
application inverter must be ensured. The connected digital input must be parameter-
ized for monitoring the braking resistor temperature evaluation.

INFORMATION

Operation without line contactor is not possible for application inverters up to

MDX90A-0160-5_3-.. and MDX90A-0140-2_3-...
Also when operated without line contactor, it must be possible to de-energize the ap-
23061715/EN – 03/2017

plication inverter. The switch-off design is always done system-specific depending on

the specific application considering the applicable regulations.

112 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Line components 3
3.11.3 NF line filter
A line filter reduces interference emission via the supply system cable, which is gener-
ated by the application inverter. The line filter mainly serves to meet interference
voltage limit requirements in the frequency range from 150 kHz to 30 MHz at the line 3
connection. In addition, a line filter dampens the interference from the supply system
affecting the application inverter. The selection of the line filter depends on the nom-
inal line current and the line voltage of the frequency inverter.
The line filter has to be selected according to the following table.

Technical data
Line filter NF0055-503 NF0120-503 NF0220-503 NF0420-513
Part number 17984319 17984270 17984300 17983789
Nominal line voltage VN 3 × AC 230 V - 500 V, 50/60 Hz
Nominal current IN 5.5 A 12 A 22 A 42 A
Nominal power loss 9W 30 W
Ambient temperature ϑA 0 to 45 °C (reduction: x% IN up to max. 60 °C)
Connection contacts Cage clamp terminals max. 6 mm2 2.5 – 16 mm2
L1/L2/L3 - L1'/L2'/L3'
Tightening torque - 2 - 4 Nm
L1/L2/L3 - L1'/L2'/L3'
PE terminal contacts M5 M6
Tightening torque PE 3 Nm 6 Nm
Degree of protection IP20 according to EN 60529
Weight 1.4 kg 3 kg

Assignment to an inverter
Line filter NF0055-503 NF0120-503 NF0220-503 NF0420-513
MDX90A-...-5_3-.. 0020 – 0040 0055 – 0095 0125 – 0160 0240 – 0320
MDX90A-...-2_3-.. - 0070 – 0093 0140 0213 – 0290
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 113

 Configuration
3 Line components

3.11.4 ND line choke

The main reason for using line chokes is the reduction of grid disturbances that may
occur due to harmonic currents. In addition, line chokes improve the overvoltage pro-
tection.
The line choke has to be selected according to the following table.

Technical data
Line choke ND0070-503 ND0160-503 ND0300-503 ND0420-503
Part number 17984173 17984181 17983800 17983819
Nominal line voltage VN 3 × AC 230 V - 500 V, 50/60 Hz
Nominal current IN 7A 16 A 30 A 42 A
Nominal inductance 0.36 mH 0.2 mH 0.1 mH 0,045 mH
Nominal power loss 4W 9W 11 W 13 W
Ambient temperature ϑA -10 °C to 45 °C (reduction: 3% IN up to max. 60 °C)
Terminal contacts L1/L2/L3 - L1'/L2'/L3' 0.2 – 4 mm2 0.2 – 10 mm2 2.5 – 16 mm2
Tightening torque L1/L2/L3 - L1'/L2'/L3' 0.5 – 1 Nm 1.2 – 2 Nm 2.5 Nm
PE terminal contact M4 M5
Tightening torque PE 1.5 Nm 3 Nm
Degree of protection IPXXB to EN 60529
Weight 0.5 kg 1.3 kg 1.95 kg 1.82 kg

Assignment to an inverter
Line choke ND0070-503 ND0160-503 ND0300-503 ND0420-503
MDX90A-...-5_3-.. 0020 – 0055 0070 – 0125 0160 – 0240 0320
MDX90A-...-2_3-.. - 0070 – 0093 0140 – 0213 0290

23061715/EN – 03/2017

114 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
Line components 3
3.11.5 Residual current device

WARNING
3
No protection against electric shock if an incorrect type of residual current device is
used.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Use only universal current sensitive residual current devices of type B for invert-
ers.

• Inverters generate a DC current component in the leakage current and can signi-
ficantly reduce the sensitivity of a residual current device of type A. A type A resid-
ual current device is thus not permitted as protection device.
• If the use of a residual current device is not mandatory according to the standards,
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends not to use a residual current device.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 115

 Configuration
3 24 V supply voltage selection

3.12 24 V supply voltage selection

The MDX90A-... application inverter requires an external 24 V voltage supply for elec-
tronics.
The MDX91A-... application inverter has an internal 24 V voltage supply that can also
be supported externally.

3.12.1 Project planning for 24 V supply power

For dimensioning the 24 V supply voltage, it is necessary to know the power and cur-
rent consumption of the application inverter.
The current path and power ratios present when switching on the 24 V voltage supply
are shown in the figure below.
The path is divided into the time ranges 1 and 2, see the following figure.

I
P
»
I2
P2

I1
P1

1 2

t1 t2 t
9007215191275275

I1 Nominal current
P1 Nominal power
I2 Inrush current
P2 Inrush power
t1 Power-applied hours
t2 Steady-state condition
1. t1 is the period when the device's internal switched-mode power supplies start up.
The total of the maximum power and current consumption must be calculated for
this time period. The power supply must be capable of providing this total power
and total current for at least 100 ms.
2. t2 is the range of the projected 24 V power consumption.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

INFORMATION

Commercially available switched-mode power supplies can reliably switch on the

maximally occurring capacities.

116 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Configuration
24 V supply voltage selection 3
3.12.2 Power consumption of the 24 V supply
Tables for the power demand of the 24 V supply depending on the used modules and
the installed options.
3
Power consump- Inverter 3 × AC 400 V Power consumption (without I/O, motor en-
tion coder, motor brake)
W
MDX90A-0020.. – ..0040-5_3-.. 20
MDX90A-0055.. – ..0095-5_3-.. 20
MDX90A-0125.. – ..0160-5_3-.. 20
MDX90A-0240.. – ..0320-5_3-.. 30

Inverter 3 × AC 230 V Power consumption (without I/O, motor en-

coder, motor brake)
W
MDX90A-0070.. – ..0093-2_3-.. 20
MDX90A-0140-2_3-.. 20
MDX90A-0213.. – ..0290-2_3-.. 30
MDX90A-0420.. – ..0570-2_3-..
MDX90A-840.. – ..1080-2_3-..

Power consump- Option card Power consumption

tion of the option
cards W
CIO21A 1.2
CID21A 0.4
CES11A 0.8
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 117

 Prefabricated cables
4 Meaning of the symbols

4 Prefabricated cables

4.1 Meaning of the symbols

Icon Meaning
Connection cables: Connector → connector for fixed installation
Connection cable extension: Connector → connector for fixed in-
stallation
Connection cables: Connector → encoder connection cover for
fixed installation
Connection cables: Connector → encoder connection cover for
cable carrier installation
Connection cables: Connector → connector for cable carrier install-
ation
Connection cable extension: Connector → connector for cable car-
rier installation
Connection cables: Connector → open end for fixed installation
Connection cables: Connector → open end for cable carrier install-
ation

23061715/EN – 03/2017

118 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
Power cables for CMP.. motors 4
4.2 Power cables for CMP.. motors

4.2.1 Overview

CMP(Z)../SM.. 4

--> [2]

--> [2]

--> [1]

--> [1]

X31

X31
X20_1

X20_2
X20

X21_1

X21_2
X21
S1 S1
S2 S2
RUN ERR RUN ERR

X2

X15_1

X15_2
X15
24V
X5
GND

+ UZ
+UZ
+UZ +UZ

X4 X4

- UZ
-UZ
-UZ -UZ

--> [3]
--> [5]

--> [3]
--> [5]

--> [4]

--> [4]
--> [4]

--> [4]

CMP../SB.. /BK.. CMP(Z)../SB.. /BY..

CMP../SB.. /BP..

9007214010255627
23061715/EN – 03/2017

[1] Motor cable ../SM.. (→ 2 120) [4] Brakemotor extension cable ../SB.. for /BK, /BP
and /BY brake (→ 2 124)
[2] Motor extension cable ../SM.. (→ 2 121) [5] Brakemotor cable ../SB.. for brake /BY (→ 2 123)
[3] Brakemotor cable ../SB.. for brake /BK
and /BP (→ 2 122)

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 119

 Prefabricated cables
4 Power cables for CMP.. motors

4.2.2 Motor cable with connector on motor end

Motor cable illustration

4818831115

Types of CMP.. motor cables

Plug connector Number of cores and cable cross Part number Installation type
section
SM11 4 × 1.5 mm2 05904544 Fixed installation
SM11 4 × 1.5 mm2 05906245 Cable carrier installation
2
SM12 4 × 2.5 mm 05904552 Fixed installation
SM12 4 × 2.5 mm2 05906253 Cable carrier installation
2
SM14 4 × 4 mm 05904560 Fixed installation
SM14 4 × 4 mm2 05904803 Cable carrier installation
2
SMB6 4 × 6 mm 13350269 Fixed installation
SMB6 4 × 6 mm2 13350293 Cable carrier installation
SMB10 4 × 10 mm2 13350277 Fixed installation
2
SMB10 4 × 10 mm 13350307 Cable carrier installation
SMB16 4 × 16 mm2 13350285 Fixed installation
2
SMB16 4 × 16 mm 13350315 Cable carrier installation
SMC16 4 × 16 mm2 18148476 Fixed installation
2
SMC16 4 × 16 mm 18148484 Cable carrier installation
SMC25 4 × 25 mm2 18148581 Cable carrier installation
2
SMC35 4 × 35 mm 18148697 Cable carrier installation
23061715/EN – 03/2017

120 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
Power cables for CMP.. motors 4
Illustration of motor extension cable

X Y
4818839179 4

Types of CMP.. motor extension cables

Plug connector Number of cores and cable cross Part number Installation type
section
SM11 4 × 1.5 mm2 13332457 Cable carrier installation
SM12 4 × 2.5 mm2 13332465 Cable carrier installation
2
SM14 4 × 4 mm 13332473 Cable carrier installation
SMB6 4 × 6 mm2 13350021 Cable carrier installation
2
SMB10 4 × 10 mm 13350048 Cable carrier installation
SMB16 4 × 16 mm2 13350056 Cable carrier installation
2
SMC16 4 × 16 mm 18156819 Cable carrier installation
2
SMC25 4 x 25 mm 18156827 Cable carrier installation
SMC35 4 x 35 mm2 18156835 Cable carrier installation
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 121

 Prefabricated cables
4 Power cables for CMP.. motors

4.2.3 Brakemotor cables for BP/BK brake with connector at motor end

Figure of CMP.. brakemotor cables

[5]
[1]
[2] [6]

500 ±5
[3]

[4]

4818640779

Types of CMP.. brakemotor cables

Plug connector Number of cores and cable cross Part number Installation type
section
SB11 4 × 1.5 mm2 + 3 × 1 mm2 13354345 Fixed installation
2 2
SB11 4 × 1.5 mm + 3 × 1 mm 13354388 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SB12 4 × 2.5 mm + 3 × 1 mm 13354353 Fixed installation
SB12 4 × 2.5 mm2 + 3 × 1 mm2 13354396 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SB14 4 × 4 mm + 3 × 1 mm 13354361 Fixed installation
SB14 4 × 4 mm2 + 3 × 1 mm2 13421603 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SBB6 4 × 6 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 13350196 Fixed installation
SBB6 4 × 6 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 13350234 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SBB10 4 × 10 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 13350218 Fixed installation
SBB10 4 × 10 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 13350242 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SBB16 4 × 16 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 13350226 Fixed installation
2 2
SBB16 4 × 16 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 13350250 Cable carrier installation

INFORMATION
As for the power cables for brakemotors with BP/BK brake only two signal cables are
required, the third signal core is cut off during cable assembly.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

122 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
Power cables for CMP.. motors 4
4.2.4 Brakemotor cables for BY brake with connector at motor end

Figure of CMP.. brakemotor cables

4
X

500 ±5
14824163467

Types of CMP.. brakemotor cables

Plug connector Number of cores and cable cross Part number Installation type
section
SB11 4 × 1.5 mm2 + 3 × 1 mm2 13354272 Fixed installation
SB11 4 × 1.5 mm2 + 3 × 1 mm2 13354302 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SB12 4 × 2.5 mm + 3 × 1 mm 13354280 Fixed installation
SB12 4 × 2.5 mm2 + 3 × 1 mm2 13354310 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SB14 4 × 4 mm + 3 × 1 mm 13354299 Fixed installation
SB14 4 × 4 mm2 + 3 × 1 mm2 13354329 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SBB6 4 × 6 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 13350129 Fixed installation
SBB6 4 × 6 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 13350153 Cable carrier installation
SBB10 4 × 10 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 13350137 Fixed installation
2 2
SBB10 4 × 10 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 13350161 Cable carrier installation
SBB16 4 × 16 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 13350145 Fixed installation
2 2
SBB16 4 × 16 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 13350188 Cable carrier installation
SBC16 4 × 16 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 18148514 Fixed installation
2 2
SBC16 4 × 16 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 18148522 Cable carrier installation
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 123

 Prefabricated cables
4 Power cables for CMP.. motors

4.2.5 Extension cables BP/BK and BY brakes

Illustration of brakemotor extension cable

X Y
4818839179

Types of CMP.. brakemotor extension cables

Plug connector Number of cores and cable cross Part number Installation type
section
SB11 4 × 1.5 mm2 + 3 × 1 mm2 13354221 Cable carrier installation
SB12 4 × 2.5 mm2 + 3 × 1 mm2 13354248 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SB14 4 × 4 mm + 3 × 1 mm 13354337 Cable carrier installation
SBB6 4 × 6 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 13350099 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SBB10 4 × 10 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 13350102 Cable carrier installation
SBB16 4 × 16 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 13350110 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SBC16 4 × 16 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 18156843 Cable carrier installation

23061715/EN – 03/2017

124 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
Encoder cables for CMP.. motors 4
4.3 Encoder cables for CMP.. motors

4.3.1 Overview

CMP(Z).. /SM.. 4
CMP(Z).. /SB..
CMP(Z).. /KKS
CMP(Z).. /KK /RH1M
/RH1M

/KK
01995421

/KKS
01995413

13356356 13327429

13356364 13327437

X31

X31
X20_1

X20_2
X20
X15

X21_1

X21_2
X21
S1 S1
S2 S2

X17
RUN ERR RUN ERR

X15_1

X15_2
X15
24V
X5
GND

+ UZ
+UZ
+UZ +UZ

X4 X4

- UZ
-UZ
-UZ -UZ

13324535
13356291

13324551
13356305

/KK
01995391

01995405
CMP(Z).. /KK
/AK0H /KKS
/EK1H
/AK1H CMP(Z).. /SM..
CMP(Z).. /SB..
23061715/EN – 03/2017

CMP(Z).. /KKS
/AK0H
/EK1H
/AK1H
9007214015841035

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 125

 Prefabricated cables
4 Encoder cables for CMP.. motors

4.3.2 Resolver

Illustration of RH1M resolver cable

X
Y

4819185931

Types of RH1M resolver cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13327429 Fixed installation
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 13327437 Cable carrier installation

Illustration of RH1M extension cable

X Y
4819192715

Types of RH1M extension cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm 01995421 Fixed installation
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 01995413 Cable carrier installation

Illustration of RH1M resolver cable for terminal box

4838463371

RH1M resolver cables for terminal box

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13356356 Fixed installation
23061715/EN – 03/2017

5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 13356364 Cable carrier installation

126 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
Encoder cables for CMP.. motors 4
4.3.3 HIPERFACE® encoders

Illustration of HIPERFACE® encoder cable

X 4
Y

4819185931

Types of HIPERFACE® encoder cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2 2
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm + 2 × 0.5 mm 13324535 Fixed installation
4 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 + 2 × 0.5 mm2 13324551 Cable carrier installation

Illustration of HIPERFACE® encoder extension cable

X Y
4819207051

Types of HIPERFACE® encoder extension cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm 01995391 Fixed installation
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 01995405 Cable carrier installation

Illustration of HIPERFACE® encoder cable for terminal box

4838486411

Types of HIPERFACE® encoder cables for terminal box

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13356291 Fixed installation
2
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13356305 Cable carrier installation
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 127

 Prefabricated cables
4 Single-cable technology for CMP.. motors

4.4 Single-cable technology for CMP.. motors

4.4.1 Overview

CMP(Z)../SH..

--> [2]

X31

X31
X20_1

X20_2
X20

X21_1

X21_2
X21
--> [1] S1
S2
RUN ERR
S1
S2
RUN ERR

X2

X15_1

X15_2
X15
24V
X5
GND

+ UZ
+UZ
+UZ +UZ

X4 X4

- UZ
-UZ
-UZ -UZ

--> [1]

CMP../SH.. /BK..
CMP../SH.. /BP..
CMP(Z)../SH.. /BY..
--> [2]

9007215244070283

[1] Motor/brakemotor cable [2] Extension cable

4.4.2 Types of motor/brakemotor cable

Plug connector Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
SH11 4 × 1.5 mm2 + 3 × 1 mm2 + 4 × 0.34 mm2 18177018
2 2 2
SH12 4 × 2.5 mm + 3 × 1 mm + 4 × 0.34 mm 18177026
Cable carrier installa-
SH14 4 × 4 mm2 + 3 × 1 mm2 + 4 × 0.34 mm2 18177034
tion
SHB6 4 × 6 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 + 4 × 0.34 mm2 18177042
SHB10 4 × 10 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 + 4 × 0.34 mm2 18177050
23061715/EN – 03/2017

128 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
Single-cable technology for CMP.. motors 4
4.4.3 Types of extension cables

Plug connector Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2 2 2
SH11 4 × 1.5 mm + 3 × 1 mm + 4 × 0.34 mm 18177069
SH12 4 × 2.5 mm2 + 3 × 1 mm2 + 4 × 0.34 mm2 18177077 4
Cable carrier installa-
SH14 4 × 4 mm2 + 3 × 1 mm2 + 4 × 0.34 mm2 18177085
tion
SHB6 4 × 6 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 + 4 × 0.34 mm2 18177093
2 2 2
SHB10 4 × 10 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm + 4 × 0.34 mm 18177107
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 129

 Prefabricated cables
4 Power cables for CFM.. motors

4.5 Power cables for CFM.. motors

4.5.1 Overview

CFM.. /SM..

--> [2]

--> [2]

--> [1]

--> [1] X31

X31
X20_1

X20_2
X20

X21_1

X21_2
X21

S1 S1
S2 S2
RUN ERR RUN ERR

X2
X15_1

X15_2
X15

24V
X5
GND
+ UZ
+UZ

+UZ +UZ

X4 X4
- UZ
-UZ

-UZ -UZ

--> [3]

--> [3]

--> [4]

--> [4]
23061715/EN – 03/2017

CFM.. /SB.. /BR..

9007214064524299

[1] Motor cable ../SM.. (→ 2 131) [3] Brakemotor cable ../SB.. /BR (→ 2 133)
[2] Motor extension cable ../ [4] Brakemotor extension cable ../SB.. /BR (→ 2 134)
SM.. (→ 2 132)

130 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
Power cables for CFM.. motors 4
4.5.2 Motor cable

Motor cable illustration

4
X

4836649099

Motor cable types

The cables are equipped with a connector for motor connection and conductor end
sleeves for inverter connection.

Plug connector Number of cores and cable cross Part number Installation type
section
SM51/SM61 4 × 1.5 mm2 01991795 Fixed installation
SM51/SM61 4 × 1.5 mm2 13331140 Cable carrier installation
2
SM52/SM62 4 × 2.5 mm 01991817 Fixed installation
SM52/SM62 4 × 2.5 mm2 13331159 Cable carrier installation
SM54/SM64 4 × 4 mm2 01991833 Fixed installation
2
SM54/SM64 4 × 4 mm 01991841 Cable carrier installation
SM56/SM66 4 × 6 mm2 0199185X Fixed installation
2
SM56/SM66 4 × 6 mm 01991868 Cable carrier installation
SM59/SM69 4 × 10 mm2 01991876 Fixed installation
2
SM59/SM69 4 × 10 mm 01991884 Cable carrier installation
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 131

 Prefabricated cables
4 Power cables for CFM.. motors

4.5.3 Motor extension cable

Illustration of motor extension cable

X Y

4838345099

Types of motor extension cables

The cables are equipped with a connector and adapter for extending the CFM motor
cable.

Plug connector Number of cores and cable cross Part number Installation type
section
SM51/SM61 4 × 1.5 mm2 01995499 Fixed installation
2
SM51/SM61 4 × 1.5 mm 13331183 Cable carrier installation
SM52/SM62 4 × 2.5 mm2 01995510 Fixed installation
2
SM52/SM62 4 × 2.5 mm 13331191 Cable carrier installation
SM54/SM64 4 × 4 mm2 01995537 Fixed installation
2
SM54/SM64 4 × 4 mm 01995545 Cable carrier installation
SM56/SM66 4 × 6 mm2 01995553 Fixed installation
2
SM56/SM66 4 × 6 mm 01995561 Cable carrier installation
SM59/SM69 4 × 10 mm2 0199557X Fixed installation
2
SM59/SM69 4 × 10 mm 01995588 Cable carrier installation

23061715/EN – 03/2017

132 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
Power cables for CFM.. motors 4
4.5.4 Brakemotor cable

Illustration of brakemotor cable

4
X

500 ±5
4838352907

Types of brakemotor cables

Plug connector Number of cores and cable cross Part number Installation type
section
SB51/SB61 4 × 1.5 mm2 + 3 × 1.0 mm2 01991892 Fixed installation
SB51/SB61 4 × 1.5 mm2 + 3 × 1.0 mm2 13331167 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SB52/SB62 4 × 2.5 mm + 3 × 1.0 mm 01991914 Fixed installation
SB52/SB62 4 × 2.5 mm2 + 3 × 1.0 mm2 13331175 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SB54/SB64 4 × 4 mm + 3 × 1.0 mm 01991930 Fixed installation
SB54/SB64 4 × 4 mm2 + 3 × 1.0 mm2 01991949 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SB56/SB66 4 × 6 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 01991957 Fixed installation
SB56/SB66 4 × 6 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 01991965 Cable carrier installation
SB59/SB69 4 × 10 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 01991973 Fixed installation
2 2
SB59/SB69 4 × 10 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 01991981 Cable carrier installation
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 133

 Prefabricated cables
4 Power cables for CFM.. motors

4.5.5 Brakemotor extension cables

Illustration of brakemotor extension cable

X Y

4838345099

Types of brakemotor extension cables

Plug connector Number of cores and cable cross Part number Installation type
section
SK51/SK61 4 × 1.5 mm2 + 3 × 1.0 mm2 0199199X Fixed installation
SK51/SK61 4 × 1.5 mm2 + 3 × 1.0 mm2 13331205 Cable carrier installation
2 2
SK52/SK62 4 × 2.5 mm + 3 × 1.0 mm 01992015 Fixed installation
SK52/SK62 4 × 2.5 mm2 + 3 × 1.0 mm2 13331213 Cable carrier installation
SK54/SK64 4 × 4 mm2 + 3 × 1.0 mm2 01992031 Fixed installation
2 2
SK54/SK64 4 × 4 mm + 3 × 1.0 mm 0199204X Cable carrier installation
SK56/SK66 4 × 6 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 01992058 Fixed installation
2 2
SK56/SK66 4 × 6 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 01992066 Cable carrier installation
SK59/SK69 4 × 10 mm2 + 3 × 1.5 mm2 01992074 Fixed installation
2 2
SK59/SK69 4 × 10 mm + 3 × 1.5 mm 01992082 Cable carrier installation

23061715/EN – 03/2017

134 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
Encoder cables for CFM.. motors 4
4.6 Encoder cables for CFM.. motors

4.6.1 Overview

CFM.. /SM.. 4
CFM.. /KK CFM.. /SB..
/RH1M CFM.. /KK5
/RH1L CFM.. /KK6
/RH1M
/KK /RH1L
01995421

01995413

01995898 13327429

13327437

X31

X31
01995901

X20_1

X20_2
X20

X21_1

X21_2
X21
X15 S1
S2
RUN ERR
S1
S2
RUN ERR

X15_1

X15_2
X15
24V
X5

X17
GND

+ UZ
+UZ
+UZ +UZ

X4 X4

- UZ
-UZ
-UZ -UZ

13322535
13324578

13324551
13324543

01995391
/KK

01995405

CFM.. /SM..
CFM.. /KK CFM.. /SB..
/ES1H CFM.. /KK5
/AS1H CFM.. /KK6
/EK1H /ES1H
/AK1H /AS1H
/EV1H /EK1H
/AV1H /AK1H
23061715/EN – 03/2017

/EV1H
/AV1H

9007214064533131

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 135

 Prefabricated cables
4 Encoder cables for CFM.. motors

4.6.2 Resolver

Illustration of RH1M/RH1L resolver cable

X
Y

4819185931

Types of RH1M/RH1L resolver cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13327429 Fixed installation
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 13327437 Cable carrier installation

Illustration of RH1M/RH1L extension cable

X Y
4819192715

Types of RH1M/RH1L extension cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm 01995421 Fixed installation
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 01995413 Cable carrier installation

Illustration of RH1M/RH1L resolver cable for terminal box

4838463371

Types of RH1M/RH1L resolver cables for terminal box

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13327623 Fixed installation
23061715/EN – 03/2017

5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 13327631 Cable carrier installation

136 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
Encoder cables for CFM.. motors 4
4.6.3 HIPERFACE® encoders

Illustration of HIPERFACE® encoder cable

X 4
Y

4819185931

Types of HIPERFACE® encoder cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Routing

2
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13324535 Fixed installation
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 13324551 Cable carrier installation

Illustration of HIPERFACE® encoder extension cable

X Y
4819207051

Types of HIPERFACE® encoder extension cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Routing

2
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm 01995391 Fixed installation
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 01995405 Cable carrier installation

Illustration of HIPERFACE® encoder cable for terminal box

4838486411

Types of HIPERFACE® encoder cables for terminal box

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Routing

2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13356291 Fixed installation
2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13356305 Cable carrier installation
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 137

 Prefabricated cables
4 Encoder cables for DR.. motors

4.7 Encoder cables for DR.. motors

4.7.1 Overview

DR..315
/EH7S

13602659

13623206

X31

X31
X20_1

X20_2
X20

X21_1

X21_2
X21
S1 S1
S2 S2
RUN ERR RUN ERR

X15

X15_1

X15_2
X15
X17 24V
X5
GND

+ UZ
+UZ
+UZ +UZ

X4 X4

- UZ
-UZ
-UZ -UZ

13621998

13623192 13617621 13622021

13621971 13617648 13622048

13621963

DR..71 – 132 DR..160 – 225 DR..71 – 132 DR..160 – 225 DR..315

/ES7S /ESGS 13623184 /ES7S /ESGS /AH7Y
/ES7R /ESGR /ES7R /ESGR
/ES7C /EG7C /ES7C /EG7C
/AS7W /AG7W /AS7W /AG7W
/AS7Y /AG7Y /AS7Y /AG7Y
9007214071050635
23061715/EN – 03/2017

SSI encoders can only be evaluated with the CES11A (X17) multi-encoder card.

138 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
Encoder cables for DR.. motors 4
4.7.2 Encoder cable with connection cover and D-sub

Illustration of encoder cable

14818281099

Types of encoder cables and encoders

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 13617621 Fixed installation
2
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13617648 Cable carrier installation

Encoder types DR.71 – 132 DR.160 – 280

Sine encoder ES7S EG7S
TTL ES7R EG7R
RS485 AS7W AG7W

4.7.3 Encoder cable with conductor end sleeves and D-sub

Illustration of encoder cable

14818291467

Types of encoder cables and encoders

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm Fixed installation
23061715/EN – 03/2017

6 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 Cable carrier installation

Encoder types DR.71 – 132 DR.160 – 280

Sine encoder ES7S EG7S
TTL ES7R EG7R
RS485 AS7W AG7W

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 139

 Prefabricated cables
4 Encoder cables for DR.. motors

4.7.4 Encoder cable with M23 and D-sub

Illustration of encoder cable

14818370059

Types of encoder cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 13602659 Fixed installation
2
5 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13623206 Cable carrier installation

Encoder types DR.315

Sine encoder EH7S

4.7.5 Encoder extension cable with connection cover and M23

Illustration of encoder extension cable

14818380043

Types of encoder extension cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
2
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13621963 Fixed installation

Encoder types DR.71 – 132 DR.160 – 280

Sine encoder ES7S EG7S
TTL ES7R EG7R
RS485 AS7W AG7W
23061715/EN – 03/2017

140 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
Encoder cables for DR.. motors 4
4.7.6 Encoder extension cable with conductor end sleeves and M23

Illustration of encoder extension cable

Y
4

14818388875

Types of encoder extension cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 13623184 Fixed installation

Encoder types DR.71 – 132 DR.160 – 280

Sine encoder ES7S EG7S
TTL ES7R EG7R
RS485 AS7W AG7W

4.7.7 Encoder extension cable with two M23

Illustration of encoder extension cable

X Y

14818397963

Types of encoder extension cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 13623192 Fixed installation
2
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm 13621971 Cable carrier installation

Encoder types DR.71 – 132 DR.160 – 280

Sine encoder ES7S EG7S
TTL ES7R EG7R
RS485 AS7W AG7W
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 141

 Prefabricated cables
4 Encoder cables for DR.. motors

4.7.8 Encoder extension cable with M23 and D-sub

Illustration of encoder extension cable

14818406795

Types of encoder extension cables

Number of cores and cable cross section Part number Installation type
6 × 2 × 0.25 mm2 13621998 Fixed installation

Encoder types DR.71 – 132 DR.160 – 280

Sine encoder ES7S EG7S
TTL ES7R EG7R
RS485 AS7W AG7W

23061715/EN – 03/2017

142 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
System bus and module bus cable 4
4.8 System bus and module bus cable
The RJ45 connectors of the system bus and module bus cables, the connectors that
can be preassembled in the field, and the sockets in the application inverters have
been checked for mechanical stability and contact reliability by SEW‑EURODRIVE. 4
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to use the system bus and module bus cables listed
below, and the connectors that can be preassembled in the field. If other cables and
connectors are used, SEW‑EURODRIVE does not make any statements regarding the
quality of the plug-in connection.

NOTICE
Use of wrong cables.
Damage to the application inverter.
The system bus cables [2] must only be 4-pole cables. If an 8-pole cable is used,
malfunctions or failures may occur at the connected devices.

4.8.1 System bus and module bus cabling

Example of a system bus and module bus cabling
[2] [1] [1] [2] [1] [1] [2] [1] [2] [2] [2] [2]

[7]
Power Power

10 min 10 min

[3]
[4] [4] [6] [6]
[5]
18016992651

[1] Module bus cable, 8-pin, color: anthracite gray.

[2] System bus cable, 4-pin, color: light gray.
[3] MOVI-C® CONTROLLER power UHX8x
[4] MOVIDRIVE® modular
[5] MOVIDRIVE® system with DC link connection
[6] MOVIDRIVE® system
[7] Other EtherCAT® stations at the EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 143

 Prefabricated cables
4 System bus and module bus cable

4.8.2 System bus cable

Figure of the cable

[1] [2]
9007214291596811

[1] Connector red [2] Connector red

The 4-pole system bus cable [2] is used between automation components, see
figure (→ 2 143). Some of these components are listed here as examples:
• MOVI-C® CONTROLLER
• MOVIDRIVE® modular application inverter
• PC with MOVISUITE® engineering software
• MOVI‑PLC® I/O system
• Other EtherCAT® stations at the EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS
The following lengths of the system bus cable is available for fixed installation.

Cable length Part number

0.29 m 18179959
0.75 m 18167039
1.5 m 18179975
3.0 m 18167047
5m 18179983
10 m 18179991

RJ45 connector

Part number of Description Core cross section

RJ45 con-
nector
• Litz wire: AWG 22 – AWG 24
19174594 • Wire: AWG 22 – AWG 23
RJ45 connector to • Cable jacket: Ø 6.1 – 6.9 mm
IEC 60603-7, 4-pin • Litz wire: AWG 26
1)
19174586 • Wire: AWG 24
• Cable jacket: Ø 6.1 – 6.9 mm
1) Use this connector for the operation at a data cable of SEW‑EURODRIVE or when the preassembled
system cable is shortened

Plug connector characteristics:

23061715/EN – 03/2017

• Can be preassembled in the field without tools.

• Transmission category Cat. 5.
• Suitable for connecting litz wires and wires.
• UL approval.

144 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Prefabricated cables
System bus and module bus cable 4
Pin assignment
The prefabricated system bus cables are assigned according to EIA/TIA-568A. Also
use this assignment for prefabrication in the field.

Pin Color coding 4

1 white/green
2 Green
3 white/orange
4 Reserved
5 Reserved
6 Orange
7 Reserved
8 Reserved
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 145

 Prefabricated cables
4 System bus and module bus cable

4.8.3 Module bus cable

Figure

[1] [2]
18027071371

[1] Connector black [2] Connector red

For MOVIDRIVE® modular, the 8-core module bus cable [1] connects the power sup-
ply module to the first axis module and the axis modules to each other, see
figure (→ 2 143).
For MOVIDRIVE® system the module bus cable is used when 2 MOVIDRIVE® system
devices are connected in the DC link.
For MOVIDRIVE® modular, in addition to the system bus communication, the module
bus is routed in the cable for information inside the unit. The module bus cable is de-
livered in the length required as part of the accessories for the axis modules.
A module bus cable for MOVIDRIVE® system in the required length must be ordered
separately.
If the module bus cable for MOVIDRIVE® modular is needed as a spare part, it can be
ordered with the following part numbers.

Cable Part number Replacement cable for Cable assignment for

length MOVIDRIVE® modular MOVIDRIVE® system
0.23 m 18166989 MDA90A-0020 – 0120-.. -
MDD90A-0020 – 0040-..
0.26 m 18166997 MDA90A-0160 – 0240-.. -
MDD90A-0020 – 0080-..
0.29 m 18167004 MDP90A-0100-...-C00 MDX90A-0020 – 0160-..
MDA90A-0320 – 0480-.. to install the devices dir-
ectly next to each other
0.35 m 18167012 MDP90A-0500 – 0750-.. -
MDA90A-0640 – 1000-..
0.44 m 18167020 MDA90A-1400-.. MDX90A-0460 – 1130-..
to install the devices dir-
ectly next to each other
1.6 m 18174205 - MDX90A-.. with devices
not directly next to each
other
23061715/EN – 03/2017

146 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 General information
About this documentation 5
5 General information
5.1 About this documentation
This documentation is an integral part of the product. The documentation is written for
all employees who assemble, install, start up, and service this product.
Make sure this documentation is accessible and legible. Ensure that persons respons- 5
ible for the machinery and its operation as well as persons who work on the product
independently have read through the documentation carefully and understood it. If you
are unclear about any of the information in this documentation or require further in-
formation, contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.

5.2 Structure of the safety notes

5.2.1 Meaning of signal words
The following table shows the grading and meaning of the signal words for safety
notes.

Signal word Meaning Consequences if disregarded

DANGER Imminent hazard Severe or fatal injuries
WARNING Possible dangerous situation Severe or fatal injuries
CAUTION Possible dangerous situation Minor injuries
NOTICE Possible damage to property Damage to the product or its envir-
onment
INFORMATION Useful information or tip: Simplifies
handling of the product.

5.2.2 Structure of section-related safety notes

Section-related safety notes do not apply to a specific action but to several actions
pertaining to one subject. The hazard symbols used either indicate a general hazard
or a specific hazard.
This is the formal structure of a safety note for a specific section:

SIGNAL WORD
Type and source of hazard.
Possible consequence(s) if disregarded.
• Measure(s) to prevent the hazard.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 147

 General information
5 Rights to claim under limited warranty

Meaning of the hazard symbols

The hazard symbols in the safety notes have the following meaning:

Hazard symbol Meaning

General hazard

Warning of dangerous electrical voltage

Warning of hot surfaces

Warning of risk of crushing

Warning of suspended load

Warning of automatic restart

5.2.3 Structure of embedded safety notes

Embedded safety notes are directly integrated into the instructions just before the de-
scription of the dangerous action.
This is the formal structure of an embedded safety note:
SIGNAL WORD Type and source of hazard. Possible consequence(s) if disreg-
arded. Measure(s) to prevent the hazard.

5.3 Rights to claim under limited warranty

Read the information in this documentation. This is essential for fault-free operation
and fulfillment of any rights to claim under limited warranty. Read the documentation
before you start working with the product.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

148 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 General information
Content of the documentation 5
5.4 Content of the documentation
The current version of the documentation is the original.
This document contains additional safety-relevant information and conditions for use
in safety-related applications.

5.5 Exclusion of liability

Read the information in this documentation, otherwise safe operation is impossible.
You must comply with the information contained in this documentation to achieve the
specified product characteristics and performance features. SEW‑EURODRIVE as-
sumes no liability for injury to persons or damage to equipment or property resulting
from non-observance of these operating instructions. In such cases,
SEW‑EURODRIVE assumes no liability for defects.

5.6 Other applicable documentation

Observe the corresponding documentation for all further components.

5.7 Product names and trademarks

The brands and product names in this documentation are trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective titleholders.

5.8 Copyright notice

© 2017 SEW‑EURODRIVE. All rights reserved. Unauthorized reproduction, modifica-
tion, distribution or any other use of the whole or any part of this documentation is
strictly prohibited.

5.9 Device availability

This documentation lists modules of the application inverter and accessories that are
not yet available at the time of the publication of this document.
The following table lists the available application inverters. Accessories required for
the inverter operation such as braking resistors, chokes, and filters are available.
Type designation
MDX90A-0020-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0025-5E3-4-S00
23061715/EN – 03/2017

MDX90A-0032-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0040-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0055-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0070-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0950-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0125-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0160-5E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0240-503-4-S00

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 149

 General information
5 Device availability

Type designation
MDX90A-0320-503-4-S00
MDX90A-0070-2E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0093-2E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0140-2E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0213-2E3-4-S00
MDX90A-0290-2E3-4-S00

23061715/EN – 03/2017

150 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Safety notes
Preliminary information 6
6 Safety notes
6.1 Preliminary information
The following general safety notes have the purpose to avoid injury and damage to
property. They primarily apply to the use of products described in this documentation.
If you use additional components also observe the relevant warning and safety notes.
6

6.2 Operator's duties

Make sure that the basic safety notes are read and observed. Make sure that persons
responsible for the machinery and its operation as well as persons who work on the
device independently have read through the documentation carefully and understood
it. If you are unclear about any of the information in this documentation, or if you re-
quire further information, contact SEW‑EURODRIVE.
The operator must ensure that the following works are only performed by qualified per-
sonnel:
• Transport
• Storage
• Setup and assembly
• Installation and connection
• Startup
• Maintenance and repair
• Shutdown
• Disassembly
• Waste disposal
Make sure persons working on the product adhere to the following regulations, re-
quirements, documents and information:
• National and regional safety and accident prevention regulations
• Warning and safety signs on the product
• All other relevant project planning documents, installation and startup instructions,
wiring diagrams and schematics
• Do not assemble, install or operate damaged products
• All specific specifications and requirements for the system
Make sure that systems with the product installed are equipped with additional monit-
oring and protection devices. Observe the applicable safety regulations and legislation
governing technical equipment and accident prevention regulations.

6.3 Target group

23061715/EN – 03/2017

Specialist for Any mechanical work may only be performed by adequately qualified personnel. Qual-
mechanical work ified personnel in the context of this documentation are persons familiar with the
design, mechanical installation, troubleshooting and maintenance of the product, who
possess the following qualifications:
• Qualification in the field of mechanics according to applicable national regulation.
• They are familiar with this documentation

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 151

 Safety notes
6 Designated use

Specialist for elec- Any electronic work may only be performed by adequately skilled persons (electric-
trotechnical work ally). Qualified electricians in the context of this documentation are persons familiar
with electrical installation, startup, troubleshooting and servicing of the product who
possess the following qualifications:
• Qualification in the field of electrical engineering according to applicable national
regulation.
• They are familiar with this documentation
In addition to that, these persons must be familiar with the valid safety regulations and
laws, as well as with the requirements of the standards, directives and laws specified
in this documentation. The above mentioned persons must have the authorization ex-
pressly issued by the company to operate, program, configure, label and ground
devices, systems and circuits in accordance with the standards of safety technology.
Instructed persons All work in the areas of transportation, storage, operation and waste disposal must be
carried out by persons who are trained appropriately. The purpose of the instruction is
that the persons are capable of performing the required tasks and work steps in a safe
and correct manner.

6.4 Designated use

The product is intended for control cabinet installation in electrical plants or machines.
In case of installation in electrical systems or machines, startup of the product is pro-
hibited until it is determined that the machine meets the requirements stipulated in the
local laws and directives. For Europe, Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC as well as the
EMC Directive 2014/30/EU apply. Observe EN 60204-1 (Safety of machinery - elec-
trical equipment of machines). The product meets the requirements stipulated in the
Low Voltage Directive 2014/35/EU.
The standards given in the declaration of conformity apply to the product.
The systems can be mobile or stationary. The motors must be suitable for operation
with inverters. Do not connect any other loads to the product. Never connect capacit-
ive loads to the product.
The product can be used to operate the following motors in industrial and commercial
systems:
• AC asynchronous motors with squirrel-cage rotor
• Permanent-field AC synchronous motors
Technical data and information on the connection conditions are provided on the
nameplate and in chapter "Technical data" in the documentation. Always comply with
the data and conditions.
Unintended or improper use of the product may result in severe injury to persons and
damage to property.

6.4.1 Hoist applications

23061715/EN – 03/2017

To avoid danger of fatal injury by falling hoists, observe the following points when us-
ing the product in lifting applications:
• Use mechanical protection devices.
• Perform a hoist startup.

152 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Safety notes
Functional safety technology 6
Application in ELSM® control mode
When the inverter is operated in ELSM® control mode, using it in lifting applications is
not permitted. In this control mode only applications of horizontal materials handling
are permitted.

6.5 Functional safety technology 6

The product must not perform any safety functions without a higher-level safety sys-
tem, unless explicitly allowed by the documentation.

6.6 Transport
Inspect the shipment for damage as soon as you receive the delivery. Inform the ship-
ping company immediately about any damage. If the product is damaged, it must not
be assembled, installed or started up.
Observe the following notes when transporting the device:
• Ensure that the product is not subject to mechanical impact during transportation.
• Before transportation, cover the connections with the supplied protection caps.
• Only place the product on the cooling fins or on the side without connectors during
transportation.
• Always use lifting eyes if available.
If necessary, use suitable, sufficiently dimensioned handling equipment.
Observe the information on climatic conditions in chapter "Technical data" of the docu-
mentation.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 153

 Safety notes
6 Installation/assembly

6.7 Installation/assembly
Ensure that the product is installed and cooled according to the regulations in this doc-
umentation.
Protect the product from excessive mechanical strain. Ensure that elements are not
deformed or insulation spaces are maintained, particularly during transportation. Elec-
tric components must not be mechanically damaged or destroyed.
Observe the notes in the chapter "Mechanical installation".

6.7.1 Restrictions of use

The following applications are prohibited unless explicitly permitted:
• Use in potentially explosive atmospheres
• Use in areas exposed to harmful oils, acids, gases, vapors, dust, and radiation
• Operation in applications with impermissibly high mechanical vibration and shock
loads in excess of the regulations stipulated in EN 61800-5-1
• Operation at installation altitudes above 3800 m above sea level
The product can be used at altitudes above 1000 m asl up to 3800 m asl under the fol-
lowing conditions:
• Taking the reduced continuous rated current into consideration, see chapter
"Technical data" of the documentation.
• Above 2000 m asl, the air and creeping distances are only sufficient for over-
voltage class II according to EN 60664. If the installation requires overvoltage cat-
egory III according to EN 60664 you have to reduce the overvoltages on the sys-
tem side from category III to II using additional external overvoltage protection.
• If a protective electrical separation is required, then implement this outside the
product at altitudes of more than 2000 m above sea level (protective separation in
accordance with EN 61800‑5‑1 and EN 60204‑1)

23061715/EN – 03/2017

154 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Safety notes
Electrical connection 6
6.8 Electrical connection
Make yourself familiar with the applicable national accident prevention guidelines be-
fore you work on the product.
Perform electrical installation according to the pertinent regulations (e.g. cable cross
sections, fusing, protective conductor connection). The documentation at hand con-
tains additional information.
6
Make sure that all required covers are installed correctly after electrical installation.
Make sure that preventive measures and protection devices comply with the applic-
able regulations (e.g. EN 60204-1 or EN 61800-5-1).

6.8.1 Required preventive measure

Make sure that the product is correctly attached to the ground connection.

6.8.2 Stationary application

Necessary preventive measure for the product is:

Type of energy transfer Preventive measure

Direct power supply • Ground connection

6.8.3 Regenerative operation

The drive is operated as a generator due to the kinetic energy of the system/machine.
Before opening the connection box, secure the output shaft against rotation.

6.9 Protective separation

The product meets all requirements for protective separation of power and electronics
connections in accordance with EN 61800-5-1. To ensure protective separation, all
connected circuits must also meet the requirements for protective separation.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 155

 Safety notes
6 Startup/operation

6.10 Startup/operation
Observe the safety notes in the chapters "Startup" and "Operation" in the documenta-
tion.
Make sure that the present transport protection is removed.
Do not deactivate monitoring and protection devices of the machine or system even
for a test run.
Make sure the connection boxes are closed and screwed before connecting the sup-
ply voltage.
Depending on the degree of protection, products may have live, uninsulated, and
sometimes moving or rotating parts, as well as hot surfaces during operation.
Additional preventive measures may be required for applications with increased haz-
ard potential. You have to check the protection devices after each modification.
When in doubt, switch off the product whenever changes occur in relation to normal
operation. Possible changes are e.g. increased temperatures, noise, or oscillation. De-
termine the cause. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE if necessary.
When the device is switched on, dangerous voltages are present at all power connec-
tions as well as at any connected cables and terminals. This also applies even when
the product is inhibited and the motor is at standstill.
Do not separate the connection to the product during operation.
This may result in dangerous electric arcs damaging the product.
If you disconnect the product from the voltage supply, do not touch any live compon-
ents or power connections because capacitors might still be charged. Observe the fol-
lowing minimum switch-off time:
10 minutes.
Observe the corresponding information signs on the product.
The fact that the operation LED and other display elements are no longer illuminated
does not indicate that the product has been disconnected from the supply system and
no longer carries any voltage.
Mechanical blocking or internal safety functions of the product can cause a motor
standstill. Eliminating the cause of the problem or performing a reset may result in the
drive re-starting automatically. If, for safety reasons, this is not permitted for the drive-
controlled machine, first disconnect the product from the supply system and then start
troubleshooting.
Risk of burns: The surface temperature of the product can exceed 60 °C during opera-
tion.
Do not touch the product during operation.
Let the product cool down before touching it.

6.10.1 Energy storage unit

Products with a connected energy storage unit are not necessarily de-energized when
23061715/EN – 03/2017

they have been disconnected from the supply system. Usually, the energy storage unit
stores sufficient energy to continue operation of the connected motors for a limited
period of time. It is not sufficient to observe a minimum switch-off time.
Perform a shutdown as described in the documentation in chapter "Service" > "Shut-
down".

156 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Device structure
Connection variants 7
7 Device structure
7.1 Connection variants
The application inverter MOVIDRIVE® system can be used in the following connection
variants:
• As application inverter in connection with a MOVI-C® CONTROLLER

[1]
7
[2]

[3]

[4]
9007214102794635

[1] Line voltage [3] MOVI-C® CONTROLLER

[2] Industrial communication [4] MOVIDRIVE® system
and/or
• as extension of a MOVIDRIVE® modular axis system
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 157

 Device structure
7 Connection variants

[1]

[2]

X31

X31
X20_1

X20_2
X20

X21_1

X21_2
X21

S1 S1
S2 S2
RUN ERR RUN ERR
X15_1

X15_2
X15

24V 24V
X5 X5
GND GND

[3]
+ UZ
+UZ

+UZ

+UZ +UZ +UZ

X4 X4 X4
-UZ

- UZ
-UZ

-UZ -UZ -UZ

[4] [5]

9007214127262859

[1] Line voltage [4] MOVIDRIVE® modular axis system

[2] Industrial communication [5] MOVIDRIVE® system
[3] MOVI-C® CONTROLLER

23061715/EN – 03/2017

158 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Device structure
Nameplates 7
7.2 Nameplates
7.2.1 System nameplate

[1]

[2] [1]
15058460683

[1] Device status

[2] Serial number

7.2.2 Performance data nameplate

[1]
15058465035

[1] Device status

23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 159

 Device structure
7 Type code

7.3 Type code

The following type code applies to MOVIDRIVE® system.

Example: MDX90A-0125-5E3-X-S00
Product name MD MOVIDRIVE®
Device type X • X = Single-axis inverter
Series 90 • 90 = Without DC 24 V switched-mode power supply
• 91 = With DC 24 V switched-mode power supply
Version A • A = Version status of the device series
Performance class 0125 • MDX = Nominal output current – e.g. 0125 = 12.5 A
Connection voltage 5 • 2 = AC 200 – 230 V
• 5 = AC 380 – 500 V
EMC variant of power E • 0 = Interference suppression integrated
section • E = EMC filter limit value category C2 acc. to EN 61800-3
Number of phases 3 • 3 = 3-phase connection type
Operating mode X • 4 = 4-quadrant operation
• X = Not relevant
Variants S • 0 = not relevant
• S = Control MOVI-C® CONTROLLER
Designs 00 • 00 = Standard design
Options The following list serves as an example:
• /CES11A = Multi-encoder card
• /CID21A, /CIO21A = I/O expansion card

23061715/EN – 03/2017

160 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Device structure
Device structure of the application inverter 7
7.4 Device structure of the application inverter
7.4.1 MDX90A-0020 – 0040-5_3-..

A B C

[6]
[1]

[2] 7

X1

[7] [8]
[3] X10

[9]
[10]
[4] [17]
1
2
[5] 3
4
5

[18]

[11] [19]

[16]
[12]

[13]

[14]
[15]
9007213554101515

A: View from top B: View from front C: View from bottom

[1] X1: Line connection [6] PE connection housing [17] X15: Motor encoder connection
[2] X5: 24 V supply voltage [7] EtherCAT® ID switch [18] X10: Brake control and temperat-
ure monitoring motor
[3] X30 OUT: System bus [8] X31: SEW‑EURODRIVE service interface [19] X2: Motor and braking resistor
connection
[4] X30 IN: System bus [9] Status LEDs EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS "RUN",
"ERROR"
[5] X6: Connection for safe disconnection [10] 7-segment display
(STO)
[11] S3: Operating mode module bus
[12] X20: Digital inputs
[13] X21: Digital outputs
23061715/EN – 03/2017

[14] Shield plate

[15] PE connection housing
[16] Option card slot

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 161

 Device structure
7 Device structure of the application inverter

7.4.2 MDX90A-0055 – 0095-5_3-.. , MDX90A-0070 – 0093-2_3-..

A B C
[6]
[1]

[2]

X1

[7] [8]
X10
[3]
[9]
[10] [17]
[4]
1
2
3
[5] 4
5

[18]

[11]
[19]

[16]
[12]

[13]

[14]
[15]
9007213554111243

A: View from top B: View from front C: View from bottom

[1] X1: Line connection [6] PE connection housing [17] X15: Motor encoder connection
[2] X5: 24 V supply voltage [7] EtherCAT® ID switch [18] X10: Brake control and temperat-
ure monitoring motor
[3] X30 OUT: System bus [8] X31: SEW‑EURODRIVE service interface [19] X2: Motor and braking resistor
connection
[4] X30 IN: System bus [9] Status LEDs EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS "RUN",
"ERROR"
[5] X6: Connection for safe disconnection [10] 7-segment display
(STO)
[11] S3: Operating mode module bus
[12] X20: Digital inputs
[13] X21: Digital outputs
[14] Shield plate
[15] PE connection housing
23061715/EN – 03/2017

[16] Option card slot

162 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Device structure
Device structure of the application inverter 7
7.4.3 MDX90A-0125 – 0160-5_3-.. , MDX90A-0140-2_3-..

A B C
[6]

[1]
7
[2] [7]
X1
[8]
X10

[9]
[10] [17]

[3]
[18]
[4]
1 [11] [19]
2
[5] 3
4
5

[12] [16]

[13]

[14]
[15]
9007213554120971

A: View from top B: View from front C: View from bottom

[1] X1: Line connection [6] PE connection housing [17] X15: Motor encoder connection
[2] X5: 24 V supply voltage [7] EtherCAT® ID switch [18] X10: Brake control and temperat-
ure monitoring motor
[3] X30 OUT: System bus [8] X31: SEW‑EURODRIVE service interface [19] X2: Motor and braking resistor
connection
[4] X30 IN: System bus [9] Status LEDs EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS "RUN",
"ERROR"
[5] X6: Connection for safe disconnection [10] 7-segment display
(STO)
[11] S3: Operating mode module bus
[12] X20: Digital inputs
[13] X21: Digital outputs
[14] Shield plate
[15] PE connection housing
23061715/EN – 03/2017

[16] Option card slot

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 163

 Device structure
7 Device structure of the application inverter

7.4.4 MDX90A-0240 – 0320-5_3-.. , MDX90A-0210 – 0290-2_3-..

A B C
[6]

[1]

[7]
X1
[8]
[2] X10

[9]
[10] [17]

[3]
[18]
[4]
1 [11]
[5]
2
3
4
[19]
5

[12]

[16]

[13]

[14]
[15]

9007213554130699

A: View from top B: View from front C: View from bottom

[1] X1: Line connection [6] PE connection housing [17] X15: Motor encoder connection
[2] X5: 24 V supply voltage [7] EtherCAT® ID switch [18] X10: Brake control and temper-
ature monitoring motor
[3] X30 OUT: System bus [8] X31: SEW‑EURODRIVE service interface [19] X2: Motor and braking resistor
connection
[4] X30 IN: System bus [9] Status LEDs EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS "RUN",
"ERROR"
[5] X6: Connection for safe disconnection [10] 7-segment display
(STO)
[11] S3: Operating mode module bus
[12] X20: Digital inputs
[13] X21: Digital outputs
[14] Shield plate
[15] PE connection housing
[16] Option card slot
23061715/EN – 03/2017

164 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Device structure
Use of option cards 7
7.5 Use of option cards
The application inverters can have up to 2 option cards installed. The following section
describes the assignment of the slots and possible combinations of cards.

Type designation Description Slot

CES11A Multi-encoder card [2]
CID21A, CIO21A I/O expansion [3]
7

[2]

[1]
[3]

[1] Connector panel of basic device

[2] Safety module/additional encoder slot
[3] I/O expansion slot
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 165

 Installation
8 Installation accessories

8 Installation
MOVIDRIVE® system application inverters are exclusively suitable for control cabinet
installation according to the degree of protection.

8.1 Installation accessories

8.1.1 Standard accessories
The listed standard accessories are included in the scope of delivery.

Standard accessories – mechanical accessories

Inverter
0020 – 0055 – 0125 – 0240 – 0460 – 0910 – 1770 – 2500 – 3800 –
MDX90A-....-5_3-..
0040 0095 0160 0320 0750 1490 2200 3000 47009
- 0070 – 0140 0213 – 0420 – 0840 – - - -
MDX90A-....-2_3-..
0093 0290 0570 0950
Electronics shield clamp

3×

Inverter
0020 – 0055 – 0125 – 0240 – 0460 – 0910 – 1770 – 2500 – 3800 –
MDX90A-....-5_3-..
0040 0095 0160 0320 0750 1490 2200 3000 47009
- 0070 – 0140 0213 – 0420 – 0840 – - - -
MDX90A-....-2_3-..
0093 0290 0570 0950
Power shield clamp

2× 1×

23061715/EN – 03/2017

166 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Permitted tightening torques 8
8.2 Permitted tightening torques
0020 – 0055 – 0125 – 0240 – 0460 – 0910 – 1770 – 2500 – 3800 –
MDX90A-....-5_3-..
0040 0095 0160 0320 0750 1490 2200 3000 47009
- 0070 – 0140 0213 – 0420 – 0840 – - - -
MDX90A-....-2_3-..
0093 0290 0570 0950
Screw connection Tightening torque in Nm
Line connection X1 0.5 – 0.8 1.7 – 1.8 8.5 – 9.5 18 – 22
Motor and braking resistor
X2 0.5 – 0.8 1.7 – 1.8 8.5 – 9.5 18 – 22
connection
Terminal screw for TN/IT
EMC 1 – 1.2
systems 8
PE connections
- M4 1 – 1.2
- M6 3–4
Installing option cards 0.6 – 0.8

NOTICE
Non-compliance with the stipulated tightening torques.
Possible damage to the application inverter.
• Always adhere to the stipulated tightening torques. Otherwise, excessive heat
can develop which would damage the application inverter.
• Exceeding the tightening torques may result in a rupture of the screw.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 167

 Installation
8 Mechanical installation

8.3 Mechanical installation

CAUTION
Risk of injury to persons and damage to property.
Never install defective or damaged application inverters.
• Before installing modules, check them for external damage. Replace any dam-
aged modules.

NOTICE
Risk of damage to property due to mounting surface with poor conductivity.
Damage to the application inverter.
• The mounting plate in the control cabinet must be conductive over a large area
for the mounting surface of the application inverter (metallically pure, good con-
ductivity). EMC‑compliant installation of the application inverter can only be ac-
complished with a mounting plate that is conductive over a large area.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

168 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Mechanical installation 8
8.3.1 Bore patterns
Dimensions
Device base plate

Inverter Dimensions of the device base plate in mm

A B C D E F G H T
MDX90A-0020 – 0040-5_3-.. 95 50 325 350 17.5 22.5 6 12 215
MDX90A-0055 – 0095-5_3-..
105 50 325 350 17.5 27.5 6 12 215
MDX90A-0070 – 0093-2_3-.. 8
MDX90A-0125 – 0160-5_3-..
105 80 325 350 17.5 12.5 6 12 260
MDX90A-0140-2_3-..
MDX90A-0240 – 0320-5_3-..
135 80 325 350 17.5 27.5 6 12 260
MDX90A-0213 – 0290-2_3-..

F B

E
H

D
C

G
15874454283
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 169

 Installation
8 Mechanical installation

8.3.2 Minimum clearance and mounting position

When installing the application inverters in the control cabinet, observe the following:
• To ensure unobstructed cooling, leave a minimum clearance of 100 mm above
and below the application inverter housings. Make sure air circulation in the clear-
ance is not impaired by cables or other installation equipment.
• Make sure that the application inverters are not subjected to heated exhaust air
from nearby components.
• Install the application inverters only vertically. You must not install them horizont-
ally, tilted or upside down.

INFORMATION

Special bending spaces are required according to EN 61800‑5‑1 for cables with a
cross section of 10 mm2 and larger. This means the clearance must be increased if
required.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

170 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Covers 8
8.4 Covers
The application inverters are equipped with a safety cover [1], see following figures.
Removing the
safety cover

2.

1
2
3
4
5
8

[1]

1.

14299394571

• The safety cover [1] has a latching mechanism at the bottom. Pull the lower part of
the safety cover away from the application inverter to unlatch it.
• Pivot the safety cover forward and lift it to remove it from the application inverter.
Installing the
safety cover

1.
1
2
3
4
5

[1]

2.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

14578455307

• Place the safety cover [1] into the upper recess and move it towards the applica-
tion inverter until it clicks into place.
• Always install the safety cover [1] after having worked on the application inverter.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 171

 Installation
8 Control cabinet installation

8.5 Control cabinet installation

The retaining screws [1] and [2] are screwed into the prepared tapped holes in the
mounting plate in the control cabinet but not tightened.
1. Place the application inverter with the slotted holes in the device base plate onto
the retaining screws [1] from the top.

[2]
1
2
3
4
5

[1] [1]
[1]

[3]

15026233355

2. Push the application inverter backwards to insert the retaining screws [2] into the
upper holes in the device base plate.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

3. Lower the application inverter.

4. Install the shield plate [3] as shown above.
5. Tighten the retaining screws [1] and [2].

172 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Electrical installation 8
8.6 Electrical installation

DANGER
Dangerous voltage levels may still be present inside the device and at the terminal
strips up to 10 minutes after the application inverter has been disconnected from the
supply system.
Severe or fatal injuries from electric shock.
To prevent electric shocks:
8
• Disconnect the application inverter from the supply system and wait 10 minutes
before removing the protective covers.

DANGER
A leakage current > 3.5 mA can occur during operation of the application inverter.
Severe or fatal injuries from electric shock.
To avoid shock currents according to EN 61800-5-1, strictly observe the following:
• Supply system lead < 10 mm2:
– Route a second PE conductor with the cable cross section of the supply sys-
tem lead in parallel to the protective earth via separate terminals or use a cop-
per PE conductor with a cable cross section of 10 mm2.
• Supply system cable 10 mm2 – 16 mm2:
– Route a copper protective earth conductor with the cable cross section of the
supply system lead.
• Supply system cable 16 mm2 – 35 mm2:
– Route a copper protective earth conductor with a cable cross section of
16 mm2.
• Supply system cable > 35 mm2:
– Route a copper protective earth conductor with half the cable cross section of
the supply cable.
• If an earth leakage circuit breaker is used for protection against direct and indir-
ect contact, it must be universal current sensitive (RCD type B).

INFORMATION
Installation with protective separation.
The application inverter meets all requirements for protective separation of power
and electronics connections in accordance with EN 61800-5-1. The connected signal
circuits have to meet the requirements according to SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage)
or PELV (Protective Extra Low Voltage) to ensure protective separation. The installa-
tion must meet the requirements for protective separation.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 173

 Installation
8 Electrical installation

8.6.1 General information

• Take suitable measures to prevent the motor starting up inadvertently, for example
by removing the electronics terminal block X20. Take additional safety measures
depending on the application to prevent possible injuries to people and damage to
machinery.
• Only use closed cable lugs for connection to the screws in order to prevent litz
strands from escaping.

8.6.2 Permitted voltage systems

Information on the voltage systems Information on permissibility

TN and TT systems – voltage systems with Use is possible without restrictions.
directly grounded star point.
IT systems – voltage systems with non-groun- Use is only permitted adhering to
ded star point. specific measures. The measures
are described in chapter "Use in IT
systems" (→ 2 174):
Voltage systems with grounded outer con- Use only for line voltages up to max.
ductor. 240 V.

8.6.3 Use in IT systems

To ensure IT system-capability, the terminal screw shown in the following figure must
be removed from the application inverter.

Application inverter Position of the terminal screw

MDX90A-0020 – 0095-5_3-.. On the back of the application inverter.

MDX90A-0070 – 0093-2_3-..

23061715/EN – 03/2017

15144351755

174 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Electrical installation 8
Application inverter Position of the terminal screw
MDX90A-0125 – 0320-5_3-.. On the right side of the application inverter.

MDX90A-0140 – 0290-2_3-..

1
2
3
4
5
8

15026230411

INFORMATION
Use of regenerative power supply unit
When using a regenerative power supply unit, the terminal screw must always be re-
moved.

INFORMATION
EMC limit values
No EMC limits are specified for interference emission in voltage supply systems
without a grounded star point (IT systems). The efficiency of line filters is severely
limited.
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends the use of an pulse-code-modulated insulation
monitor for operation in IT systems.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 175

 Installation
8 Electrical installation

8.6.4 Line fuses, fuse types

Type class Requirement

Fuses in utilization categor- Fusing voltage ≥ rated line voltage
ies gL, gG
Miniature circuit breaker of Nominal miniature circuit breaker voltage ≥ nominal
characteristics D line voltage
Nominal currents of the miniature circuit breaker must
be 10% higher than the nominal line current of the ap-
plication inverter

8.6.5 Line connection

The operation of the application inverter with connected braking resistor is possible
with and without line contactor.

NOTICE
Frequent switch-on may destroy the application inverter or lead to unexpected mal-
functions.
The specified times and intervals must be observed.
• Observe the minimum switch-off time of 10 s before switching the power back on.
• Do not turn the power of the supply system on or off more than once per minute.

• The line contactor must always be located before the line filter.
• Use only line contactors in utilization category AC-3 (EN 60947-4-1) or higher.
• Do not use the line contactor for jog mode, but only for switching the application in-
verter on and off. For jog mode, the FCB 20 "Jog" must be used.
• Observe the required dimensioning of the cable cross section for UL-compliant in-
stalling.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

176 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Electrical installation 8
8.6.6 Line contactor
The following table provides an overview of when a line contactor is required and what
kind of preventive measures must be taken for the used braking resistor, see also
chapter "Protection against thermal overload of the braking resistor" (→ 2 197).

Inverter type Braking resistor type Protective element/pre- Line con-

ventive measure tactor re-
quired?
No BR - No
BR... flat design - No 8
MDX90A-0020 – 0160-5_3-.. BR... as PTC - No
External bimetallic relay Yes
BW...
MDX90A-0070 – 0140-2_3-.. TBC circuit breaker No
External bimetallic relay Yes
BR...-T
TBC circuit breaker No
No BR - No
BR... flat design - No
BR... as PTC - No
MDX90A-0240-5_3-.. and higher External bimetallic relay No
BW...
TBC circuit breaker No
MDX90A-0213-2_3-.. and higher Temperature contact evalu-
No
ation
BR...-T
External bimetallic relay No
TBC circuit breaker No

INFORMATION
When connecting a braking resistor without using a line contactor or a TCB circuit
breaker, it is mandatory to connect an external DC 24 V voltage supply to the applic-
ation inverter.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 177

 Installation
8 Electrical installation

8.6.7 24 V supply voltage

MOVIDRIVE® system MDX90A... must be connected to an external 24 V supply
voltage.
MOVIDRIVE® system MDX91A... has an integrated 24 V power supply unit with a
power rating of 80 W. An external power supply unit can be connected as well.
The maximum cable cross section is 2.5 mm2.
Whether an external 24 V supply is required for MDX91A depends on the load e.g. the
encoder supply and the outputs.

24 V

GND

1
2
3
4
5

15027024779

Select the cross section of the supply cable according to the power demand of the
device to be supplied.
The maximally permitted length of the 24 V supply cable is 30 m.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

178 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Electrical installation 8
8.6.8 Motor output

NOTICE
Connecting capacitive loads to the application inverter.
Destruction of the application inverter.
• Only connect ohmic/inductive loads (motors).
• Never connect capacitive loads.

8
8.6.9 Output brake chopper

NOTICE
Connecting capacitive loads to the application inverter.
Connecting inductive loads to the application inverter.
Destruction of the application inverter.
• Only connect ohmic loads (braking resistors).
• Never connect capacitive or inductive loads.

8.6.10 Temperature evaluation of the motor

The temperature evaluation can be connected in 2 ways:
• The encoder cable includes the cables of the temperature evaluation.
• The temperature evaluation is connected separately.

WARNING
Dangerous contact voltages at the terminals of the application inverter when con-
necting the wrong temperature sensors.
Severe or fatal injuries from electric shock.
• Connect only temperature sensors with protective separation from the motor
winding to the temperature evaluation. Otherwise, the requirements for protective
separation are not met. Dangerous contact voltages may occur at the terminals
of the application inverter via the signal electronics in case of an error.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 179

 Installation
8 Electrical installation

8.6.11 Brake output

INFORMATION
• If the brake connection and the motor connection are combined in one power
cable, the brake cable must be shielded separately. The shielding of the power
cable and the brake cable must be connected to the motor and application inverter
over a large area.
• SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to also use a shielded brake cable for separate
brake cable routing.
• Note the different project planning criteria to determine the length of brake cable
and motor cable.

8.6.12 Digital inputs, digital outputs

NOTICE
Destruction of digital inputs and digital outputs.
The digital inputs are not electrically isolated. Incorrectly applied voltages can dam-
age the digital inputs.
• Do not apply external voltages to the digital outputs.
• The digital inputs and outputs are dimensioned according to IEC 61131‑2.

If you route the cables outside the control cabinet, you have to shield them irrespect-
ive of the length.
When connecting the shielding, ensure equipotential bonding.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

180 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Electrical installation 8
8.6.13 System bus EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS
For connecting the EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS system bus, SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends
to use only prefabricated cables from SEW‑EURODRIVE.

[2] X30 OUT

X30 IN
[1]

8
[2]

X30 OUT

X30 IN
[2]

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5

1
2
3
4
5

[3]

[4]

16723990411

[1] Module bus cable, 8-pin, color: anthracite gray. The cable is included in the delivery.
[2] System bus cable, 4-pin, color: light gray. The cable is not included in the delivery.
[3] MOVIDRIVE® modular
[4] MOVIDRIVE® system

Cabling
23061715/EN – 03/2017

The connectors of the module bus cable are red and black to simplify correct installa-
tion.
• The black connectors must be plugged into the bus input X30 IN.
• The red connectors must be plugged into the bus output X30 OUT.
Axis systems are interconnected using the system bus cable, see figure above.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 181

 Installation
8 Electrical installation

8.6.14 Encoders
The encoder cable may include the cables of the temperature evaluation.
For information on the pin assignment, refer to chapter "Terminal
assignment" (→ 2 212).

WARNING
Dangerous contact voltages at the terminals of the application inverter when con-
necting the wrong temperature sensors.
Severe or fatal injuries from electric shock.
• Connect only temperature sensors with protective separation from the motor
winding to the temperature evaluation. Otherwise, the requirements for protective
separation are not met. Dangerous contact voltages may occur at the terminals
of the application inverter via the signal electronics in case of an error.

Installation notes for encoder connection

Encoder cables
• Use shielded cables with twisted pair cores. Connect the shield over a wide area
at both ends:
– At the encoder in the cable gland or in the encoder plug,
– To the application inverter in the housing of the D-sub connector.

13887834891

• Route the encoder cable separately from the power cables.

• Connect the shield on the inverter end in the housing of the D-sub connector over
a large area.

On the encoder/resolver
• To ensure a flawless shield connection, an EMC screw fitting must be used for the
cable entry of the signal line.
• For drives with a plug connector, connect the shield on the encoder plug.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Prefabricated cables
SEW‑EURODRIVE offers pre-fabricated cables for connecting encoders.
SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to use these prefabricated cables.

182 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Electrical installation 8
Encoder connection/cable lengths

Connection/Encoder Cable length

HTL encoder ES7C and EG7C 300 m
Standard HTL encoder 200 m
Other encoders 100 m

INFORMATION
The maximum cable length might be reduced depending on the technical data of the 8
respective encoder. Observe the manufacturer specifications.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 183

 Installation
8 Installing options and accessories

8.7 Installing options and accessories

8.7.1 Installing an option card
Observe the safety notes in chapter "Electrical installation" (→ 2 173).
For information on which option card can be installed in which slot, refer to chapter
"Use of option cards" (→ 2 165).
1. Disconnect the application inverter from the power supply. Disconnect the DC 24 V
supply and the line voltage.
2. Ensure electrostatic discharge with suitable measures before starting the work.
Suitable measures for equipotential bonding are e.g. the use of a discharge strap
or wearing conductive shoes.
3. Remove the safety cover [1] from the front of the application inverter.

2.

1
2
3
4
5
[1]

1.

14299394571

4. Remove the plastic cover [1] of the card slot using a screwdriver.

[1]
23061715/EN – 03/2017

15160620811

184 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Installing options and accessories 8
INFORMATION

Hold the option card by its edges only.

5. Take the option card [1] and insert it in the slot with slight pressure.

[1]

15160623243

6. Screw in the card with the specified tightening torque (→ 2 167).

23061715/EN – 03/2017

15160625675

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 185

 Installation
8 Installing options and accessories

7. Install the safety cover [1] at the front of the application inverter.

1.

1
2
3
4
5
[1]

2.
14578455307

23061715/EN – 03/2017

186 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Installing options and accessories 8
8.7.2 CIO21A and CID21A input/output card

INFORMATION
Technical data of the option cards
For technical data and a detailed description of the encoder interface, refer to chapter
"Technical data of the option cards".

Voltage supply
The I/O cards are supplied by the basic unit via the 24 V voltage supply. 8

Short-circuit behavior of digital outputs

The digital outputs are short-circuit-proof.
As soon as the short circuit is remedied, the target output voltage is output, meaning
the output does not switch off.

Short circuit behavior of analog outputs

The analog outputs are short-circuit-proof.
In the event of a short circuit, the output current is limited to a maximum value of
30 mA. The short circuit current is not pulsating.
As soon as the short circuit is remedied, the target output voltage is output, meaning
the output does not switch off.

Connecting inductive loads at digital outputs

For inductive loads an external protective element (e.g. freewheeling diode) is re-
quired.

Connecting digital outputs in parallel

Connecting digital outputs in parallel is possible. The possible output current is
doubled. Ensure identical parameterization of the digital outputs.

Cable lengths and shielding

Cable length The maximum cable length of connections on the inputs and outputs is 30 m.
Shielding of signal Cables outside the control cabinet must be shielded.
lines
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 187

 Installation
8 Installing options and accessories

CIO21A terminal assignment

Terminal Connec- Brief description

tion
S50/1 on: Current input active for AI2x

1
ON
S50/2 on: Current input active for AI3x

2
S50/1 off1) : Voltage input active for AI2x
S50/2 off1): Voltage input active for AI3x
X50:1 REF1 +10 V reference voltage output
X50:2 AI21 Analog current and voltage input
X50:3 AI22 Analog current and voltage input
X50:4 GND Reference potential
X50:5 AI31 Analog current and voltage input
X50:6 AI32 Analog current and voltage input
S50

X50:7 GND Reference potential

X50:8 REF2 -10 V reference voltage output
X51:1 AOV2 Analog voltage output 1, freely programmable
X51:2 AOC2 Analog current output 1, freely programmable
X51:3 GND Reference potential for the outputs AOV2 and
AOC2
X51:4 AOV3 Analog voltage output 2, freely programmable
X51:5 AOC3 Analog current output 2, freely programmable
X51:6 GND Reference potential for the outputs AOV3 and
AOC3
X52:1 DI10 Digital input 1, freely programmable
X52:2 DI11 Digital input 2, freely programmable
X52:3 DI12 Digital input 3, freely programmable
X52:4 DI13 Digital input 4, freely programmable
X52:5 GND Reference potential for the digital inputs DI10 –
DI13
X52:6 DO10 Digital output 1, freely programmable
X52:7 DO11 Digital output 2, freely programmable
X52:8 DO12 Digital output 3, freely programmable
X52:9 DO13 Digital output 4, freely programmable
X52:10 GND Reference potential for the digital outputs DO10 –
23061715/EN – 03/2017

DO13
1) Delivery state

188 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Installing options and accessories 8
CID21A terminal assignment

Terminal Connec- Brief description

tion
X52:1 DI10 Digital input 1, freely programmable
X52:2 DI11 Digital input 2, freely programmable
X52:3 DI12 Digital input 3, freely programmable
X52:4 DI13 Digital input 4, freely programmable
X52:5 GND Reference potential for the digital inputs DI10 – DI13 8
X52:6 DO10 Digital output 1, freely programmable
X52:7 DO11 Digital output 2, freely programmable
X52:8 DO12 Digital output 3, freely programmable
X52:9 DO13 Digital output 4, freely programmable
X52:10 GND Reference potential for the digital outputs DO10 –
DO13
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 189

 Installation
8 Installing options and accessories

8.7.3 CES11A multi-encoder card

INFORMATION
Technical data of the option cards
For technical data and a detailed description of the encoder interface, refer to chapter
"Technical data of the option cards".

Overview of functions
The CES11A multi-encoder card expands the functionality of the application inverter in
a way that an additional encoder can be evaluated. The encoder connected to the
CES11A multi-encoder card can be used as motor encoder or external encoder.

Supported encoder types

The following encoder types can be evaluated by the CES11A multi-encoder card:

HTL 12/24 V (differential)

TTL/RS422 (differential)
SIN/COS 1 VSS (differential)
HIPERFACE® with SIN/COS signals 1 VSS
SEW encoder (RS485) with SIN/COS signals 1 VSS, e.g. AS7W, AG7W
EnDat 2.1 with SIN/COS signals 1 VSS
SSI encoder with/without SIN/COS signals 1 VSS
CANopen encoder

Encoder connection/cable lengths

Connection/Encoder Cable length

HTL encoder ES7C and EG7C 300 m
Standard HTL encoder 200 m
Other encoders 100 m

INFORMATION
The maximum cable length might be reduced depending on the technical data of the
respective encoder. Observe the manufacturer specifications.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

190 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Installing options and accessories 8
Terminal assignment of TTL, HTL, SIN/COS encoder

Card Terminal Connection Brief description

X17:1 A (COS+) (K1) Signal track A (COS+) (K1)
X17:2 B (SIN+) (K2) Signal track B (SIN+) (K2)
X17:3 C Signal track C (K0)
X17:4 Reserved –
X17:5 Reserved –
X17:6 -TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
8
8
15 X17:7 Reserved –
X17:8 GND Reference potential

9 X17:9 A (COS-) (K1) Negated signal track A (COS-) (K1)

1
X17:10 B (SIN-) (K2) Negated signal track B (SIN-) (K2)
X17:11 C Negated signal track C (K0)
X17:12 Reserved –
X17:13 VS24VG 24 V encoder supply
X17:14 +TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
X17:15 VS12VG 12 V encoder supply

Terminal assignment HIPERFACE® and SEW encoder (RS485)

Card Terminal Connection Brief description

X17:1 A (COS+) (K1) Signal track A (COS+) (K1)
X17:2 B (SIN+) (K2) Signal track B (SIN+) (K2)
X17:3 Reserved –
X17:4 DATA+ Data line RS485
X17:5 Reserved –
X17:6 -TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
8
15 X17:7 Reserved –
X17:8 GND Reference potential

9 X17:9 A (COS-) (K1) Negated signal track A (COS-) (K1)

1
X17:10 B (SIN-) (K2) Negated signal track B (SIN-) (K2)
X17:11 Reserved –
X17:12 DATA- Data line
X17:13 VS24VG 24 V encoder supply
23061715/EN – 03/2017

X17:14 +TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation

X17:15 VS12VG 12 V encoder supply

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 191

 Installation
8 Installing options and accessories

Terminal assignment EnDat encoder

Card Terminal Connection Brief description

X17:1 A (COS+) Signal track A (COS+)
X17:2 B (SIN+) Signal track B (SIN+)
X17:3 PULSE+ Clock signal
X17:4 DATA+ Data line
X17:5 Reserved –
X17:6 -TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
8
15 X17:7 Reserved –
X17:8 GND Reference potential

9 X17:9 A (COS-) Negated signal track A (COS-)

1
X17:10 B (SIN-) Negated signal track B (SIN-)
X17:11 PULSE- Clock signal
X17:12 DATA- Data line
X17:13 VS24VG 24 V encoder supply
X17:14 +TEMP_M –
X17:15 VS12VG 12 V encoder supply

Terminal assignment SSI encoder

Card Terminal Connection Brief description

X17:1 Reserved –
X17:2 Reserved –
X17:3 PULSE+ Clock signal
X17:4 DATA+ Data line RS485
X17:5 Reserved –
X17:6 -TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
8
15 X17:7 Reserved –
X17:8 GND Reference potential

9 X17:9 Reserved –
1
X17:10 Reserved –
X17:11 PULSE- Clock signal
X17:12 DATA- Data line
X17:13 VS24VG 24 V encoder supply
23061715/EN – 03/2017

X17:14 +TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation

X17:15 VS12VG 12 V encoder supply

192 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Installing options and accessories 8
Terminal assignment SSI and SIN/COS combination encoders

Card Terminal Connection Brief description

X17:1 A (COS+) Signal track A (COS+)
X17:2 B (SIN+) Signal track B (SIN+)
X17:3 PULSE+ Clock signal
X17:4 DATA+ Data line
X17:5 Reserved –
X17:6 -TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
8
8
15 X17:7 Reserved –
X17:8 GND Reference potential

9 X17:9 A (COS-) Negated signal track A (COS-)

1
X17:10 B (SIN-) Negated signal track B (SIN-)
X17:11 PULSE- Clock signal
X17:12 DATA- Data line
X17:13 VS24VG 24 V encoder supply
X17:14 +TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
X17:15 VS12VG 12 V encoder supply

Terminal assignment CANopen encoder

Card Terminal Connection Brief description

X17:1 Reserved –
X17:2 Reserved –
X17:3 Reserved –
X17:4 CAN_H CAN high data cable
X17:5 Reserved –
X17:6 -TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
8
15 X17:7 Reserved –
X17:8 GND Reference potential

9 X17:9 Reserved –
1
X17:10 Reserved –
X17:11 Reserved –
X17:12 CAN_L CAN low data cable
X17:13 VS24VG 24 V encoder supply
23061715/EN – 03/2017

X17:14 +TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation

X17:15 VS12VG 12 V encoder supply

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 193

 Installation
8 Braking resistors

8.8 Braking resistors

Observe the following points if braking resistors are installed:
• The supply cables to the braking resistors carry a high pulsed DC voltage during
nominal operation.

DANGER
Dangerous clocked DC voltage of up to 970 V.
Severe or fatal injuries from electric shock.
To prevent electric shocks:
• Disconnect the application inverter from the supply system and wait 10 minutes
before working on a braking resistor or its supply cables.
• Never operate the application inverter without touch guards and installed closing
covers.

• Braking resistors get very hot during operation.

WARNING
The surfaces of the braking resistors will reach temperatures of up to 250 °C when
the braking resistors are loaded with the nominal power.
Severe burns.
To prevent burns:
• Do not touch any braking resistor.
• Select a suitable installation location for the braking resistors such as the control
cabinet roof.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

194 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Braking resistors 8
8.8.1 Permitted installation of braking resistors
The surfaces of the resistors get very hot if loaded with nominal power. Make sure that
you select an installation site that will accommodate these high temperatures. Braking
resistors are therefore usually mounted on the control cabinet roof.

NOTICE
Braking resistors can overheat.
Non-permissible installation might lead to an accumulation of heat in the braking res-
istor due to reduced convection. A tripping temperature contact or an overheated
braking resistor can lead to a system standstill.
8
ü Adhere to the following minimum clearances:
• About 200 mm to adjacent components and walls.
• About 300 mm to above components/ceilings.

Observe the following permitted mounting positions when installing the resistors:
• Grid resistor

BW003-420-T

1 4

4
3

5
18512460171

The arrow marks the connection side.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 195

 Installation
8 Braking resistors

• Wire resistor

4
3

5
18512455307

• Flat type resistor

4
3

5
18512457739
23061715/EN – 03/2017

196 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Braking resistors 8
8.8.2 Protection against thermal overload of the braking resistor

INFORMATION
PTC braking resistor
A PTC braking resistor goes to high resistance in case of overload.

INFORMATION
Flat-type resistor
8
Flat-design resistors have an internal thermal protection (non-replaceable fuse) that
interrupts the current circuit in the event of overload. The project planning guidelines
and the documented assignments of drive inverter and braking resistor must be ad-
hered to.

Parallel connection of braking resistors

It is permitted to connect several identical braking resistors in parallel. The following
applies:
• The power connections of the braking resistors must be connected to +R and –R
in parallel.
• Each braking resistor requires a separate protection against thermal overload.
• The signal contacts (NC contacts) of the protection devices must be connected in
series.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 197

 Installation
8 Braking resistors

External thermal circuit breaker TCB

If an external TCB thermal circuit breaker is used for this application inverter, the fol-
lowing connection applies.

Connection

1 3 5
MDX9_A
12

X20:x DI0x 24
X20:9 GND
X21:1 24 VO

X2 +R
X2 -R

23 24 5 2 1 4 3 6 23

11
[2]
[1]
2 4 6

18014413788389131

[1] TCB thermal circuit breaker

[2] Braking resistor
The digital input of the application inverter connected to the signal contact of the TCB
thermal circuit breaker must be parameterized to the function "External braking res-
istor error".
• If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the signal contact is set (connection 23-24 is
opened) and evaluated in the application inverter.
• The connection between application inverter and braking resistor is disconnected.
• This does not require a response by the PLC.
• It is not required to disconnect the supply system connection with an external
switching device.
• The following applies to application inverters MDX90A-0240-5_3 and higher and
MDX90A-0213-2_3 and higher: If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the application
inverter disconnects the power supply by inhibiting the rectifier.
• If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the application inverter switches to "Output
stage inhibit".
• Set the thermal circuit breaker TCB to the tripping current IF of the connected brak-
ing resistor.
• After all cables are connected, the 3 upper screw holes must be covered with 3
touch guard caps. The touch guard lids are included in the delivery.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

198 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Braking resistors 8
Internal temperature switch -T

Application inverter: MDX90A-0020 – 0160-5_3-.., MDX90A-0070 – 0140-2_3-..

If an BW...-T braking resistor with internal temperature switch is used with the applica-
tion inverter, there are 3 possible connections.

Connection 1 Connection 2 Connection 3

[1] [1]
SPS SPS
8
DO

DO
GND

GND
DI DI
GND
24 V OUT 24 V OUT
[1]

MDX9_A MDX9_A MDX9_A

X20:x DI0x
X20:9 GND
X21:1 24 VO

X2 -R
X2 +R

X2 -R
X2 +R
X2 +R

X2 -R

[2] [2] [2]

[1] Line contactor

[2] Braking resistor
Note that the reference potential GND of the digital input control must be the same as
the reference potential of the application inverter when connection 1 is used.
• Connection 1
The digital input of the application inverter connected to the signal contact of the
internal temperature switch must be parameterized to the function "External brak-
ing resistor error".
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the signal is evaluated in the application in-
verter and the PLC is evaluated.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the PLC must interrupt the power supply.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the application inverter switches to "Output
stage inhibit".
• Connection 2
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the signal in the PLC is evaluated.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the PLC must interrupt the power supply.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, there is no direct response in the application
inverter.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 199

 Installation
8 Braking resistors

– With connection 2, it is possible that the PLC finishes the current travel cycle al-
though the thermal circuit breaker has tripped. Only then, the power supply is
disconnected. In this case, the residual braking energy WRest = RBRnom × 20 s
must not be exceeded.
• Connection 3
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the signal directly affects the line contactor.
– This does not require a response by the PLC.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, there is no direct response in the application
inverter.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

200 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Braking resistors 8
Application inverter: MDX90A-0240-5_3-.. and higher, MDX90A-0213-2_3-.. and higher
If an BW...-T braking resistor with internal temperature switch is used with the applica-
tion inverter, there are 3 possible connections.

Connection 1 Connection 2 Connection 3

[1]
SPS

DO

GND
DI
24 V OUT
[1] 8
DC 24 V MDX9_A
+ MDX9_A MDX9_A
X5:24 V
- X5:GND
X20:x DI0x
X20:9 GND
X21:1 24 VO

X2 -R

X2 -R
X2 +R

X2 +R
X2 +R

X2 -R

[2] [2] [2]

[1] Line contactor

[2] Braking resistor
• Connection 1
The digital input of the application inverter connected to the signal contact of the
internal temperature switch must be parameterized to the function "External brak-
ing resistor error".
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the signal is evaluated in the application in-
verter.
– This does not require a response by the PLC.
– It is not required to disconnect the supply system connection with an external
switching device.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the application inverter interrupts the power
supply by inhibiting the rectifier.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the application inverter switches all axis mod-
ules to "Output stage inhibit".

INFORMATION
23061715/EN – 03/2017

When using connection variant 1 (connection of braking resistor without line con-
tactor), the application inverter must be supplied with external DC 24 V.

• Connection 2
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the signal in the PLC is evaluated.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the PLC must interrupt the power supply.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 201

 Installation
8 Braking resistors

– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, there is no direct response in the application
inverter.
– With connection 2, it is possible that the PLC finishes the current travel cycle al-
though the thermal circuit breaker has tripped. Only then, the power supply is
disconnected. In this case, the residual braking energy WRest = RBRnom × 20 s
must not be exceeded.
• Connection 3
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the signal directly affects the line contactor.
– This does not require a response by the PLC.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, there is no direct response in the application
inverter.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

202 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Braking resistors 8
External bimetallic relay

Application inverter: MDX90A-0020 – 0160-5_3-.., MDX90A-0070 – 0140-2_3-..

If an external bimetallic relay is used with the application inverter, there are 3 possible
connections.

Connection 1 Connection 2 Connection 3

[1] [1]
SPS SPS
8
DO

DO
GND

GND
DI DI
GND
24 V OUT
24 V OUT
[1]

MDX9_A MDX9_A MDX9_A

X20:x DI0x
X20:9 GND
X21:1 24 VO
X2 -R
X2 +R

X2 -R
X2 +R
X2 +R

X2 -R

[2] [2] [2]

[1] Line contactor

[2] Braking resistor
Note that the reference potential GND of the digital input control must be the same as
the reference potential of the application inverter when connection 1 is used.
• Connection 1
The digital input of the application inverter connected to the signal contact of the
external bimetallic relay must be parameterized to the function "External braking
resistor error".
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the signal is evaluated in the application in-
verter and the PLC is evaluated.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the PLC must interrupt the power supply.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the application inverter switches to "Output
stage inhibit".
• Connection 2
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the signal in the PLC is evaluated.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the PLC must interrupt the power supply.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, there is no direct response in the application
inverter.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 203

 Installation
8 Braking resistors

– With connection 2, it is possible that the PLC finishes the current travel cycle al-
though the thermal circuit breaker has tripped. Only then, the power supply is
disconnected. In this case, the residual braking energy WRest = RBRnom × 20 s
must not be exceeded.
• Connection 3
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the signal directly affects the line contactor.
– This does not require a response by the PLC.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, there is no direct response in the application
inverter.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

204 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Braking resistors 8
Application inverter: MDX90A-0240-5_3-.. and higher, MDX90A-0213-2_3-.. and higher
If an external bimetallic relay is used with the application inverter, there are 3 possible
connections.

Connection 1 Connection 2 Connection 3

[1]
SPS

DO

GND
DI
24 V OUT
[1]
8
DC 24 V MDX9_A MDX9_A MDX9_A
+ X5:24 V
- X5:GND
X20:x DI0x
X20:9 GND
X21:1 24 VO

X2 -R
X2 +R

X2 -R
X2 +R
X2 +R

X2 -R

[2] [2] [2]

[1] Line contactor

[2] Braking resistor
• Connection 1
The digital input of the application inverter connected to the signal contact of the
external bimetallic relay must be parameterized to the function "External braking
resistor error".
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the signal is evaluated in the application in-
verter.
– This does not require a response by the PLC.
– It is not required to disconnect the supply system connection with an external
switching device.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the application inverter interrupts the power
supply by inhibiting the rectifier.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the application inverter switches to "Output
stage inhibit".

INFORMATION
23061715/EN – 03/2017

When using connection variant 1 (connection of braking resistor without line con-
tactor), the application inverter must be supplied with external DC 24 V.

• Connection 2
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the signal in the PLC is evaluated.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the PLC must interrupt the power supply.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 205

 Installation
8 Braking resistors

– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, there is no direct response in the application
inverter.
– With connection 2, it is possible that the PLC finishes the current travel cycle al-
though the thermal circuit breaker has tripped. Only then, the power supply is
disconnected. In this case, the residual braking energy WRest = RBRnom × 20 s
must not be exceeded.
• Connection 3
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, the signal directly affects the line contactor.
– This does not require a response by the PLC.
– If the thermal circuit breaker trips, there is no direct response in the application
inverter.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

206 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Line filter 8
8.9 Line filter
• Install the line filter close to the application inverter but outside the minimum clear-
ance for cooling. The line filter must not be heated by the exhaust air of the applic-
ation inverter.
• Do not wire any other consumers between the line filter and the application in-
verter.
• The connection cable between line filter and application inverter does not have to
be shielded.
• Limit the length of the cable between the line filter and the application inverter to 8
the absolute minimum needed.
• Do not switch between the NF... line filter and inverter.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 207

 Installation
8 EMC-compliant installation

8.10 EMC-compliant installation

[1]

[6]

[2]

[6] [3]

[13]

[7]

[11] [9]

[10]
[5] [4]
[12]

[14] ]8[

[14]

[14]
[10] [12]
[14] [11]

19508519307
[1] Zinc-coated mounting plate [8] Braking resistor
23061715/EN – 03/2017

[2] Line filter [9] Braking resistor performance

[3] Inverter [10] Motor cable
[4] PE busbar [11] Brake cable
[5] HF connection of PE busbar/mounting plate [12] Grounding clamp
[6] Supply system cable [13] Electronics shield plate
[7] Power shield plate [14] HF connection

The information in this chapter will help you to optimize the system in regard of elec-
tromagnetic compatibility, or to eliminate already existing EMC interferences.

208 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
EMC-compliant installation 8
The notes in this chapter are not legal regulations; they are merely recommendations
for improving the electromagnetic compatibility of your plant.
For further notes on EMC-compliant installation, refer to the publication Drive Engin-
eering - Practical Implementation, edition "EMC in Drive Engineering – Basic Theoret-
ical Principles – EMC-Compliant Installation in Practice".

8.10.1 Control cabinet

Use a control cabinet with conducting (galvanized) mounting plate. In cased more than
one mounting plate is used, connect the plate over a large area.
8
Mount line filter and inverter on a shared mounting plate. Make sure they are connec-
ted over a large area and with good conductivity.

8.10.2 HF equipotential bonding in the system

In general, a suitable equipotential bonding between system, control cabinet, machine
structure, cable ducts, and drives must be ensured.
Connect the individual sections in a HF-compatible manner.
From an electrical safety perspective, the PE busbar is the star point. The PE con-
ductor replaces neither HF grounding nor shielding.
In terms of EMC, it is advantageous if the mounting plate is used as a star point with
respect to HF equipotential bonding.
Perform the following measures for a suitable HF equipotential bonding:
• Connect the PE busbar to the mounting plate in a HF-compatible manner.
• Connect the shield metal cable ducts to the control cabinet in a HF-compatible
manner.
• Connect the cable ducts with the mounting plate in the control cabinet using an HF
litz wire.
• Connect the parts of the shield metal cable ducts in a HF-compatible manner.
• Connect the shield metal cable ducts to the gearmotor in a HF-compatible manner.

8.10.3 Cable installation

Route the power cables, such as motor cable and brake cable separated from the
supply system cable and control cable.
Route all cables as close to the reference potential as possible, e.g. the mounting
plate.
All cables must be as short as possible. Avoid spare loops.

8.10.4 Supply system cable connection

The supply system cable can be connected to the line choke and/or line filter using
twisted unshielded single conductors, or using unshielded cables.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

If necessary, shielded cables can increase the EMC.

8.10.5 Line filter connection

Limit the length of connection cables between line filter and inverter to the absolute
minimum needed.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 209

 Installation
8 EMC-compliant installation

In general, filtered and unfiltered cables must not be routed together. For this reason,
route incoming and outgoing line filter cables separately.

8.10.6 Braking resistor connection

For connecting braking resistors, use 2 closely twisted conductors or a shielded power
cable. Connect the braided shields of shielded cables over the entire circumference.
Use the designated shield plates at the basic device to connect the shield.

19508521739

8.10.7 Motor and brake connection

Only use shielded motor cables. Connect the braided shield of the motor cable at both
ends over its entire circumference to the power shield plate at the inverter.
Shielded cables must be selected for the brake supply. The shield of the brake cable
can be connected to the power shield plate at the inverter.
In case motor cable and brake cable are combined in a shared cable, the cable must
have an inner shield separating the brake cable from the motor conductors. In addi-
tion, the cables have an overall shield.

19508524171
23061715/EN – 03/2017

SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to use prefabricated cables.

In case of especially high requirements, an additional connection point for the shield is
recommended. To limit the emitted interference the motor shield can additionally be
grounded to the control cabinet outlet using commercial installation materials (ground-
ing clamps or EMC screw fittings).

210 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
EMC-compliant installation 8
8.10.8 Control cable connection
The digital inputs can be connected using an unshielded single conductor. Shielded
cables increase the EMC. Use the designated shield plates to connect the shield.
For routing outside of the control cabinet shielded cables must be used.

19508526603

8.10.9 Encoder connection

SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends to use prefabricated encoder cables.
The shield of prefabricated cables by SEW‑EURODRIVE is connected via the con-
nector.

8.10.10 Shielding connection

Ensure a shield connection suitable for HF, e.g. by using grounding clamps, or EMC
cable glands, so that the braided shield has a large connection surface.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 211

 Installation
8 Terminal assignment

8.11 Terminal assignment

INFORMATION
Reference potentials inside the device:
The device internal reference potential is designated as GND in the following table.
All reference potentials GND are internally connected to PE.

INFORMATION
The assignment "reserved" means that no cable must be connected to this connec-
tion.

INFORMATION
The technical data for the connection of power electronics and control electronics are
listed in chapter "Technical data" (→ 2 32).

Figure Terminal Connection Brief description

X1:L1 L1 Line connection
X1:L2 L2 - MDX90A-0020 – 0160-5_3-..
X1:L3 L3 - MDX90A-0070 – 0140-2_3-..
X1:-VDCL -VDCL
DC link connection
X1:+VDCL +VDCL
PE PE connection at housing
X2:U U Motor connection
X2:V V - MDX90A-0020 – 0160-5_3-..
X2:W W - MDX90A-0070 – 0140-2_3-..
X2:+R +R
Braking resistor connection
X2:-R -R
PE PE connection at housing
X1:L1 L1 Line connection
X1:L2 L2 - MDX90A-0240 – 0320-5_3-..
X1:L3 L3 - MDX90A-0213 – 0290-2_3-..
X1:-VDCL -VDCL
DC link connection
X1:+VDCL +VDCL
PE PE connection at housing
23061715/EN – 03/2017

X2:U U Motor connection

X2:V V - MDX90A-0240 – 0320-5_3-..
X2:W W - MDX90A-0213 – 0290-2_3-..
X2:+R +R
Braking resistor connection
X2:-R -R
PE PE connection at housing

212 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Terminal assignment 8
Figure Terminal Connection Brief description
X5:24 V VI24 V DC 24 V supply voltage
X5:GND GND Reference potential
X10:DB0 DB00 Brake control
GND
TF1 X10:GND GND Reference potential
GND
X10:TF1 TF1 Sensor input for temperature evaluation of the motor
DBO
X10:GND GND Reference potential
X30 OUT 8
X30 OUT
System bus
X30 IN X30 IN

X31 SEW Service interface

X20:1 DI00 Digital input 1, with fixed assignment "Output stage

enable"
1
X20:2 DI01 Digital input 2, freely programmable
2
3 X20:3 DI02 Digital input 3, freely programmable
4 X20:4 DI03 Digital input 4, freely programmable
5
6
X20:5 DI04 Digital input 5, freely programmable
7 X20:6 DI05 Digital input 6, freely programmable
8
X20:7 Reserved –
9
X20:8 Reserved –
X20:9 GND Reference potential
X21:1 +24 V DC 24 V voltage output
1
X21:2 DO00 Digital output 1, freely programmable
2
3 X21:3 DO01 Digital output 2, freely programmable
4
X21:4 DO02 Digital output 3, freely programmable
5
6 X21:5 DO03 Digital output 4, freely programmable
X21:6 GND Reference potential
X6:1 STO_P1 DC +24 V input STO_P1
1 X6:2 STO_M Reference potential for STO_P1 and STO_P2
2
3 X6:3 STO_P2 DC +24 V input STO_P2
4
5 X6:4 GND Reference potential
X6:5 24 V STO_OUT Vout = DC 24 V to supply STO_P1 and STO_P2
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 213

 Installation
8 Terminal assignment

Figure Terminal Connection Brief description motor encoder resolver

X15:1 S2 (SIN +) Signal track
X15:2 S1 (COS +) Signal track
X15:3 Reserved -
X15:4 Reserved -
X15:5 R1 (REF +) Supply voltage resolver
X15:6 -TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
8
15 X15:7 Reserved -
X15:8 Reserved -

9 X15:9 S4 (SIN -) Signal track

1
X15:10 S3 (COS-) Signal track
X15:11 Reserved -
X15:12 Reserved -
X15:13 R2 (REF -) Supply voltage resolver
X15:14 +TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
X15:15 Reserved -

Figure Terminal Connection Brief description motor encoder Sin/Cos en-

coder, TTL encoder
X15:1 A (COS +) (K1) Signal track A (COS+) (K1)
X15:2 B (SIN +) (K2) Signal track B (SIN+) (K2)
X15:3 C (K0) Signal track C (K0)
X15:4 Reserved –
X15:5 Reserved –
X15:6 -TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
8
15 X15:7 Reserved –
X15:8 GND Reference potential

9 X15:9 A (COS -) (K1) Negated signal track A (COS-) (K1)

1
X15:10 B (SIN -) (K2) Negated signal track B (SIN-) (K2)
X15:11 C (K0) Negated signal track C (K0)
X15:12 Reserved –
X15:13 VS24VG 24 V encoder supply
X15:14 +TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
X15:15 VS12VG 12 V encoder supply
23061715/EN – 03/2017

214 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Terminal assignment 8
Figure Terminal Connection Brief description motor encoder HTL encoder
X15:1 A (K1) Signal track A (K1)
X15:2 B (K2) Signal track B (K2)
X15:3 C (K0) Signal track C (K0)
X15:4 Reserved –
X15:5 Reserved –
X15:6 -TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
8
15 X15:7 Reserved – 8
X15:8 GND Reference potential

9 X15:9 A (K1) Negated signal track A (K1)

1
X15:10 B (K2) Negated signal track B (K2)
X15:11 C (K0) Negated signal track C (K0)
X15:12 Reserved –
X15:13 VS24VG 24 V encoder supply
X15:14 +TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
X15:15 VS12VG 12 V encoder supply

Figure Terminal Connection Brief description motor encoder HIPERFACE®

and SEW encoder (RS485)
X15:1 A (COS +) (K1) Signal track A (COS+) (K1)
X15:2 B (SIN +) (K2) Signal track B (SIN+) (K2)
X15:3 Reserved –
X15:4 DATA+ Data line (+) RS485
X15:5 Reserved –
X15:6 -TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
8
15 X15:7 Reserved –
X15:8 GND Reference potential

9 X15:9 A (COS -) (K1) Negated signal track A (COS-) (K1)

1
X15:10 B (SIN -) (K2) Negated signal track B (SIN-) (K2)
X15:11 Reserved –
X15:12 DATA- Data line
X15:13 VS24VG 24 V encoder supply
X15:14 +TEMP_M Motor temperature evaluation
X15:15 VS12VG 12 V encoder supply
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 215

 Installation
8 Wiring diagrams

8.12 Wiring diagrams

8.12.1 General information on the wiring diagrams
• For technical data of the power electronics and the control electronics, refer to
chapter "Technical data" (→ 2 32).
• For the terminal assignment and connections, refer to chapter "Terminal
assignment" (→ 2 212).

8.12.2 Power connection

Wiring of the power connections with line contactor, line choke, line filter
L1
L2
L3
PE

[1]

U1 V1 W1
[2]
U2 V2 W2

L1 L2 L3
[3]
L1´ L2´ L3´

X1 PE
L1 L2 L3 -Uz +Uz

PE

MDX

PE PE
X2
U V W +R -R

[5]

PE
[4]
23061715/EN – 03/2017

18014412388387467
[1] Line contactor [4] Motor
[2] Line choke (optional) [5] Braking resistor (optional)
[3] Line filter (optional)

216 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Wiring diagrams 8
Wiring of the power connections with line choke, line filter without line contactor
Refer to the table in chapter "Line contactor" (→ 2 177) to find out which application
inverters can be operated without line contactor.

NOTICE
Operation without line contactor
Operation of an application inverter with connected braking resistor without line con-
tactor may result in heavy damage with the following application inverter:
- MDX90A-0020 – 0240-5_3-.. 8
- MDX90A-0070 – 0420-2_3-..

L1
L2
L3
PE

U1 V1 W1
[1]
U2 V2 W2

L1 L2 L3
[2]
L1´ L2´ L3´

X1 PE
L1 L2 L3 -Uz +Uz

PE

MDX

PE PE
X2
U V W +R -R

[4]

PE
23061715/EN – 03/2017

[3]

18014412388732299
[1] Line choke (optional) [3] Motor
[2] Line filter (optional) [4] Braking resistor (optional)

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 217

 Installation
8 Wiring diagrams

INFORMATION
In case of a line connection without line contactor, the temperature evaluation of the
braking resistor via a digital input of the application inverter must be ensured. The
connected digital input must be parameterized for monitoring the braking resistor
temperature evaluation.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

218 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Wiring diagrams 8
8.12.3 Brake control
Key:

DC Cut-off in the DC and AC circuits

AC (Rapid brake application)

DC
Cut-off in the DC circuit

Brake 8
BS
BS = accelerator coil
TS TS = coil section

DC brake with one brake coil

1a
2a
3a Auxiliary terminal strip in terminal box
4a
5a

Control cabinet limit

WH White
RD Red
BU Blue

INFORMATION

The selection of the brake control and the shown connection diagrams only represent
one of the many possibilities. Observe the catalogs and operating instructions of the
motors for more information and installation notes.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 219

 Installation
8 Wiring diagrams

BMK. brake control

DC

AC GND DB00
- + AC

WH BMK
1
RD BMKB
1a 2
BS 3
2a
M
3a 4
TS 4a
BU 13
5a
14
15

14324495755

BMV brake control – 2 coils

DC

GND DB00 DC 24 V
- + - +

WH BMV
1
RD
1a 2
BS 3
2a
M
3a 4
TS 4a
BU 13
5a
14
15

14373482507
23061715/EN – 03/2017

220 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Wiring diagrams 8
BMV brake control – 1 coil

DC

GND DB00 DC 24 V
- + - +

8
RD BMV
1
1a 2
2a 3
M
3a 4
4a
BU 13
5a
14
15

14373494923

BMS, BME brake control

DC
AC
AC
DB00

GND

1 BMS
WH
BME
RD 2
1a
BS 3
2a
M 4
3a
TS 4a 13
BU
5a 14
15

14324554891
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 221

 Installation
8 Wiring diagrams

BMP brake control

DC AC
AC
DB00

GND

1 BMP
WH
RD 2
1a
BS 3
2a
M 4
3a
TS 4a 13
BU
5a 14
15

14324544523

BG, BGE brake control

AC
DC

AC DB00

GND

BG
1 BGE
WH
2
RD
3
BS 4
M
5

TS
BU

14324565259
23061715/EN – 03/2017

222 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Wiring diagrams 8
BSG brake control

DC DC 24 V
+ -
AC
DB00

GND

BSG
WH
1 8
2
RD
3
BS 4
M
5
TS
BU

14324597131
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 223

 Installation
8 Wiring diagrams

8.12.4 Electronics connection

Wiring the control electronics

For the terminal assignment and connections, refer to chapter "Terminal
assignment" (→ 2 212).

PE

DC 24 V X5
+ 1 +24 V X31
- 2 GND S1
S2
RUN ERR

X30 OUT
X30 IN
MASTER
S3
X6 SLAVE
1 STO_P1
2 STO_M
3 STO_P2 X20
4 GND DI00 1 Fixed assignment "Controller inhibit"
5 24VSTO_OUT DI01 2 Digital input
DI02 3 Digital input
DI03 4 Digital input
DI04 5 Digital input
DI05 6 Digital input
- 7
- 8
GND 9 Reference potential for digital input

X21
+24 V 1 DC 24 V auxiliary voltage
DO00 2 Digital output
X15 DO01 3 Digital output
DO02 4 Digital output
1
8

4
3

[1]
DO03 Digital output
14
15

11

10

5
12
13

GND 6 Reference potential for digital output

DB00 1 Brake control

GND 2 Reference potential
X10
TF1 3 Temperature evaluation Motor
GND_TF 4 Reference potential

9007214594818315

X5 Connection +24 V supply voltage S1 Operating mode module

bus
X6 Connection for safe disconnection (STO). Cable jumpers are in- [1] Motor encoder connection
stalled at factory.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

X10 Brake control and temperature monitoring motor

X15 Motor encoder connection
X20 Digital inputs
X21 Digital outputs
X30 System bus

224 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Wiring diagrams 8
8.12.5 Connection diagram CIO21A and CID21A input/output card

Digital inputs and outputs

X52
DI10 1 [1]
DI11 2
8
DI12 3
DI13 4
GND 5 GND
DO10 6
DO11 7
DO12 8
DO13 9
GND 10 GND

18014412829087243

[1] Higher-level controller

Voltage input
-10 – 0 – +10 V

X50
REF1 1
+
AI21 2
AI22 3
-
GND 4
AI31 5
AI32 6
GND 7
REF2 8

9007213575393675

Connection to the terminals AI31 and AI32 is carried out analogously to the connec-
tion to the terminals AI21 and AI22 shown in the wiring diagrams.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 225

 Installation
8 Wiring diagrams

X50 R > 5 kΩ
REF1 1
AI21 2
AI22 3
GND 4
AI31 5
AI32 6
GND 7
REF2 8

18014412830137099

Connection to the terminals REF2 and AI31 is carried out analogously to the connec-
tion to the terminals REF1 and AI21 shown in the wiring diagrams.

Current input

X50
0 (4) – 20 mA

REF1 1 +
AI21 2
AI22 3 -
GND 4
AI31 5
AI32 6
GND 7
REF2 8

9007213575398539

Observe the switch position of "DIP switch S50" (→ 2 188) when activating the current
input.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

226 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Installation
Wiring diagrams 8
Voltage output

-10 – 0 – +10 V
X51
AOV2 1 +
AOC2 2 V
GND 3 -
AOV3 4
AOC3 5 8
GND 6

18014412830141963

Connection to the terminals AOV2 and GND is carried out analogously to the connec-
tion to the terminals AOV1 and GND shown in the wiring diagram.

Current output

X51
0 (4) – 20 mA

AOV2 1 +
AOC2 2
A
GND 3
-
AOV3 4
AOC3 5
GND 6

18014412830272395

Connection to the terminals AOC2 and GND is carried out analogously to the connec-
tion to the terminals AOC1 and GND shown in the wiring diagram.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 227

 Installation
8 UL-compliant installation

8.13 UL-compliant installation

UL approval of the application inverter is in preparation.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

228 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Startup
General 9
9 Startup
9.1 General
9.1.1 Lifting applications

WARNING
Danger of fatal injury if the hoist falls.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• The application inverter is not designed for use as a safety device in lifting applic-
ations. Use monitoring systems or mechanical protection devices to ensure 9
safety.

9.1.2 Connecting power

NOTICE
Undercutting the minimum switch-off time of the line contactor.
Irreparable damage to the application inverter or unforeseeable malfunctions.
The specified times and intervals must be observed.
• After disconnection from the supply system, observe a minimum switch-off time
of 10 s.
• Do not turn the power of the supply system on or off more than once per
minute.

9.1.3 Connecting cables

NOTICE
Cables may only be connected and plugged in a de-energized state.
Irreparable damage to the application inverter or unforeseeable malfunctions.
• De-energize the application inverter.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 229

 Startup
9 Setting the EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS ID

Setting the
EtherCAT®/
SBusPLUS
ID

9.2 Setting the EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS ID

The hexadecimal switches S1 and S2 must be set to "0".

9.3 Startup requirements

The following conditions apply to startup:
• You installed the application inverter correctly both mechanically and electrically.
• You configured the application inverter and connected drives correctly.
• Safety measures prevent accidental drive startup.
• Safety measures prevent danger to persons or machines.
Required hardware components:
• PC or laptop with Ethernet interface.
• Standard Ethernet cables for connection between PC and MOVI‑C®
CONTROLLER.
• MOVI‑C® CONTROLLER with completed startup.
Required software:
• Engineering software MOVISUITE® standard from SEW‑EURODRIVE.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

230 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Startup
Startup procedure 9
9.4 Startup procedure
The application inverters are taken into operation using the engineering software
MOVISUITE® from SEW‑EURODRIVE.

15643252491

The startup is functionally divided into segments. The following steps illustrate an ex-
ample of the startup procedure for an application inverter.
Drive train seg- Drive train Configuring drive trains.
ment

Interfaces seg- Built-in interfaces Basic settings of the installed interfaces

ment
• EtherCAT®
• Standard I/O
• Encoder 1
Options Basic settings of the options
• Fieldbus
• I/O card
• Encoder 2
• DriveSafety®

Functions segment I/O configuration • Standard I/O

• I/O card DI/DO
• I/O card AI/AO
PO configuration • Basic settings
23061715/EN – 03/2017

• PO data
• Setpoint buffer
• Fixed setpoints
• Control word 1 – 3

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 231

 Startup
9 Startup procedure

PI configuration • PI data
• Status word 1 – 3

Drive functions • FCB05 Speed control

• FCB06 Interpolated speed control
• FCB08 Interpolated torque control
• FCB09 Positioning
• FCB10 Interpolated position control
• FCB12 Reference travel
Advanced drive functions • FCB01 Output stage inhibit
• FCB20 Jog mode
• FCB21 Brake test
• FCB26 Stop at user limit
Event-driven functions • Touchprobe 1
• Touchprobe 2
• Cam switch
Monitoring functions • Reference signals
• Limit values 1
• Limit values 2
• Monitoring functions 1
• Control functions 2
• Energy-saving function
User units Converting system units into user units.

Information on the Device data is available via the project nodes.

application inverter
Device data • Device identification
• Main component
• Subcomponent
• Production label
Overview of fault responses • Axis module
• Power supply monitoring
• Functions
Setup • Parameter set selection
• Access rights
• Resetting device parameters.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

9.4.1 Check list for startup

The following checklist lists the necessary steps for complete startup.

Step Startup step Done

1 Motor installation

232 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Startup
Startup procedure 9
Step Startup step Done
®
2 Install MOVI‑C component
3 Start MOVISUITE®
4 Start up the drive train
5 Parameterize setpoints and FCBs
6 Configure digital inputs and outputs
7 Configure PD
8 Configure software module (MOVIKIT®)
9 Test drives/application 9
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 233

 Startup
9 Connection to the engineering software

9.5 Connection to the engineering software

The following figure shows the connection of the application inverter to the
MOVISUITE® engineering software using a PC.

[1]

X31

X31
X20_1

X20_2
X20

X21_1

X21_2
X21

S1 S1
S2 S2
RUN ERR RUN ERR
X15_1

X15_2
X15

24V 24V
X5 X5
GND GND
+ UZ
+UZ

+UZ

+UZ +UZ +UZ

X4 X4 X4
-UZ

- UZ
-UZ

-UZ -UZ -UZ

9007214576496523

[1] Ethernet

23061715/EN – 03/2017

234 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Startup
Setting the module bus operating mode 9
9.6 Setting the module bus operating mode
If 2 MOVIDRIVE® system application inverters are connected via a DC link connection,
the require the information whether they are module bus master or module bus slave
in the network. This is set with switch S3 "Module bus operating mode".
In the following chapter "Connection types" and the table "Setting options" (→ 2 236),
the setting of the S3 switch for the respective modules is specified.

X1

X10
9
S3

[1]
[2] 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6

15687969931

[1] Switch setting "Master"

[2] Switch setting "Slave"
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 235

 Startup
9 Setting the module bus operating mode

9.6.1 Connection types

When connecting several devices without DC link connection, the S3 switch must al-
ways be set to "Master".
When connecting several MOVIDRIVE® system application inverters with DC link con-
nection, the switch must be set as follows:

Connection type A Connection type B

[1] [1]

[2] [3] [2] [3]

X Y X Y

[4] [4]

16081023627 16081026059

[1] Line cable

[2] System bus cable
[3] Module bus cable
[4] DC link connection

9.6.2 Setting options

The following settings are possible:

Operating mode module bus

Module X Module Y
Connection type A Master Master
Connection type B Master Slave
23061715/EN – 03/2017

236 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
General information 10
10 Operation
10.1 General information

DANGER
Dangerous voltages present at cables and motor terminals.
Severe or fatal injuries from electric shock.
• Dangerous voltages are present at the output terminals and the cables and motor
terminals connected to them when the device is switched on. This also applies
even when the device is inhibited and the motor is at standstill.
• The fact that the operation LED is no longer illuminated does not indicate that the
application inverter has been disconnected from the power supply and no longer 10
carries any voltage.
• Before you touch the power terminals, check to see that the application inverter
has been disconnected from the supply system.
• Observe the general safety notes in chapter "Safety notes" (→ 2 151) and the
notes in chapter "Electrical installation" (→ 2 173).

DANGER
Risk of crushing if the motor starts up unintentionally.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Ensure that the motor cannot start inadvertently, for example, by removing the
electronics terminal block X20.
• Additional safety precautions must be taken depending on the application to
avoid injury to people and damage to machinery.

NOTICE
Switching the motor output at the application inverter with enabled output stage.
Damage to the application inverter.
• The motor output of the application inverter may only be switched or disconnec-
ted when the output stage is inhibited.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 237

 Operation
10 7-segment display

10.2 7-segment display

10.2.1 Operating displays

• The two 7-segment displays indicate the operating state of the application in-
verter.

10.2.2 Fault display

The application inverter detects any faults that occur and displays them as fault code.
Each fault is clearly defined by its fault code and corresponding attributes, as shown
below:
• Fault response
• Final state after executing the fault response
• Type of reset response.
The fault codes are displayed as flashing numeric values in the application inverter.
The fault code is displayed in the following display sequence:
500 ms 124 ms 1000 ms 124 ms 1000 ms 124 ms

12082058123

In the example, a 2-digit fault code with subfault is shown, fault 07.01 in this example.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

238 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Operating displays 10
10.3 Operating displays
Display Description State Comment/action
Displays during boot process
b0 Unit passes through several states • Status: Not ready. • Waiting for boot process to finish.
b1 when loading the firmware (boot) to • Output stage is inhibited. • Device stays in this condition: Device defect-
get ready for operation. • No communication possible. ive.
b3
br

Display Description State Comment/action

Displays of different device statuses
• Energy-saving mode Energy-saving mode active
00 DC link voltage missing. • Status: Not ready. Check supply system.
• Output stage is inhibited.
• Communication is possible. 10
C2 STO active. • Status: Not ready. The function Safe Torque Off is active.
Flashing • Output stage is inhibited.
C3 Incorrect synchronization with bus. • Communication is possible. • Check bus connection.
Flashing Process data processing not avail- • Check synchronization setting at device and
able. controller.
• Check process data settings at device and
controller.
C4 Encoder evaluation is not ready. • Encoders are being initialized.
Flashing • Device stays in this condition:
– No encoder selected.
– "Source actual speed" or "Actual position"
parameter shows an encoder that does not
exist.
C5 Motor management is not ready.
Flashing
C6 Internal device supply incomplete.
Flashing
C7 Power section not ready.
Flashing
C8 External device not ready.
Flashing
C9 Data flexibility level is not ready.
Flashing
Cd Parameter download running.
Flashing

Display Description State Comment/action

Displays during initialization processes (parameters will be reset to default values)
d0 Basic initialization. • Status: Not ready. Waiting for initialization to finish.
Flashing • Output stage is inhibited.
d1 Initialization of delivery state. • Communication is possible.
Flashing

Display Description State Comment/action

Displays during normal operation
01 Output stage inhibit • Output stage is inhibited. The drive is not actuated by the output stage.
The brake is closed, motor coasts without
brake. FCB 01 is permanently selected with ter-
minal DI00. However, it can be selected by ad-
ditional sources.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 239

 Operation
10 Operating displays

Display Description State Comment/action

02 Default stop For further information refer to the Drive function (FCB) "Default stop" active, if not
"FCB" (→ 2 15) description. other FCB is selected and the system is ready.
04 Manual mode Manual mode active
05 Speed control Speed control with internal ramp generator.
06 Interpolated speed control Speed control with setpoints cyclically via bus.
The ramp generator is located externally, e.g. in
the higher-level controller.
07 Torque control Torque control
08 Interpolated torque control Torque control with setpoints cyclically via bus.
09 Position control Position mode with internal ramp generator.
10 Interpolated position control Positioning mode with setpoints cyclically via
bus. The ramp generator is located externally,
e.g. in the higher-level controller.
12 Reference travel The drive performs reference travel.
13 Stop at application limits Deceleration at the application limit. FCB 13 is
active if no other FCB is selected with the de-
fault FCB 02.
14 Emergency stop Deceleration at the emergency stop limit.
18 Rotor position identification Encoder commutation for synchronous motors.
19 Position hold control Position control on current position.
20 Jog Jog mode active.
21 Brake test Brake is tested by applying a torque in close
state of the brake.
25 Motor parameter measurement Motor parameter measurement active
26 Stop at user limits Serves to stop at user limits.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

240 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
10.4 Fault description
10.4.1 Fault 1 Output stage monitoring
Subfault: 1.1
Description: Short circuit in motor output terminals
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Overcurrent in output stage or faulty output stage control detec- Possible causes for overcurrent are short circuit at the output,
ted, and output stage inhibited by the hardware. excessive motor current, or a defective power output stage.

Subfault: 1.2
Description: Overcurrent in output stage
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Motor current too high. Connect a smaller motor. 10
Current supply. Check current supply.
Current transformer. Check current transformer.
Ramp limit is deactivated and set ramp time is too short. Increase ramp time.
Phase module defective. Check phase module.
Supply voltage 24 V or 24 V generated from it is instable. Check 24 V supply voltage.
Interruption or short circuit on the signal lines of the phase Check signal lines.
modules.

10.4.2 Fault 3 Ground fault

Subfault: 3.1
Description: Ground fault
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Ground fault in motor lead. Eliminate ground fault in motor lead.
Ground fault in inverter. Eliminate ground fault in inverter.
Ground fault in motor. Eliminate ground fault in motor.

10.4.3 Fault 4 Brake chopper

Subfault: 4.1
Description: Brake chopper overcurrent
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Too much regenerative power. Extend deceleration ramps.
Short circuit in the braking resistor circuit. Check supply cable to braking resistor.
Braking resistance too high. Check technical data of braking resistor.

Subfault: 4.2
Description: Brake chopper defective
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Output stage of brake chopper defective. Replace defective brake chopper.

10.4.4 Fault 6 Line fault

23061715/EN – 03/2017

Subfault: 6.1
Description: Line phase failure
Response: Line phase failure
Cause Measure
A missing line phase was detected. Check supply system cable.
DC link voltage periodically too low. Check the configuration of the supply system.
Inadequate line voltage quality. Check supply (fuses, contactor).

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 241

 Operation
10 Fault description

10.4.5 Fault 7 DC link fault

Subfault: 7.1
Description: DC link overvoltage
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The maximum permitted DC link voltage limit was exceeded, – Extend deceleration ramps.
and the output stage was inhibited by the hardware. – Check supply cable to the braking resistor.
– Check technical data of braking resistor.

10.4.6 Fault 8 Speed monitoring fault

Subfault: 8.1
Description: Speed monitoring – motor mode
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The speed controller operates at setting limit (mechanical over- Increase set delay time of speed monitoring or reduce load.
load or phase failure in the supply system or the motor).
The encoder is not connected correctly. Check encoder connection and direction of rotation. If neces-
sary, increase current limiting or reduce acceleration values.
Encoder has incorrect direction of rotation. – Check encoder connection and direction of rotation. If neces-
sary, increase current limiting. If necessary, reduce accelera-
tion values.
– Check motor lead and motor, check line phases.

Subfault: 8.2
Description: Speed monitoring – generator mode
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The speed controller operates at setting limit (mechanical over- Increase set delay time of speed monitoring or reduce regener-
load or phase failure in the supply system or the motor). ative load.
The encoder is not connected correctly. Check encoder connection and direction of rotation. If neces-
sary, increase current limiting or reduce deceleration values.
Encoder has incorrect direction of rotation. – Check encoder connection and direction of rotation. If neces-
sary, increase current limiting. If necessary, reduce decelera-
tion values.
– Check motor lead and motor, check line phases.

Subfault: 8.3
Description: Motor limit speed exceeded
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The maximum permitted motor speed was exceeded. Reduce the maximum speed.

10.4.7 Fault 9 control mode

Subfault: 9.1
Description: Magnetization of motor not possible
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The user current limit or output stage monitoring has reduced – Reduce output stage utilization (e.g. by reducing the PWM
the possible maximum current to such a degree that the re- frequency or by reducing the load).
quired magnetizing current cannot be set. – Increase the user current limit.

Subfault: 9.2
Description: The requested operating mode is not possible with the active control mode
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Response: Inhibit output stage

Cause Measure
The current FCB has activated an operating mode. The active Start up control mode that supports the required operating
control mode does not support this operating mode, for ex- mode. Connect encoder is necessary. Select an operating
ample "position control" or "torque control" with V/f control mode that is supported by the current control mode.
mode.

242 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 9.3
Description: Absolute rotor position not available
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The current control mode requires an absolute rotor position. Use absolute encoder, or identify the rotor position using FCB
The encoder selected for "Source is actual speed" does not 18.
provide an absolute rotor position.

Subfault: 9.4
Description: Correct current supply of motor not possible
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Failure to set the required current during premagnetization. Check the cabling, or disable the function "current monitoring
during premagnetization".

Subfault: 9.5
Description: Maximum output frequency exceeded
10
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Maximum output frequency exceeded. Reduce maximum speed.

Subfault: 9.6
Description: Maximum model speed exceeded
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The speed of the drive calculated in ELSM® control mode is If possible minimize the "Speed/position controller sampling
too high for motor control. cycle", or reduce the speed.

Subfault: 9.8
Description: Flux model error
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The rotor flux calculated by the motor model is not plausible, or – Check configuration data.
the calculated internal voltage is too small. – Check motor data.
– Check machines: Idle state or too low speed.
– Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 9.9
Description: Parameter measurement not possible with active motor type
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Parameter measurement is only possible with "asynchronous" Select the correct motor type.
and "synchronous" motor types. No magnetic reluctance and
LSPM motors.

10.4.8 Fault 10 Data flexibilization layer

Subfault: 10.1
Description: initialization
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Error during init task. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 10.2
Description: Illegal operation code
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)

Cause Measure
Illegal opcode in the data flexibilization layer program. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 10.3
Description: Memory access
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Memory area violated while accessing array. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 243

 Operation
10 Fault description

Subfault: 10.4
Description: Stack
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Data flexibilization layer stack overflow. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 10.5
Description: Division by 0
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Division by 0. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 10.6
Description: Runtime
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Runtime error/watchdog. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.
PDI or PDO tasks. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 10.7
Description: Calculation result of multiplication/division command too large
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The calculation result of a multiplication/division command in Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.
the data flexibilization layer program exceeds 32 bits.
The result cannot be written into the result variable. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 10.8
Description: Illegal connection
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The index used in connect is not allowed. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 10.9
Description: CRC code
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The CRC checksum of the code is wrong. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 10.10
Description: Setpoint cycle time not supported
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Non-supported setpoint cycle time parameterized. Set the setpoint cycle time to the default value 1 ms.

Subfault: 10.11
Description: No application program loaded
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
No data flexibilization layer application program loaded. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 10.99
Description: Unknown error
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Unknown data flexibilization layer error. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.

244 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
10.4.9 Fault 11 Temperature monitoring
Subfault: 11.1
Description: Heat sink overtemperature
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The maximum permitted heat sink temperature was exceeded. – Reduce load.
The capacity utilization is possibly too high. – Reduce rms value of current.
– Reduce PWM frequency.
– Ensure sufficient cooling.
– Reduce ambient temperature.

Subfault: 11.2
Description: Heat sink utilization – prewarning
Response: Heat sink utilization – prewarning
Cause Measure
High thermal load on the heat sink of the device, and the pre- – Reduce load. 10
warning threshold was reached. – Reduce rms value of output current.
– Reduce PWM frequency.
– Ensure sufficient cooling.
– Reduce ambient temperature.

Subfault: 11.3
Description: Device utilization
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The temperature has reached or exceeded the switch-off Reduce the load.
threshold. Possible causes: Mean output current too high.
PWM frequency too high. Reduce PWM frequency.
Ambient temperature too high. Ensure sufficient cooling.
Unfavorable air convection. Check air convection.
Fan defective. Check fan and replace if necessary.

Subfault: 11.5
Description: Electromechanical utilization
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The electromechanical components of the device are over- Reduce the load: if necessary, reduce the rms value of the cur-
loaded by excessive continuous current. rent.

Subfault: 11.6
Description: Electromechanical utilization – prewarning
Response: Electromechanical utilization – prewarning
Cause Measure
High load on the electromechanical components of the device – Reduce load.
due to the high continuous current. Prewarning threshold – Reduce PWM frequency.
reached. – Reduce rms value of current.
– Reduce ambient temperature.

Subfault: 11.7
Description: Wire break of the temperature sensor of the heat sink
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Wire break on the temperature sensor of the heat sink. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 11.8
Description: Short circuit on the temperature sensor of the heat sink.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Response: Inhibit output stage

Cause Measure
Short circuit on the temperature sensor of the heat sink. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE Service.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 245

 Operation
10 Fault description

10.4.10 Fault 12 Brake

Subfault: 12.1
Description: Brake output
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
No brake connected. Check brake connection.
Brake cable disconnected in "ON" status. Check brake connection.
Overload due to overcurrent > 2 A. Check sequential profile of brake control.
Overload due to excessive connection (approx. > 0.5 Hz). Check sequential profile of brake control.
Monitoring is only active with parameter settings "Brake in- Check whether the connected brake is permitted.
stalled" and "Brake applied".

Subfault: 12.2
Description: 24 V brake voltage
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
24 V supply not within permitted tolerance of ±10%. Check 24 V supply voltage.
Monitoring is only active with parameter settings “Brake in- Check parameter setting.
stalled” and “Brake applied”.

10.4.11 Error 13 Encoder 1

Subfault: 13.1
Description: Position comparison check
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Faulty comparison between raw position and track counter of – Check the track signal wiring.
absolute encoders. – Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Replace encoder.
– Replace card.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.2
Description: Unknown encoder type
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Encoder type is not known and not supported by the inverter. – Check encoder type.
– Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.3
Description: Invalid data
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Invalid encoder nameplate data (measuring steps/pulses per – Check startup parameters.
revolution/multi-turn). – Replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.4
Description: Track measurement
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Faulty track measurement. – Switch off the device and on again.

– Check wiring.
– Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check/replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

246 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 13.5
Description: Internal warning
Response: Encoder – warning
Cause Measure
Encoder signals warning status. – Check wiring.
– Check interference source (light beam interrupted, reflector,
data cable, etc.).
- Clean sensor.

Subfault: 13.6
Description: Signal level too low
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Error while monitoring signal level. Vector below permitted limit. – Check wiring.
– Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check encoder. 10
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.7
Description: Signal level too high
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Error while monitoring signal level. Vector exceeds permitted Check the gear ratio of the resolver in use.
limit. Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.8
Description: Signal level monitoring
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Error while monitoring signal level. Vector exceeds permitted Check the encoder mounting position.
limit. Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.9
Description: Quadrant check
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Error while checking quadrants (sine encoder). – Switch off the device and on again.
– Check wiring.
– Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check/replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.10
Description: Position tolerance band monitoring
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Position outside tolerance band. – Check startup parameters.
– Check wiring.
– Check interference source (light beam interrupted, reflector,
data cable, etc.).
– Replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Subfault: 13.11
Description: Data timeout
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Encoder process data timeout – Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check startup parameters.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 247

 Operation
10 Fault description

Subfault: 13.12
Description: Emergency
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Encoder sends emergency error message. – Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check startup parameters.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.13
Description: Initialization
Response: Encoder 1 – latest fault
Cause Measure
Communication error during initialization. – Check parameterization.
– Check baud rate.
– CANopen interface at encoder (node ID) not set correctly.
– Check wiring.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.14
Description: Communication
Response: Encoder 1 – latest fault
Cause Measure
Faulty communication with the encoder. – Check voltage supply.
– Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check wiring.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.15
Description: System error
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Encoder evaluation signals a system error. – Multi-turn encoder is outside the configured track are.
– Check limits.
– Check correct settings of encoder numerator/denominator
factors.
– Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check startup parameters.
– Switch off the device and on again.
– Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE service if the error is still present.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.16
Description: Permanent high level in data line – critical
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Permanent high level of data signal. – Check wiring.
– Check encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.17
Description: Permanent high level in data line.
Response: Encoder 1 – latest fault
Cause Measure
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Permanent high level of data signal. – Check wiring.

– Check encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

248 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 13.18
Description: Permanent low level in data line – critical
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Permanent low level of data signal. – Check wiring.
– Check encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.19
Description: Permanent low level in data line
Response: Encoder 1 – latest fault
Cause Measure
Permanent low level of data signal. – Check wiring.
– Check encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move 10
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.20
Description: SSI error bit – critical
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Error bit set in SSI protocol. – Check startup parameters.
– Check settings at SSI encoder (error bit).
– Check wiring.
– Check interference source (light beam interrupted, reflector,
data cable, etc.).
– Replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.21
Description: SSI error bit
Response: Encoder 1 – latest fault
Cause Measure
Error bit set in SSI protocol. – Check startup parameters.
– Check settings at SSI encoder (error bit).
– Check wiring.
– Check interference source (light beam interrupted, reflector,
data cable, etc.).
– Replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.22
Description: Internal fault – critical
Response: Encoder 1 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Encoder signals internal fault status. – Check wiring.
– Check interference source (light beam interrupted, reflector,
data cable, etc.).
– Replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.23
Description: Internal fault
Response: Encoder 1 – latest fault
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Cause Measure
Encoder signals internal fault status. – Check wiring.
– Check interference source (light beam interrupted, reflector,
data cable, etc.).
– Replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 249

 Operation
10 Fault description

Subfault: 13.24
Description: Travel range exceeded
Response: Encoder 1 – latest fault
Cause Measure
The current position mode (8381.10) does not allow for a larger Check travel range.
travel range. Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 13.25
Description: Encoder startup
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Fatal error during startup Switch the device off/on.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

10.4.12 Fault 14 Encoder 2

Subfault: 14.1
Description: Position comparison check
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Faulty comparison between raw position and track counter of – Check the track signal wiring.
absolute encoders. – Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Replace encoder.
– Replace card.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.2
Description: Unknown encoder type
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Encoder type is not known and not supported by the inverter. – Check encoder type.
– Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.3
Description: Invalid data
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Invalid encoder nameplate data (measuring steps/pulses per – Check startup parameters.
revolution/multi-turn). – Replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.4
Description: Track measurement
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Faulty track measurement. – Switch off the device and on again.
– Check wiring.
– Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check/replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
23061715/EN – 03/2017

the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.5
Description: Internal warning
Response: Encoder – warning
Cause Measure
Encoder signals warning status. – Check wiring.
– Check interference source (light beam interrupted, reflector,
data cable, etc.).
- Clean sensor.

250 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 14.6
Description: Signal level too low
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Error while monitoring signal level. Vector below permitted limit. – Check wiring.
– Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.7
Description: Signal level too high
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Error while monitoring signal level.Vector exceeds permitted Check the gear ratio of the resolver in use.
limit. Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move 10
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.8
Description: Signal level monitoring
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Error while monitoring signal level.Vector exceeds permitted Check the encoder mounting position.
limit. Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.9
Description: Quadrant check
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Error while checking quadrants (sine encoder). – Switch off the device and on again.
– Check wiring.
– Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check/replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.10
Description: Position tolerance band monitoring
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Position outside tolerance band. – Check startup parameters.
– Check wiring.
– Check interference source (light beam interrupted, reflector,
data cable, etc.).
– Replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.11
Description: Data timeout
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Encoder process data timeout. – Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check startup parameters.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Subfault: 14.12
Description: Emergency
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Encoder sends emergency error message. – Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check startup parameters.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 251

 Operation
10 Fault description

Subfault: 14.13
Description: initialization
Response: Encoder 2 – latest fault
Cause Measure
Communication error during initialization. – Check parameterization.
– Check baud rate.
– CANopen interface at encoder (node ID) not set correctly.
– Check wiring.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.14
Description: Communication
Response: Encoder 2 – latest fault
Cause Measure
Faulty communication with the encoder. – Check voltage supply.
– Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check wiring.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.15
Description: System error
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Encoder evaluation signals a system error. – Multi-turn encoder is outside the configured track are.
– Check limits.
– Check correct settings of encoder numerator/denominator
factors.
– Check interference source (e.g. from EMC).
– Check startup parameters.
– Switch off the device and on again.
– Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE service if the error is still present.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.16
Description: Permanent high level in data line – critical
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Permanent high level of data signal. – Check wiring.
– Check encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.17
Description: Permanent high level in data line
Response: Encoder 2 – latest fault
Cause Measure
Permanent high level of data signal. – Check wiring.
– Check encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.18
Description: Permanent low level in data line – critical
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Permanent low level of data signal. – Check wiring.

– Check encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

252 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 14.19
Description: Permanent low level in data line
Response: Encoder 2 – latest fault
Cause Measure
Permanent low level of data signal. – Check wiring.
– Check encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.20
Description: SSI error bit – critical
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Error bit set in SSI protocol. – Check startup parameters.
– Check settings at SSI encoder (error bit).
– Check wiring. 10
– Check interference source (light beam interrupted, reflector,
data cable, etc.).
– Replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.21
Description: SSI error bit
Response: Encoder 2 – latest fault
Cause Measure
Error bit set in SSI protocol. – Check startup parameters.
– Check settings at SSI encoder (error bit).
– Check wiring.
– Check interference source (light beam interrupted, reflector,
data cable, etc.).
– Replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.22
Description: Internal fault – critical
Response: Encoder 2 – latest critical fault
Cause Measure
Encoder signals internal fault status. – Check wiring.
– Check interference source (light beam interrupted, reflector,
data cable, etc.).
– Replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.23
Description: Internal fault
Response: Encoder 2 – latest fault
Cause Measure
Encoder signals internal fault status. – Check wiring.
– Check interference source (light beam interrupted, reflector,
data cable, etc.).
– Replace encoder.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Subfault: 14.24
Description: Travel range exceeded
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Response: Encoder 2 – latest fault

Cause Measure
The current position mode (8382.10) does not allow for a larger Check travel range.
travel range. Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 253

 Operation
10 Fault description

Subfault: 14.25
Description: Encoder startup
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Fatal error during startup. Switch the device off/on.
Note: In the "emergency mode" manual mode, you can move
the drive even with a fault in the external position encoder.

10.4.13 Error 16 Startup

Subfault: 16.1
Description: Motor not started up yet
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Motor not yet started up completely. Perform complete motor startup.

Subfault: 16.2
Description: Cannot calculate controller parameters
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The delay of the encoder in use is too long to calculate the re- Use an encoder with shorter delay, or contact the
quired filter coefficients. SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 16.3
Description: Thermal motor model not possible
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Invalid parameters for the thermal motor model or for drive en- Check the parameters of the thermal motor model, and perform
able although starting up the thermal model has not been com- startup.
pleted yet.

Subfault: 16.4
Description: Current limit too high
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The current limit value is greater than the maximum current of Set the current limit to a smaller value than the maximum cur-
the inverter. rent of the inverter.

Subfault: 16.5
Description: Current limit smaller than magnetizing current of motor
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The current limit is smaller than the magnetizing current of the Increase current limit. Required magnetizing current: See dia-
motor calculated by the active control mode. gnostics parameters of control mode.

Subfault: 16.6
Description: Control mode not possible
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Wrong control mode selected for the motor. Choose a control mode that matches the selected motor.

Subfault: 16.7
Description: PWM frequency not possible
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
23061715/EN – 03/2017

The specified PWM frequency is not allowed for this power out- Select different PWM frequency. Possible PWM frequencies;
put stage. see device configuration data.

Subfault: 16.8
Description: Temperature sensor motor 1
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Faulty startup of temperature sensor of motor 1. Perform startup again.

254 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 16.9
Description: Temperature sensor motor 2
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Faulty startup of temperature sensor of motor 2. Perform startup again.

Subfault: 16.10
Description: Actual position source not assigned
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The active control mode requires an encoder for position mode. Assign actual position source in encoder assignment of the act-
ive parameter set: 8565.3 or 8566.3.
If no encoder is installed, activate the FCBs only using "torque
control" or "speed control" mode.

Subfault: 16.11
Description: Motor data calculation error
10
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Motor startup is not possible because of inconsistent motor Motor data and device configuration data are checked for
data or wrong device configuration data. plausibility. Or contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 16.12
Description: Motor data write sequence
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Subindex 1 not written to zero before writing the electrical start- Reset error. Set parameters 8360/1 or 8361/1 to 0 before writ-
up parameters 8357, 8360, 8394, 8420 or 8358, 8361, 8395, ing additional parameters.
8421.

Subfault: 16.20
Description: Nominal speed too high or nominal frequency too low
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
During startup using nameplate data: Nominal speed too high Enter plausible motor data (nominal speed and nominal fre-
or nominal frequency too low. The resulting number of pole quency).
pairs is 0.

Subfault: 16.21
Description: Nominal slip negative
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
During startup using nameplate data, the calculated nominal Enter plausible motor data (nominal frequency, nominal speed,
slip is negative: Nominal frequency too low or nominal speed number of pole pairs).
too high or number of pole pairs too high.

Subfault: 16.22
Description: Specify the number of pole pairs
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
During startup using nameplate data: It is not possible to calcu- Enter the number of pole pairs.
late the number of pole pairs accurately from nominal fre-
quency and nominal speed.

Subfault: 16.23
Description: Plausibility check failed.
Response: Inhibit output stage
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Cause Measure
During startup using nameplate data: the estimated nominal Check entered nameplate data for plausibility.
power does not match the entered nominal power.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 255

 Operation
10 Fault description

Subfault: 16.24
Description: Speed controller sampling cycle not possible with current PWM frequency or current control mode
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
At PWM frequency "2.5 kHz", only the speed controller Increase PWM frequency or increase sampling cycle of speed
sampling cycle of 2 ms is permitted. For the ELSM® control controller to 2 ms. Set the sampling cycle to 1 ms or 2 ms for
mode, only the speed controller sampling times 1 ms and 2 ms ELSM® control mode.
are permitted.

Subfault: 16.25
Description: User current limit too low for standstill current
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The user current limit value is too small for the minimum stand- Increase the user current limit, or disable the standstill current
still current. function.

Subfault: 16.26
Description: Nominal values incomplete
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
During startup using nameplate data: Nominal voltage, nominal Enter nominal voltage, nominal current, nominal speed, and
current, nominal speed, or nominal torque not entered. nominal torque.

Subfault: 16.27
Description: Maximum current or maximum torque not plausible
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
During startup using nameplate data: Maximum current or max- Check maximum current and maximum torque.
imum torque not entered, or maximum current and maximum
torque not plausible.

Subfault: 16.30
Description: Faulty EtherCAT® EEPROM configuration status.
Response: Warning
Cause Measure
Faulty EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS EEPROM configuration status. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.
EEPROM not loaded, binary file not loaded.
Faulty EEPROM loading procedure. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.
Faulty EEPROM checksum. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

10.4.14 Error 17 Internal processor error

Subfault: 17.7
Description: Exception error
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
An exception trap has occurred in the CPU. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

10.4.15 Error 18 Software error

Subfault: 18.1
Description: Motor management
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Cause Measure
An error was detected at the motor management interface. Switch the device off/on.
Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE service if the error is still present.

256 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 18.4
Description: Task system
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
An error was detected during processing the internal task sys- Switch the device off/on.
tem. This can for example be a timeout for cyclic tasks. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE service if the error is still present.

Subfault: 18.7
Description: Fatal error
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
A fatal software error occurred. Switch the device off/on. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE service if
the error is still present.

Subfault: 18.8
10
Description: Invalid error code
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Invalid error code requested. Switch the device off/on.
Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE service if the error is still present.

Subfault: 18.9
Description: Internal software error
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
A group software error occurred. Switch the device off/on.
Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE service if the error is still present.

Subfault: 18.10
Description: Watchdog
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The software no longer works within the intended cycle time. Switch the device off/on.
Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE service if the error is still present.

Subfault: 18.12
Description: Configuration data
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Configuration data not plausible or cannot be interpreted by the Load firmware update or valid configuration data.
active firmware version.

10.4.16 Error 19 Process data

Subfault: 19.1
Description: Torque violation
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The specified torque values are not plausible. Adjust torque values.

Subfault: 19.2
Description: Position setpoint violation
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)

Cause Measure
The position setpoint is outside the software limit switches. Check position setpoint.
The position setpoint is outside the modulo range. Check position setpoint.
Position in user unit generates number overflow in system units Check position in user unit.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 257

 Operation
10 Fault description

Subfault: 19.3
Description: Speed setpoint violation
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The specified speed setpoints are not plausible. Adjust speed setpoints.

Subfault: 19.4
Description: Acceleration setpoint violation
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The specified acceleration setpoints are not plausible. Adjust acceleration setpoints.

Subfault: 19.5
Description: Drive function does not exist
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Non-existing drive function (FCB) selected via process data. Specify an existing FCB number for FCB activation via process
data.

Subfault: 19.7
Description: Referencing missing
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The activated function is only permitted with referenced en- Reference the encoder first, then activate the function.
coder.

Subfault: 19.8
Description: Data set changeover not allowed
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
You have requested data set changeover while the output Before changing to another data set, inhibit the output stage.
stage is enabled.

Subfault: 19.9
Description: Jerk setpoint violation
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Jerk values not plausible. Adjust jerk setpoints.

10.4.17 Fault 20 Device monitoring

Subfault: 20.1
Description: Supply voltage – fault
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
The internal electronics supply voltage or the externally con- Check the voltage level of the external 24 V standby supply
nected 24 V standby supply voltage are outside the permitted voltage and check for correct connection. If required, correct. –
voltage range. Acknowledge the error. If this does not help and the error mes-
sage is displayed again, the device must be replaced.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

258 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 20.2
Description: Supply voltage – overload fault
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
For MOVIDRIVE® system, the current load of the current paths Remove all external consumers:
of the 24 V standby supply voltage in the device is too high. - from the digital output terminals of the basic device.
The device signal output of the device was de-energized be- - from other installed options.
cause of the fault message. - from all encoder connections.
- from all other consumers at the 24 V output voltage terminals.
– Acknowledge error.
– If the fault is no longer displayed, reconnect the removed
consumers one after the other until the fault message is dis-
played again. The consumer connected last is the one that
caused the internal supply voltage overload.
– To eliminate the fault, use a consumer with a lower current
consumption or eliminate possible short circuit.

Subfault: 20.7
10
Description: Internal hardware fault
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
An error occurred in the device hardware. Acknowledge fault. If this does not help and the error message
is displayed again, the device must be replaced.

Subfault: 20.8
Description: Fan function – warning
Response: Warning with self-reset
Cause Measure
Impaired fan function. Check fan for proper functioning.

Subfault: 20.9
Description: Fan function – fault
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Fan defective. Replace the fan.

Subfault: 20.10
Description: Fan supply voltage – fault
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Supply voltage of fan missing. Check the connection or establish a connection.

Subfault: 20.11
Description: STO – switching delay
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
A switching delay occurred between the two STO channels. Check STO channels.

10.4.18 Fault 23 Power section

Subfault: 23.1
Description: Warning
Response: Warning with self-reset
Cause Measure
Power section fault with fault response of the type "warning". See also "power section subcomponent" fault status.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Subfault: 23.2
Description: Fault
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Power section fault with fault response of the type "standard". See also "power section subcomponent" fault status.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 259

 Operation
10 Fault description

Subfault: 23.3
Description: Critical fault
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Power section fault with fault response of the type "critical See also "power section subcomponent" fault status.
fault".

Subfault: 23.4
Description: Hardware fault
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
A fault occurred in a hardware component of the power section, – Check current supply.
e.g.: – Check current transformer.
– Overcurrent hardware comparator. – Increase ramp time.
– Check phase modules.
– Check for correct motor size (the motor current is too high).
– Perform power section update.
SMPS fault, hardware fault. – Check current supply.
– Check 24 V supply voltage.
Fault at the gate driver of an IGBT. Defect in the power output stage. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE
Service.
Invalid process data configuration. Status of control section and Perform power section update.
power section are not compatible.

Subfault: 23.5
Description: Invalid process data configuration
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Invalid process data configuration. Perform power section update.

10.4.19 Error 24 Cam switch

Subfault: 24.1
Description: Cam window limits interchanged
Response: Warning
Cause Measure
Left cam window limit larger than right limit. Check cam windows limits and adjust.

Subfault: 24.2
Description: Cam window limit not within modulo range
Response: Warning
Cause Measure
Cam window limit not within modulo range. Check cam windows limits and adjust.

10.4.20 Error 25 Parameter memory monitoring

Subfault: 25.2
Description: NV memory — runtime error
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Runtime error of the non-volatile memory system. – Reset device.
If this occurs repeatedly, replace device. Contact
SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.3
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Description: NV data import – error

Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
– Error while importing non-volatile memory data from non-
volatile memory.

260 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 25.4
Description: NV setup – error
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Error while performing delivery state or during basic initializa- – Reset device.
tion of the parameters. If this occurs repeatedly, replace device. Contact
SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.5
Description: NV data error
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Faulty data detected in non-volatile memory system. The data on the (mobile) non-volatile memory might have been
formatted for another device. You can rectify the error by re-
formatting the data (basic initialization).

Subfault: 25.6
10
Description: NV memory – incompatible data
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Incompatible data detected while reading non-volatile memory. The data on the (mobile) non-volatile memory might have been
formatted for another device. You can rectify the error by re-
formatting the data (basic initialization).

Subfault: 25.7
Description: NV memory initialization – error
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Error while initializing non-volatile memory system. – Reset device.
If this occurs repeatedly, replace device. Contact
SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.9
Description: NV memory hardware – error
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Faulty access to non-volatile memory hardware. – Reset device.
If this occurs repeatedly, replace device. Contact
SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.10
Description: Power section configuration data – version conflict
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Wrong version of configuration data of the power section. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.11
Description: Control electronics configuration data – version conflict
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Wrong version of configuration data of control electronics. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.12
Description: Power section configuration data – CRC error
Response: Inhibit output stage
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Cause Measure
Faulty configuration data of the power section. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.13
Description: Configuration data of control electronics – CRC error
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Faulty configuration data of the control electronics. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 261

 Operation
10 Fault description

Subfault: 25.20
Description: Initialization error – basic unit memory
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Initialization error of the basic unit memory. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.21
Description: Runtime error – basic unit memory
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Runtime error in the memory of the basic unit. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.30
Description: Initialization error – replaceable memory module
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Initialization error of the replaceable memory module. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.31
Description: Runtime error – replaceable memory module
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Runtime error of the replaceable memory module. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.40
Description: Initialization error – safety device memory
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Initialization error of the Safety unit memory. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.41
Description: Runtime error – Safety device memory
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Runtime error of the Safety unit memory. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.50
Description: Runtime error – replaceable safety memory module
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Runtime error of the replaceable safety memory module. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 25.60
Description: Compatibility fault – replaceable memory module
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Data on replaceable memory module does not match device. Establish compatibility with the device, e.g. by installing miss-
ing options, etc.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Subfault: 25.61
Description: Error – restore point basic unit memory
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
The restore point could not be created. Delete restore point.

262 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 25.70
Description: NV memory – incompatible option card configuration
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Incompatible option card configuration detected. – Restore the initial option setup.
The current configuration of the option card does not match the Acknowledge the changed configuration in MOVISUITE®: Dia-
state of the stored startup. gnostics/Status/Error status/Reset = "with parameter accept-
An option card that was installed during startup has been re- ance".
moved, for example. Reset the device to delivery state in MOVISUITE®: Reset
setup/reset device parameter/reset delivery state.

10.4.21 Fault 26 External fault

Subfault: 26.1
Description: Terminal
Response: External fault 10
Cause Measure
Error message about external error source. Programmable via 8622.5 (default: Application stop (+output
stage inhibit)).

Subfault: 26.2
Description: Emergency shutdown
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Another module bus station has requested external emergency Check the other module bus stations for errors.
shutdown.

Subfault: 26.3
Description: Power section emergency shutdown
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Power section has requested external emergency shutdown. Power section has detected a critical fault.

Subfault: 26.4
Description: External braking resistor fault
Response: Response to external braking resistor fault
Cause Measure
The braking resistor's temperature switch connected to a ter- Check the braking resistor mounting position.
minal has tripped. – Clean the braking resistor.
– Check project planning of the resistor.
– Install larger braking resistor.
Check trip switch settings.
– Optimize travel cycle so that less regenerative energy is gen-
erated.

10.4.22 Error 28 FCB drive functions

Subfault: 28.1
Description: FCB 12 – timeout while searching zero pulse
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Failed to find the zero pulse of the encoder's C track within the Check encoder wiring.
specified search time during reference travel.

Subfault: 28.2
Description: FCB 12 – Hardware limit switch before reference cam
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)

Cause Measure
The hardware limit switch was reached during reference travel. Make sure that the reference cam is not installed behind the
The reference cam was not detected. hardware limit switch.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 263

 Operation
10 Fault description

Subfault: 28.3
Description: FCB 12 – Hardware limit switch and reference cam not flush
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Hardware limit switch and reference cam are not mounted Make sure that reference cam and hardware limit switch are in-
properly. stalled so they overlap.

Subfault: 28.4
Description: FCB 12 – reference offset error
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
An error occurred while determining the reference offset. – Make sure that the reference offset is not set to a larger value
than the "Modulo max." limit value.
When using a single-turn absolute encoder, make sure that the
reference offset is not set to a larger value than one encoder
revolution.

Subfault: 28.6
Description: FCB 12 – limit switch/reference cam not flush/overlapping with fixed stop
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
A hardware limit switch or reference cam that was not selected Check whether the parameters set for reference travel are cor-
was hit during reference travel to fixed stop. rect.
During reference travel to fixed stop with selected hardware Check whether the parameters set for reference travel are cor-
limit switch or reference cam, the fixed stop was reached rect.
without hitting the hardware limit switch or reference cam.

Subfault: 28.7
Description: FCB 21 – test torque greater than maximum torque at motor shaft
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The required test torque for the brake test is higher than the Reduce the test torque.
maximum torque. It cannot be generated by the motor/inverter
combination.

Subfault: 28.8
Description: FCB 21 – test torque not reached
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The required test torque for the brake test exceeds the valid – Reduce the test torque.
limit values. – Check limit values.

Subfault: 28.9
Description: FCB 18 – rotor position identification not possible
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Rotor position identification was started with an incremental en- – Restart the rotor position identification.
coder but was aborted prematurely. – Check whether the encoder is connected correctly.
– Check whether encoder is defective.
The result of rotor position identification cannot be stored in the Select "inverter" as storage location.
encoder.
The combination of "Automatic" mode and "Encoder" storage Set the operating mode to "Manual" or the storage location to
location is not permitted. "Inverter".

Subfault: 28.10
Description: FCB 25 – unbalanced motor phases
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Response: Inhibit output stage

Cause Measure
When measuring stator resistances, significantly different val- – Check whether the motor is connected correctly.
ues were determined in the 3 phases. – Check all contact points on the motor and inverter.
– Check the motor and motor cable for damage.

264 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 28.11
Description: FCB 25 – at least one phase with high resistance
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
At least one motor phase could not be measured during motor – Check whether the motor is connected correctly.
parameter measurement. – Check all contact points on the motor and inverter.
– Check the motor and motor cable for damage.

Subfault: 28.12
Description: FCB 25 – timeout during stator resistance measurement
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Motor parameter measurement was activated while motor is ro- – Stop motor.
tating. – Start motor parameter measurement when the motor is at
standstill.

Subfault: 28.13
10
Description: FCB 25 – characteristic curve identification not possible
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Motor parameter measurement does not allow for unique iden- Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.
tification of the characteristic curve.

10.4.23 Error 29 Hardware limit switch

Subfault: 29.1
Description: Positive limit switch hit
Response: HW limit switches – current parameter set
Cause Measure
Positive hardware limit switch hit. – Check hardware limit switch wiring.
– Check target position.
– Move clear with negative speed.

Subfault: 29.2
Description: Negative limit switch hit
Response: HW limit switches – current parameter set
Cause Measure
Negative hardware limit switch hit. – Check hardware limit switch wiring.
– Check target position.
– Move clear with positive speed.

Subfault: 29.3
Description: Limit switch missing
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Both limit switches (positive and negative) were hit at the same – Check hardware limit switch wiring.
time. – Check the parameter setting of digital inputs.
– Check the parameter setting of PO data.

Subfault: 29.4
Description: Limit switches reversed
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The positive hardware limit switch was hit at negative speed, or Check whether hardware limit switch connections are
the negative hardware limit switch was hit at positive speed. swapped.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 265

 Operation
10 Fault description

10.4.24 Error 30 Software limit switch

Subfault: 30.1
Description: Positive limit switch hit
Response: SW limit switches – current parameter set
Cause Measure
The positive software limit switch was hit. – Check software limit switch position.
– Check target position.
– Move clear with negative speed.

Subfault: 30.2
Description: Negative limit switch hit
Response: SW limit switches – current parameter set
Cause Measure
Negative software limit switch hit. – Check software limit switch position.
– Check target position.
– Move clear with positive speed.

Subfault: 30.3
Description: Limit switches reversed
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The position value of the negative software limit switch is Check software limit switch positions.
greater than the position value of the positive software limit
switch.

10.4.25 Error 31 Thermal motor protection

Subfault: 31.1
Description: Wire break temperature sensor – motor 1
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The connection to the temperature sensor of motor 1 is inter- Check temperature sensor wiring.
rupted.

Subfault: 31.2
Description: Temperature sensor short circuit – motor 1
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Short circuit in the connection to the temperature sensor of mo- Check temperature sensor wiring.
tor 1.

Subfault: 31.3
Description: Temperature sensor overtemperature – motor 1
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Temperature sensor of motor 1 signals overtemperature. – Let motor cool down.
– Check for motor overload.

Subfault: 31.4
Description: Temperature model overtemperature – motor 1
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Temperature model of motor 1 signals overtemperature. – Let motor cool down.
– Check for motor overload.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Subfault: 31.5
Description: Temperature sensor prewarning – motor 1
Response: Motor temperature prewarning – current parameter set
Cause Measure
Temperature signaled by temperature sensor of motor 1 ex- Check for motor overload.
ceeds prewarning threshold.

266 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 31.6
Description: Temperature model prewarning – motor 1
Response: Motor temperature prewarning – current parameter set
Cause Measure
The temperature signaled by the temperature sensor of motor Check for motor overload.
1 exceeds the prewarning threshold.

Subfault: 31.7
Description: UL temperature monitoring
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Temperature model of the active motor signals overtemperat- Check for motor overload.
ure.

Subfault: 31.9
Description: Temperature too low – temperature sensor – motor 1
10
Response: Warning with self-reset
Cause Measure
The temperature signaled by the temperature sensor of motor – Check if a KTY temperature sensor is installed in the motor
1 is below -50 °C. but the parameterization is carried out for a PT1000 temperat-
ure sensor.
– Heat the motor.

Subfault: 31.11
Description: Wire break temperature sensor – motor 2
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The connection to the temperature sensor of motor 2 is inter- Check temperature sensor wiring.
rupted.

Subfault: 31.12
Description: Temperature sensor short circuit – motor 2
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Short circuit in the connection to the temperature sensor of mo- Check temperature sensor wiring.
tor 2.

Subfault: 31.13
Description: Temperature sensor overtemperature – motor 2
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Temperature sensor of motor 2 signals overtemperature. – Let motor cool down.
– Check for motor overload.

Subfault: 31.14
Description: Temperature model overtemperature – motor 2
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Temperature model of motor 2 signals overtemperature. – Let motor cool down.
– Check for motor overload.

Subfault: 31.15
Description: Temperature sensor prewarning – motor 2
Response: Motor temperature prewarning – current parameter set
Cause Measure
Temperature signaled by temperature sensor of motor 2 ex- Check for motor overload.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

ceeds prewarning threshold.

Subfault: 31.16
Description: Temperature model prewarning – motor 2
Response: Motor temperature prewarning – current parameter set
Cause Measure
The temperature signaled by the temperature sensor of motor Check for motor overload.
2 exceeds the prewarning threshold.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 267

 Operation
10 Fault description

Subfault: 31.19
Description: Temperature too low – temperature sensor – motor 2
Response: Warning with self-reset
Cause Measure
The temperature signaled by the temperature sensor of motor – Check if a KTY temperature sensor is installed in the motor
2 is below -50 °C. but the parameterization is carried out for a PT1000 temperat-
ure sensor.
– Heat the motor.

10.4.26 Error 32 Communication

Subfault: 32.2
Description: EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS timeout
Response: Fieldbus – timeout
Cause Measure
Timeout during EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS communication. – Check the wiring of system bus and module bus.
Check for correct setting of the EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS config-
uration in the MOVI-C® CONTROLLER.
– Check EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS timeout configuration in the
device.

Subfault: 32.3
Description: Faulty synchronization signal
Response: External synchronization
Cause Measure
Faulty synchronization signal period. Check for correct setting of the EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS configura-
tion in the MOVI-C® CONTROLLER.

Subfault: 32.4
Description: No synchronization signal
Response: External synchronization
Cause Measure
No synchronization signal present. Check for correct setting of the EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS configura-
tion in the MOVI-C® CONTROLLER.

Subfault: 32.5
Description: Synchronization timeout
Response: External synchronization
Cause Measure
A timeout occurred while synchronizing to the synchronization Check for correct setting of the EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS configura-
signal. tion in the MOVI-C® CONTROLLER.

Subfault: 32.6
Description: Copy parameter set
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Fault while downloading the parameter set to the device. – Check the wiring of system bus and module bus.
– Restart download.

Subfault: 32.7
Description: Application heartbeat timeout
Response: Application heartbeat timeout
Cause Measure
Communication interrupted between IE program in MOVI-C® – Check status of IEC program.
CONTROLLER and device. – Restart IEC program.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Subfault: 32.12
Description: Manual mode timeout
Response: Manual mode – timeout response
Cause Measure
Communication connection to the device interrupted in manual – Check whether too many programs are open on the operator
mode. PC.
Increase the timeout time in manual mode.

268 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
10.4.27 Error 33 System initialization
Subfault: 33.1
Description: Motor current measurement
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Motor current measurement has detected an error. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 33.2
Description: Firmware CRC check
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Error detected while checking the firmware. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 33.3 10
Description: RAM error
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Error detected while checking RAM. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 33.4
Description: Bootloader CRC check
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
The bootloader check has detected a fault. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 33.5
Description: RAM code CRC check
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Error detected while checking RAM code. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 33.6
Description: FPGA configuration
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Error detected while checking the FPGA configuration. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 33.7
Description: Function block compatibility error
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
The compatibility test of the function block has detected an Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.
error.

Subfault: 33.8
Description: SW function block configuration
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Error detected while checking the configuration of the software Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.
function block.

Subfault: 33.10
Description: Boot timeout
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Timeout during system boot. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 269

 Operation
10 Fault description

Subfault: 33.11
Description: Hardware compatibility error
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
The firmware does not match the device. Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 33.12
Description: Memory module plugged
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
A plugged in memory module was detected during device start. – Switch off device. Remove the memory module and restart
The setting for the device parameter source is set to "Internal the device.
memory". Change the parameter "Non-volatile memory source" to "Arbit-
rary" or "Replaceable memory module". Switch device off and
on again.

Subfault: 33.13
Description: Memory module removed
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The device was started without memory module. The setting Switch off device. Insert the memory module and restart the
for the device parameter source is set to "Replaceable memory device.
module".
The replaceable memory module was removed during ongoing Change parameter "Non-volatile memory source" to "Internal
operation. memory". Switch the device off and on again.

10.4.28 Error 34 Process data configuration

Subfault: 34.1
Description: Changed process data configuration
Response: Application stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The configuration of process data was changed during active – Stop the process data and make your changes. Then start
process data operation. the process data again.
– Perform a reset. Doing so will stop the process data, apply
the changes, and restart the process data.

10.4.29 Error 35 Function activation

Subfault: 35.1
Description: Invalid TAN
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Incorrect TAN was entered. Enter TAN again.
The TAN was not created for this device. Check TAN.
When using a double axis, the TAN was generated for the Enter a TAN for the assigned sub address.
wrong sub address in the device.

Subfault: 35.2
Description: Application requires a higher license
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
The activated application module requires a higher license. Enter a TAN for higher application activation.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Subfault: 35.3
Description: Technology activation missing
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
An activated technology function requires a technology activa- – Enter a TAN to activate the required technology function.
tion that is not available. – Activate technology function that can be operated with the
current technology activation.

270 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 35.4
Description: Technology activation for wrong device variant
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
This device does not support the technology activation included – Activate a technology function that is supported by this
in this TAN. device.
– Use a device that supports the required technology function.

10.4.30 Error 42 Lag error

Subfault: 42.1
Description: Positioning lag error
Response: Positioning lag error
Cause Measure
A lag error occurred during positioning. Check encoder connection. 10
Incorrect encoder connection.
Inverted position encoder or position encoder that was incor- Check installation and connection of the position encoder.
rectly installed at the track.
Wiring faulty. Check wiring of encoder, motor, line phases.
Acceleration ramps too short. Extend acceleration ramps.
P component of positioning controller too small. Set larger P component of positioning controller.
Incorrectly set speed controller parameters. Check controller parameters.
Value of lag error tolerance too small. Increase lag error tolerance.
Mechanical components cannot move freely or are blocked. Make sure mechanical parts can move freely, check whether
they are blocked.

Subfault: 42.2
Description: Jog mode lag error
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
A lag error occurred in jog mode (FCB 20). Check encoder connection.
Incorrect encoder connection.
Inverted position encoder or position encoder that was incor- Check installation and connection of the position encoder.
rectly installed at the track.
Wiring faulty. Check wiring of encoder, motor, line phases.
Acceleration ramps too short. Extend acceleration ramps.
P component of positioning controller too small. Set larger P component of positioning controller.
Incorrectly set speed controller parameters. Check controller parameters.
Value of lag error tolerance too small. Increase lag error tolerance.
Mechanical components cannot move freely or are blocked. Make sure mechanical parts can move freely, check whether
they are blocked.

Subfault: 42.3
Description: Standard lag error
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
A lag error occurred outside a positioning process. Check encoder connection.
Incorrect encoder connection.
Inverted position encoder or position encoder that was incor- Check installation and connection of the position encoder.
rectly installed at the track.
Wiring faulty. Check wiring of encoder, motor, line phases.
Acceleration ramps too short. Extend acceleration ramps.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

P component of positioning controller too small. Set larger P component of positioning controller.
Incorrectly set speed controller parameters. Check controller parameters.
Value of lag error tolerance too small. Increase lag error tolerance.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 271

 Operation
10 Fault description

10.4.31 Fault 45 Fieldbus option

Subfault: 45.50
Description: Option card – warning
Response: Warning with self-reset
Cause Measure
The fieldbus interface signals a subcomponent fault of the type Refer to the subcomponent fault of the fieldbus interface and
"warning". perform the action required for eliminating the fault.

10.4.32 Error 46 Safety option

Subfault: 46.1
Description: No response
Response: Inhibit output stage
System state: Fault acknowledgement with CPU reset
Cause Measure
Failed to synchronize with subcomponent. – Check device assignment of basic device and option.
– Check card slot and installation and correct if necessary.
– Perform device restart.
– Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

Subfault: 46.2
Description: Invalid variant
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The plugged safety option variant does not match the inverter – Remove option.
type. – Use the correct variant of the safety option.
For double axes, only variants without encoder interface can be – Remove option.
used. – Use the variant without encoder interface.
For double axes, no encoder option must be plugged in. Remove the option.

Subfault: 46.3
Description: Internal communication timeout
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Communication interrupted between inverter and safety option. Check card slot and installation and correct if necessary. –
Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE service if the error is still present.
The safety option signals a subcomponent fault of the type Check card slot and installation and correct if necessary. –
"warning". Contact SEW‑EURODRIVE service if the error is still present.

Subfault: 46.50
Description: Warning
Response: Warning with self-reset
Cause Measure
– The safety option signals a subcomponent fault of the type
"warning".

Subfault: 46.51
Description: Fault
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit) with self-reset
Cause Measure
– The safety option signals a subcomponent fault of the type
"standard fault".

Subfault: 46.52
Description: Critical fault
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Response: Inhibit output stage with self-reset

Cause Measure
– The safety option signals a subcomponent fault of the type
"critical fault".

272 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
10.4.33 Fault 47 Supply unit
Subfault: 47.1
Description: Supply unit – warning
Response: Warning with self-reset
Cause Measure
– The supply unit signals a fault with response type "warning".
The fault is only displayed.

Subfault: 47.2
Description: Supply unit – standard fault
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
– The supply unit signals a fault with response type "standard".
The axis performs a fault response that is determined by the
driver for the supply unit implemented on the axis.
10
Subfault: 47.3
Description: Supply unit – critical fault
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
– The supply unit signals a fault with response type "Critical
error". The axis performs a fault response that is determined by
the driver for the supply unit implemented on the axis.

10.4.34 Error 48 Module bus

Subfault: 48.1
Description: Incompatible
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
– Module bus slave and module bus master are not compat-
ible.

Subfault: 48.2
Description: Timeout
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
Timeout detected by module bus. Check cable connections and voltage supply of module bus
stations.

10.4.35 Error 50 I/O option

Subfault: 50.1
Description: Boot synchronization timeout
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Card is plugged in device but cannot be addressed. – Check device assignment of basic device and option.
– Check card slot and installation and correct if necessary.
– Restart device.

Subfault: 50.2
Description: CRC error of FPGA driver
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Communication between FPGA and option card does not work, – Check card slot and installation and correct if necessary.
or is interrupted. – Check for EMC-compliant installation.
– Restart device.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 273

 Operation
10 Fault description

Subfault: 50.3
Description: CRC error of option card
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The option card signals a CRC error on the SPI bus. – Check card slot and installation and correct if necessary.
– Check for EMC-compliant installation.
– Restart device.

Subfault: 50.4
Description: Timeout error of the option card
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The option card signals a timeout error on the SPI bus. – Check card slot and installation and correct if necessary.
– Check for EMC-compliant installation.
– Restart device.

Subfault: 50.5
Description: Watchdog error of the option card
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
Microcontroller of the option card signals a watchdog error. – Check card slot and installation and correct if necessary.
– Check for EMC-compliant installation.
– Restart device.

Subfault: 50.6
Description: Ready signal timeout
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
The card has booted but cyclic communication is not possible. – Check card slot and installation and correct if necessary.
– Check for EMC-compliant installation.
– Restart device.

10.4.36 Error 51 Analog processing

Subfault: 51.1
Description: Analog current input 4 mA limit
Response: Warning with self-reset
Cause Measure
The input current of AI2/AI3 is below 4 mA. Monitoring of input current of AI2/AI3.

10.4.37 Error 52 Explosion protection category 2 function

Subfault: 52.1
Description: Startup fault
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
No valid startup available. Perform startup.

Subfault: 52.2
Description: Illegal system function
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
– An illegal system function is active.

Subfault: 52.3
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Description: Inverter too large

Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
– Ratio of inverter current and nominal motor current too large.

274 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault description 10
Subfault: 52.4
Description: Parameterization of current limit characteristic
Response: Inhibit output stage
Cause Measure
– Error while setting the parameters for the current limit charac-
teristic.

Subfault: 52.5
Description: Timeout f < 5 Hz
Response: Emergency stop (with output stage inhibit)
Cause Measure
– Duration of 60 s for f < 5 Hz exceeded.

10
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 275

 Operation
10 Responses to error acknowledgement

10.5 Responses to error acknowledgement

10.5.1 Error acknowledgement

During error acknowledgement, the final error status determines which reset type will
be executed, see following table.

Final fault status Responses to error acknowledgement

System blocked System restart
System waiting Warm start: Delete error code
Only display error Warm start: Delete error code

Software reset

Response Effect
Behavior equal to device start
Reference is lost
System restart with Fieldbus interface is restarted
start of the CPU
EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS is restarted
The active "fault message" is reset (digital output = 1, system
status = 0).

Software restart
A software restart is no real reset of the microcontroller.

Response Effect
The firmware will be restarted, without the boot loader becom-
ing active (no display "b0"!).
Reference positions of incremental encoder systems will be
lost.
Any existing fieldbus interfaces are not affected.
Software restart
The interface between options and firmware system is initialized
again. A new boot synchronization to the fieldbus or control op-
tion takes place.
The active "fault message" is reset [digital output = 1, system
status = 0].
The ready signal is set again depending on the system state after the reset by the sys-
tem state control.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

276 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Responses to error acknowledgement 10
Warm start
A warm start only resets the fault code.

Response Effect
The firmware system is not rebooted.
All reference positions will be maintained.
Warm start Communication is not interrupted.
The active "fault message" is reset [digital output = 1, system
status = 0].

Fieldbus timeout 10
After manual reset of an fault, the fault message is deleted. The system changes to
the state "Waiting for data".
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 277

 Operation
10 Fault responses

10.6 Fault responses

10.6.1 Default – fault response

Fault response Description
No response The inverter ignores the event.
Warning with self reset
The inverter issues a warning message.
Warning
Application stop (with output stage in- The inverter stops with the deceleration set for the application limit.
hibit) Parameter set 1 Index 83750-13
Application stop (with output stage in- Parameter set 2 Index 83758-13
hibit) with self reset For n=0: Brake "applied" and output stage "off".
Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit) The inverter stops with the set emergency stop deceleration.
Parameter set 1 Index 83750-20
Emergency stop (with output stage in- Parameter set 2 Index 83758-20
hibit) with self reset
Inhibit output stage with self reset
The output stage is deactivated and the brake is applied.
Inhibit output stage

Self-reset means: Eliminating the cause of the fault acknowledges the fault. The in-
verter automatically resumes the operation performed before the fault. The drive re-
starts automatically.

10.6.2 Parameterizable faults

Parameterizable faults Description Index no. Possible fault response
Manual mode – timeout re- This parameter is used to set the response to 8504.3 • Application stop (with output stage in-
sponse a bus timeout during manual mode. hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Inhibit output stage
Heat sink overtemperature – Here, you can set the device response when 8622.2 • No response
prewarning the prewarning threshold for heat sink utiliza- • Warning
tion is exceeded (index 8336.1).
Positioning lag error This parameter is used to set the device re- 8622.3 • No response
sponse to a lag error (lag error window ex- • Warning
ceeded, index 8509.4). • Application stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Inhibit output stage
Line phase failure This parameter is used to set the device re- 8622.4 • No response
sponse to a line phase failure (values below • Warning
threshold defined by the user, index 8351.5). • Application stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Inhibit output stage
External fault This parameter is used to set the device re- 8622.5 • No response
sponse to an external fault (e.g. triggered by • Warning
terminal or control word). • Application stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Inhibit output stage
Fieldbus – timeout This parameter is used to set the device re- 8622.6 • Warning
23061715/EN – 03/2017

sponse to an EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS timeout • Application stop (with output stage in-

(timeout time, index 8455.3). hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Inhibit output stage
• Warning with self reset
• Application stop (with output stage in-
hibit) with self reset
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit) with self reset
• Inhibit output stage with self reset

278 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Operation
Fault responses 10
Parameterizable faults Description Index no. Possible fault response
External synchronization This parameter is used to set the device re- 8622.7 • No response
sponse to loss of external synchronization. • Warning
• Application stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Inhibit output stage
• Warning with self reset
• Application stop (with output stage in-
hibit) with self reset
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit) with self reset
• Inhibit output stage with self reset
Motor temperature prewarning – Motor temperature active parameter set – pre- 8622.8 • No response
current parameter set warning. • Warning
• Application stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
10
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Inhibit output stage
Electromechanical utilization – This parameter is used to set the device re- 8622.10 • No response
prewarning sponse to an exceeded prewarning threshold • Warning
for electromechanical utilization (index • Application stop (with output stage in-
8336.2). hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Inhibit output stage
HW limit switches – current 8622.11 • No response
parameter set • Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit) with self reset
SW limit switches – current 8622.12 • No response
parameter set • Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit) with self reset
Encoder – warning This parameter is used to set the device re- 8622.13 • Warning
sponse to an encoder warning. • Application stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Inhibit output stage
Encoder – fault This parameter is used to set the device re- 8622.14 • Application stop (with output stage in-
sponse to an encoder fault. hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Inhibit output stage
Additional encoder This parameter is used to set the device re- 8622.15 • Warning
sponse to a fault of an encoder that is not • Application stop (with output stage in-
used for control (speed or positioning control). hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Inhibit output stage
Encoder 1 – latest fault 8622.16 • No response
Encoder 2 – latest fault 8622.17 • No response
Encoder 1 – latest critical fault 8622.18 • No response
• Inhibit output stage
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Encoder 2 – latest critical fault 8622.19 • No response

• Inhibit output stage
Response to external braking External braking resistor fault 8622.20 • No response
resistor fault • Warning
• Application stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Inhibit output stage

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 279

 Operation
10 Fault responses

Parameterizable faults Description Index no. Possible fault response

Application heartbeat timeout This parameter is used to set the device re- 8622.21 • Warning
sponse to a timeout of the application heart- • Application stop (with output stage in-
beat. hibit)
• Emergency stop (with output stage in-
hibit)
• Inhibit output stage

23061715/EN – 03/2017

280 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Service
Electronics Service by SEW‑EURODRIVE 11
11 Service
11.1 Electronics Service by SEW‑EURODRIVE
If you are unable to rectify a fault, contact SEW‑EURODRIVE Service. For the ad-
dresses, refer to www.sew‑eurodrive.com.
When contacting the SEW‑EURODRIVE Service, always specify the following inform-
ation so that our service personnel can assist you more effectively:
• Information on the device type on the nameplate (e.g. type designation, serial
number, part number, product key, purchase order number)
• Brief description of the application
• Error message on the status display
• Nature of the fault
11
• Accompanying circumstances
• Unusual events preceding the problem

11.2 Extended storage

If the application inverters are stored in a temperature range of 5 °C to 40 °C, no
measures are required.
The following table lists the application inverters, time intervals, and measures that are
required if the application inverters are stored outside the above mentioned temperat-
ure range.
For all application inverters other than the ones listed, no measures are required.

Modules Time interval Measure

- MDX90A-0020 – 0160-5_3-.. Line connections: Connect the device to the line
- MDX90A-0070 – 0140-2_3-.. voltage for 5 minutes.
Every 2 years
All application inverters Connect the device to 24 V for 5 minutes
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 281

 Service
11 Shutdown

11.2.1 Procedure in case maintenance has been neglected

If you have not performed maintenance regularly, SEW‑EURODRIVE recommends
that you increase the line voltage slowly up to the maximum voltage. This can be
done, for example, by using a variable transformer for which the output voltage has
been set according to the following overview. After you have completed the regenera-
tion process, the device can be used immediately or stored again.
The following steps are recommended:
AC 400/500 V devices:
• Step 1: 0 V to AC 350 V within a few seconds
• Step 2: AC 350 V for 15 minutes
• Step 2: AC 420 V for 15 minutes
• Step 3: AC 500 V for 1 hour

11.3 Shutdown
To shut down the application inverter, de-energize the application inverter using ap-
propriate measures.

WARNING
Electric shock due to capacitors that have not been fully discharged.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Observe a minimum switch-off time of 10 minutes after disconnecting the power
supply.

11.4 Waste disposal

Observe the applicable national regulations.
Dispose of the following materials separately in accordance with the country-specific
regulations in force, such as:
• Electronics scrap (circuit boards)
• Plastics
• Sheet metal
• Copper
• Aluminum
23061715/EN – 03/2017

282 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Functional safety
General information 12
12 Functional safety
12.1 General information
12.1.1 Underlying standards
The safety assessment of the application inverter is based on the following standards
and safety classes:

Underlying standards
Safety class/underlying standard • Performance level (PL) according to
EN ISO 13849‑1:2008
• Safety Integrity Level (SIL) according to
EN 61800‑5‑2:2007
• Safety Integrity Level Claim Limit (SILCL) ac-
cording to EN 62061:2005/A1:2013
12

12.2 Integrated safety technology

The safety technology of the application inverter described below has been developed
and tested in accordance with the following safety requirements:
• Safety Integrity Level 3 according to EN 61800-5-2:2007, EN 61508:2010.
• PL e according to EN ISO 13849-1: 2008.
This was certified by TÜV Rheinland. Copies of the TÜV certificate and the corres-
ponding report are available from SEW‑EURODRIVE on request.

12.2.1 Safe condition

For safety-related operation of the application inverter, safe torque off is defined as
safe condition (see STO safety function). The safety concept is based on this.

12.2.2 Safety concept

The application inverter is supposed to be able to perform the safety function "Safe
Torque Off" according to EN 61800‑5‑2:
• The application inverter is characterized by the optional connection of a safety re-
lay/external safety controller. This external safety controller/safety relay discon-
nects the safety-related STO input via a 2-pole 24 V switching signal (sourcing/
sinking) when a connected control device (e.g. emergency stop button with latch-
ing function) is activated. This activates the STO function of the application in-
verter.
• An internal, dual-channel structure with diagnostics prevents the generation of
pulse trains at the power output stage (IGBT).
• Instead of galvanic separation of the drive from the supply system by means of
23061715/EN – 03/2017

contactors or switches, the disconnection of the STO input described here safely
prevents the control of the power semiconductors in the output stage. The rotary-
field generation for the respective motor is deactivated even though the line
voltage is still present.
• When the STO safety function is activated, the PWM signals generated by the ap-
plication inverter are interrupted and not transmitted to the IGBTs.

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 283

 Functional safety
12 Integrated safety technology

• If the STO function detects a discrepancy between both channels, the PWM sig-
nals are permanently inhibited.
• The STO safety function can be activated externally e.g. via an external safety
device via the STO input.

12.2.3 Schematic representation of the safety concept

Uz+

[1]

[2] [5]

[3]

Uz-

[4]

9007214467507851

[1] STO function

[2] Drive controller
[3] Diagnostics and inhibiting device
[4] Safety-related connection
[5] Motor

23061715/EN – 03/2017

284 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Functional safety
Integrated safety technology 12
12.2.4 Safety functions
The following drive-related safety functions can be used:
• STO (safe torque off according to EN 61800-5-2) by disconnecting the STO input.
If the STO function is activated, the frequency inverter no longer supplies power to
the motor for generating torque. This safety function corresponds to a non-con-
trolled stop according to EN 60204-1, stop category 0.
The STO input must be disabled by a suitable external safety controller/safety re-
lay.
The following figure shows the STO function:

12

t1
t

2463228171

v Speed
t Time
t1 Point of time when STO is triggered
Disconnection range

• SS1(c) (safe stop 1, function variant c according to EN 61800-5-2) by means of

suitable external control (e.g. safety relay with delayed disconnection).
The following sequence is mandatory:
– Decelerate the drive using an appropriate brake ramp specified via setpoints.
– Disconnect the STO input (= triggering the STO function) after a specified
safety-related time delay.
This safety function corresponds to a controlled stop according to EN 60204‑1,
stop category 1.
The following figure illustrates the SS1(c) function:
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 285

 Functional safety
12 Integrated safety technology

t1 t t2
t

2463226251

v Speed
t Time
t1 Point of time when the brake ramp is initiated
t2 Point of time when STO is triggered
Δt Delay time until STO is triggered
Safe time delay range
Disconnection range

23061715/EN – 03/2017

286 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Functional safety
Integrated safety technology 12
12.2.5 Restrictions
• Note that if the drive does not have a mechanical brake, or if the brake is defect-
ive, the drive may coast to a halt (depending on the friction and mass moment of
inertia of the system). In case of regenerative loads, or with axes that are loaded
with gravitational forces or driven externally, the drive can even accelerate. This
must be taken into account in a risk assessment of the system/machine. Additional
safety measures might have to be implemented (e.g. safety brake system).
The application inverter cannot be used without an additional brake system for ap-
plication-specific safety functions that require active deceleration (braking) of the
dangerous movement.
• When using the SS1(c) function as described in chapter "Safety
functions" (→ 2 285), the brake ramp of the drive is not monitored with respect to
safety. In case of a fault, the drive might not be decelerated after the delay time, or
it might be accelerated in the worst case. In this case, the safety-related discon-
nection via the STO function is only activated after the set time delay has passed,
see chapter "Safety functions" (→ 2 285). The resulting danger must be taken into 12
account in the risk assessment of the system/machine. Additional safety measures
might have to be implemented.
• The STO function cannot prevent a possible jerk or DC braking.

WARNING
The safety concept is only suitable for performing mechanical work on driven sys-
tem/machine components.

When the STO signal is disconnected, the line voltage is still present at the DC link
of the application inverter.
• Before working on the electric part of the drive system, disconnect it from the
supply voltage using an appropriate external disconnecting device and secure it
against unintentional reconnection to the voltage supply.

WARNING
Electric shock due to charged capacitors.
Severe or fatal injuries.
• Observe a minimum switch-off time of 10 minutes after disconnecting the power
supply.

INFORMATION
In case of safety-related disconnection of the DC 24 V supply voltage at X16 (STO
activated), the brake is always applied. The brake control in the application inverter
is not safety-related.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 287

 Functional safety
12 Safety conditions

12.3 Safety conditions

The requirement for safe operation is that the safety functions of the application in-
verter are properly integrated into an application-specific higher-level safety function.
A system/machine-specific risk assessment must be carried out through the system/
machine manufacturer and taken into account for the use of the drive system with the
application inverter.
The system/machine manufacturer and the operator are responsible for compliance of
the system/machine with applicable safety regulations.
The following requirements are mandatory when installing and operating the applica-
tion inverter in safety-related applications:
• Approved units.
• Installation requirements.
• Requirements on external safety controllers and safety relays.
• Startup requirements.
• Operation requirements.

12.3.1 Approved devices

The following device types of MOVIDRIVE® system are permitted for safety-related
applications:

Application inverter Nominal output current

MOVIDRIVE® system 2 – 588 A

23061715/EN – 03/2017

288 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Functional safety
Safety conditions 12
12.3.2 Requirements on the installation
• The components must be protected against conductive dirt, e.g. by installing them
in a control cabinet with degree of protection IP54 according to IEC 60529.
If conductive dirt can be excluded at the installation site, a control cabinet with
lower degree of protection is permitted under observance of the applicable stand-
ards, e.g. EN 60204‑1.
The same applies to temporary condensation, e.g. due to rapid changes of the am-
bient temperature.
• The wiring technology used must comply with the standard EN 60204-1.
• The STO control lines must be routed according to EMC guidelines and as follows:
– Inside an electrical installation space: Individual conductors can be routed.
– Adhere to the relevant regulations in force for the application.
– The sinking and sourcing cables from the external safety device to the axis
must be routed right next to each other with a cable length of ≤ 30 m. 12
– The sinking and sourcing cables from the external safety device to the axis
must have the same cable length. A difference in length ≤ 3% of the two cables
is not permitted.
– The STO control cable must be routed separately to the power lines of the
drive.
• The STO function does not detect short circuits or interference voltage in the sup-
ply line. This is why you must make sure that:
– No parasitic voltages can occur in the STO control lines
or
– The external safety controller can detect a crossfault from an external potential
to the STO control lines.
• Observe the values specified for safety components when designing the safety cir-
cuits.
• The STO signal (STO_P1, STO_P2, and STO_M) may not be used for feedback.
• For safety controller/safety relays, you must only use grounded voltage sources
with protective electrical separation (PELV) according to EN 61131-2 and
EN 60204-1.
• If several voltage sources are used, each voltage source must be connected to a
PE system.
• When planning the installation, observe the technical data of the application in-
verter.
• Do not use the 24-V-STO_Out of the application inverter for safety-related applica-
tions. Voltage is only permitted to supply the connection for safe disconnection X6
with plugged jumper plug.
• For safety-related applications with the application inverter, the jumper plug at the
STO input X6 must be removed.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 289

 Functional safety
12 Safety conditions

12.3.3 Requirements on the external safety controller

A safety relay can be used as an alternative to a safety controller. The following re-
quirements apply analogously.
• The safety controller and all other safety-related subsystems must be approved for
at least that safety class which is required in the overall system for the respective,
application-related safety function.
The following table shows an example of the required safety class of the safety
controller:

Application Safety controller requirements

Performance level d according to Performance level d according to
EN ISO 13849-1, SIL 2 according to EN ISO 13849‑1
EN 62062
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Performance level e according to Performance level e according to
EN ISO 13849-1, SIL 3 according to EN ISO 13849-1, SIL 3 according to
EN 62061 EN 61508
• The wiring of the safety controller must be suitable for the required safety class,
(see manufacturer documentation). The STO input of the application inverter can
be switched with 2 poles (sourcing, sourcing/sinking, or serial sourcing) or with 1
pole (sourcing).
• The values specified for the safety controller must be strictly adhered to when
designing the circuit.
• Electro-sensitive protective equipment (such as light grid or scanner) according to
EN 61496‑1 and emergency stop buttons must not be directly connected to the
STO input. The connection must be realized using safety relays, safety controllers
etc.
• To ensure protection against unintended restart in accordance with EN 1037, the
safe control system must be designed and connected in such a way that resetting
the control device alone does not lead to a restart. A restart may only be carried
out after a manual reset of the safety circuit.
• If no fault exclusion is used for the STO wiring according to EN ISO 13849‑2 or
DIN EN 61800‑5‑2, the external safety device must detect the following faults in
the STO wiring within 20 s depending on the connection type:
– 2-pole sourcing:
Short circuit of 24 V at STO_P1 or STO_P2 (Stuck-at 1)
Crossfault between STO_P1 and STO_P2
– 2-pole sourcing/sinking:
Short circuit of 24 V at STO_P1 (Stuck-at 1)
Short circuit of 0 V at STO_M (Stuck-at 0)
– 2-pole serial sourcing:
Fault exclusion is mandatory
23061715/EN – 03/2017

– 1-pole sourcing:
Short circuit of 24 V at STO_P (Stuck-at 1)
2-pole sourcing:
• In disconnected state, no switch-on test pulses must occur in the sourcing cables.
• In connected state:

290 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Functional safety
Safety conditions 12
– The switch-off test pulses on both sourcing channels must be switched with a
time delay. However, additional switch-off test pulses may occur simultan-
eously.
– The switch-off test pulses in both sourcing channels must not exceed 1 ms.
– The next switch-off test pulse in one sourcing channel must only occur after a
2 ms time period.
– The signal levels must be played back by the safety controller and compared to
the expected value.
2-pole sourcing/sinking:
• In disconnected state, no switch-on test pulses must occur in the sourcing cable.
• In connected state:
– The switch-off test pulses in the sourcing and sinking channel must not exceed
1 ms.
– The next switch-off test pulse in the sourcing or sinking channel must only oc- 12
cur after a 2 ms time period.
– The signal levels must be played back by the safety controller and compared to
the expected value.
2-pole serial sourcing:
• Fault exclusion in the connection lead is mandatory if no external test pulses are
possible.
1-pole sourcing:
• In disconnected state, no switch-on test pulses must occur in the sourcing cable.
• In connected state:
– The switch-off test pulse in the sourcing channel must not exceed 1 ms.
– The next switch-off test pulse must only occur after a 2 ms time period.
– The signal levels must be played back by the safety controller and compared to
the expected value.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 291

 Functional safety
12 Safety conditions

12.3.4 Requirements on startup

• To validate the implemented safety functions, they must be documented and
checked after successful startup (validation).
• Observe the restrictions for safety functions in chapter "Restrictions" for the valida-
tion of the safety functions. Non-safety-related parts and components that affect
the result of the verification test (e.g. motor brake) must be deactivated, if neces-
sary.
• For using the application inverter in safety-relevant applications, it is essential that
you perform and record startup checks for the disconnecting device and correct
wiring.

12.3.5 Requirements on operation

• Operation is only allowed within the limits specified in the data sheets. This prin-
ciple applies to the external safety controller as well as the application inverter and
approved options.
• The built-in diagnostic function is limited in case of a permanently enabled or per-
manently disabled STO input. Only with a level change of the STO signal, exten-
ded diagnostic functions are performed. This is why the safety function via STO in-
put must be triggered with connected line voltage at least once every 12 months
for PL d according to EN 13849‑1 and at least once every 3 months SIL
2 EN 61800‑5‑2 and for PL e according to EN 13849‑1 and SIL 3 EN 61800‑5‑2 to
achieve a complete test coverage. Adhere to the following test sequences.

[1] > 700 ms > 700 ms

[3]

[2] [2] [2]

[4]

t
15205932683

[1] Maximum 12 months with PL d/SIL 2

Maximum 3 months with PL e/SIL 3
[2] Internal diagnostics
[3] High: No STO
[4] Low: STO active
• To achieve complete test coverage after a device reset (e.g. after connecting the
line voltage), the test transition (STO active → not active) can only be started >
700 ms later. The device signals "ready for operation" or "STO – safe torque off" if
it is not in error state.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

• A detected hardware fault in the internal switch-off channels for STO will lead to a
locking error state of the application inverter. If the fault is reset (e.g. by switching
the line voltage on/off or by a low level at the STO input for at least 30 ms), a com-
plete test with internal diagnostics according to the above mentions test procedure
must be performed. If the error occurs again, replace the device or contact the
SEW‑EURODRIVE Service.

292 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Functional safety
Connection variants 12
12.4 Connection variants

12.4.1 General information

Generally, all the connection variants listed in this documentation are permitted for
safety-relevant applications as long as the basic safety concept is met. This means
you have to make sure that the DC 24 V safety inputs are operated by an external
safety relay or a safety controller, thus preventing an automatic restart.
All safety conditions mentioned in chapter "Integrated safety technology" (→ 2 283),
"Safety conditions" (→ 2 288) and "Connection variants" must be met for the basic se-
lection, installation, and application of the safety components, such as safety relay,
emergency stop switch, etc., and the approved connection variants.
The wiring diagrams are block diagrams whose only purpose is to show the safety
function(s) with the relevant components. For reasons of clarity, circuit-related meas-
ures that usually always have to be implemented are not shown in the diagram. These
measures are e.g.: 12
• Ensuring touch guards.
• Handling overvoltages and undervoltages.
• Avoiding installation errors.
• Detecting ground faults or short circuits in externally installed lines.
• Guaranteeing the required interference immunity against electromagnetic interfer-
ence.

Connection X6 at the application inverter

The following figure shows the X6 terminal at the top of the application inverter.

1
2
3
[1] 4
5

17915451659
23061715/EN – 03/2017

[1] X6: Connection for safe disconnection (STO)

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 293

 Functional safety
12 Connection variants

12.4.2 Requirements

Use of safety relays

The requirements of the manufacturers of safety relays (such as protecting the output
contacts against welding) or other safety components must be strictly observed. For
cable routing, the basic requirements apply as described in this publication.
For connecting the application inverter with the safety relays, observe the installation
requirements in chapter "Requirements on the installation" (→ 2 289).
All instructions by the manufacturer on the use of safety relays for specific applications
must also be observed.

Use of safety controllers

The switch-off test pulse of the used safe digital outputs (F-DO) must be ≤ 1 ms and
another switch-off test pulse must only occur 2 ms later.

[1]

<1 ms >2 ms

[2]

15214338827

[1] High
[2] Low

INFORMATION
If the safety-related control voltage at X6 is switched off (STO activated), the specific-
ations in chapter "Requirements on the external safety controller" (→ 2 290) must be
adhered to in regard to the test pulses.

INFORMATION
If all safety inputs (X6) are connected, STO is deactivated.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

294 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Functional safety
Connection variants 12
Wiring diagrams

Delivery state
In delivery state, the terminals at the connection for safe disconnection X6 are
jumpered.

[1]

X6
F_STO_P1 1
F_STO_M 2
F_STO_P2 3
GND 4
24 V STO_OUT 5 12

9007214807030283

[1] MOVIDRIVE® system

2-pole sourcing

[1]

[2]
X6
F_STO_P1 1 F-DO_P1
F_STO_M 2 GND
F_STO_P2 3 F-DO_P2
GND 4
24 V STO_OUT 5

9007214803886091

[1] MOVIDRIVE® system

[2] External safety device
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 295

 Functional safety
12 Connection variants

2-pole sourcing/sinking

[1]

[2]
X6
F_STO_P1 1 F-DO_P
F_STO_M 2 F-DO_M
F_STO_P2 3
GND 4
24 V STO_OUT 5

9007214805120139

[1] MOVIDRIVE® system

[2] External safety device

2-pole serial sourcing

[1]

[2]
24 V
F-DOR_11
F-DOR_12
X6 F-DOR_21
F_STO_P1 1 F-DOR_22
F_STO_M 2 GND
F_STO_P2 3
GND 4
24 V STO_OUT 5

15991307275

[1] MOVIDRIVE® system

[2] External safety device
23061715/EN – 03/2017

296 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Functional safety
Connection variants 12
1-pole sourcing

[1]

[2]
X6
F_STO_P1 1 F-DO_P
F_STO_M 2 GND
F_STO_P2 3
GND 4
24 V STO_OUT 5

9007214805125643 12

[1] MOVIDRIVE® system

[2] External safety device
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 297

 Functional safety
12 Connection variants

12.4.3 STO signal for group disconnection

For group drives, the STO signal for several application inverters can be provided by a
single safety relay. The following requirements must be met:
• The cable length is limited to 30 m. Other instructions published by the manufac-
turer on the use of the safety device (for the respective application) must also be
observed.
• The maximum output current and the maximally permitted contact load of the
safety device must be observed.
• You must comply with the permitted signal levels at the STO input and all other
technical data of the application inverter. The routing of the STO control cables
and the voltage drop must be considered.
• Other requirements of the safety manufacturer (such as protecting the output con-
tacts against welding) must be strictly observed. The basic cable routing require-
ments apply.
• A calculation based on the technical data of the application inverter must be per-
formed separately for each case of group drive disconnection.
• A maximum of 20 axes of the application inverter must be used in a group discon-
nection.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

298 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Functional safety
Safety characteristics 12
12.5 Safety characteristics
Characteristic values according to
EN 61800-5-2 EN ISO 13849-1
Tested safety class/underlying stand- Safety integrity level 3 Performance level e
ards
Probability of dangerous failure per 2.5 × 10-9 1/h
hour (PFH value)
Service life 20 years, after which the component must be replaced with a new
one.
Proof test interval > 20 years -
Safe state Safe torque off (STO)
Safety function STO, SS11) according to EN 61800-5-2
12
1) With suitable external control

INFORMATION
With 1-pole wiring, the realizable performance level according to EN ISO 13849 is re-
duced to PL d. For the wiring between safety relay and STO input, an fault exclusion
is necessary.
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 299

 Appendix
13 Abbreviation key

13 Appendix
13.1 Abbreviation key
The following table lists the abbreviations that are used in this document together with
their unit and meaning.

Abbreviation Information on Unit Meaning

the nameplate
ASM Asynchronous motor
C C μF Additional capacitance
fmax f Hz Maximum output frequency
fline f Hz Line frequency
fPWM kHz Frequency of the pulse width modulation
h m Installation altitude
IF A Tripping current (braking resistor)
Imax Imax A Max. DC link current (specification on the nameplate)
Imax A Maximum output current (encoder cards)
Ipeak A Output peak current (encoder cards)
IA max A Max. output current
IAppl A Total current of the application
IN A Nominal output current/nominal current (filter, choke)
Iline I A Nominal line current
INDCL I A Nominal DC link current
LN mH Inductance
LSPM Line start permanent magnet
Peff kW Effective power (braking resistor)
Pmax kW Maximum power (braking resistor)
PMot P(ASM) kW Motor power of the asynchronous motor
PN kW Nominal motor power (rated power)
PV W Power loss
PWM Pulse width modulation
RBW Ω Value of the braking resistor
RBWmin Ω Minimum value of the braking resistor
SN S kVA Apparent output power
SM Synchronous motor
23061715/EN – 03/2017

VO U V Output voltage motor

VBR V Brake supply voltage
VN V Nominal line voltage (filter, choke)
Vline U V Connection voltage
VNDCL U V Nominal DC link voltage

300 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Appendix
Abbreviation key 13
Abbreviation Information on Unit Meaning
the nameplate
VOUT V DC 24 V to supply STO_P1 and STO_P2
VS V Supply voltage of encoder
VS12VG V DC 12 V supply voltage of encoder
VS24VG V DC 24 V supply voltage of encoder
VI24 V Voltage supply for electronics and brake
ϑA T °C Ambient temperature

13
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 301

 Appendix
13 Declaration of conformity

13.2 Declaration of conformity

EU Declaration of Conformity
Translation of the original text 901910016/EN

SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co. KG

Ernst-Blickle-Straße 42, D-76646 Bruchsal
declares under sole responsibility that the following products

Frequency inverters of the product family MOVIDRIVE® system

MDX9.A-0020-5E3-4-S00
MDX9.A-0025-5E3-4-S00
MDX9.A-0032-5E3-4-S00
MDX9.A-0040-5E3-4-S00
MDX9.A-0055-5E3-4-S00
MDX9.A-0070-5E3-4-S00
MDX9.A-0095-5E3-4-S00
MDX9.A-0125-5E3-4-S00
MDX9.A-0160-5E3-4-S00
MDX9.A-0240-503-4-S00
MDX9.A-0320-503-4-S00
MDX9.A-0070-2E3-4-S00
MDX9.A-0093-2E3-4-S00
MDX9.A-0140-2E3-4-S00
MDX9.A-0213-203-4-S00
MDX9.A-0290-203-4-S00
are in conformity with

Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC

(L 157, 09.06.2006, 24-86)
This includes the fulfillment of the protection targets for "electrical power supply" in accordance with annex I No. 1.5.1
according to the Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC -- Note: 2014/35/EU is currently valid.

EMC Directive 2014/30/EU 4)

(L 96, 29.03.2014, 79-106)
Applied harmonized standards: EN ISO 13849-1:2015
EN 60204-1:2006/A1:2009/AC:2010
EN 61800-5-1:2007
EN 61800-5-2:2007
EN 61800-3:2004/A1:2012
4) According to the EMC Directive, the listed products are not independently operable products. EMC assessment is only possible
after these products have been integrated in an overall system. For the assessment, the product was installed in a typical plant
configuration.

23061715/EN – 03/2017

Bruchsal 12.07.2016
Place Date Johann Soder
Managing Director Technology a) b)
a) Authorized representative for issuing this declaration on behalf of the manufacturer
b) Authorized representative for compiling the technical documents

302 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Index

Index
A CIO21A/CID21A input/output card
Cable lengths and shielding ......................... 187
Abbreviation key ................................................ 300
Connecting cables, operating switches. ............ 229
Approved devices .............................................. 288
Connecting power ............................................. 229
Assembly
Connection
Safety notes ................................................. 154
Safety notes ................................................. 155
B Connection diagram of digital inputs/outputs .... 225
Bending spaces - note....................................... 170 Connection to the engineering software ............ 234
Brake control ..................................................... 219 Connection variants........................................... 293
Brake output ...................................................... 180 Control mode ....................................................... 21
Braking resistor selection .................................. 105 CFC ................................................................ 23
Braking resistors.................................................. 50 Characteristics................................................ 25
Permitted installation .................................... 195 ELSM® ............................................................ 23
V/f ................................................................... 21
C VFCPLUS....................................................... 22
Cable ................................................................. 118 Copyright notice ................................................ 149
Encoder cable with conductor end sleeves and Covers ............................................................... 171
D-sub............................................................ 139
D
Encoder cable with connection cover and D-sub
139 Derating ............................................................. 154
Encoder cable with M23 and D-sub ............. 140 Description of the FCBs ...................................... 16
Encoder extension cable with conductor end Designated use ................................................. 152
sleeves and M23 .......................................... 141 Device structure
Encoder extension cable with connection cover Use of option cards ...................................... 165
and M23 ....................................................... 140
Digital inputs/outputs ......................................... 180
Encoder extension cable with M23 and D-sub ....
142 Disconnection of a single device
Encoder extension cable with two M23 ........ 141 Requirements ............................................... 294
Cabling of the axis system ................................ 181 Drive selection ..................................................... 71
CES11A multi-encoder card .............................. 190 E
Encoder connection/cable lengths ....... 183, 190
EAC ..................................................................... 32
Supported encoder types ............................. 190
Electrical connection ......................................... 155
Terminal assignment CANopen encoder ..... 193
Electrical installation .......................................... 173
Terminal assignment EnDat encoder ........... 192
Brake output ................................................. 180
Terminal assignment HIPERFACE® and SEW
Cabling of the axis system ........................... 181
encoder (RS485) .......................................... 191
Covers .......................................................... 171
Terminal assignment of TTL, HTL, SIN/COS en-
coder ............................................................ 191 Digital inputs and outputs ............................. 225
Terminal assignment SSI + SIN/COS combi en- Digital inputs/outputs .................................... 180
coders........................................................... 193 Encoder ........................................................ 182
23061715/EN – 03/17

Terminal assignment SSI encoder ............... 192 Encoder connection...................................... 182

CFC control mode ............................................... 23 Fuse types, line fuses................................... 176
Checking the disconnection device ................... 292 General information...................................... 174
CIO21A, CID21A input/output card ................... 187 Installation notes encoder connection .......... 182
Line connection ............................................ 176

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 303

 Index

Line fuses, fuse types................................... 176 I

Motor output – permitted connection............ 179
Installation
Permitted voltage systems ........................... 174
Electrical installation..................................... 173
System bus EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS ............. 181
EMC-compliant installation........................... 208
Temperature evaluation of the motor ........... 179
Line filter....................................................... 207
Terminal assignment .................................... 212
Permitted installation of braking resistors..... 195
Use in IT systems......................................... 174
Permitted tightening torques ........................ 167
Electronics Service ............................................ 281
Requirements ............................................... 289
ELSM® control mode ........................................... 23
Installation instructions
Embedded safety notes..................................... 148
Derating........................................................ 154
EMC-compliant installation ................................ 208
Installation altitudes...................................... 154
Encoder cables for CFM.. motors...................... 135
Installing options and accessories
Encoder cables for CMP. motors ...................... 125
CES11A multi-encoder card......................... 190
Encoder cables for DR.. motors ........................ 138
CID21A terminal assignment........................ 189
Encoder connection
CIO21A terminal assignment ....................... 188
Installation notes .......................................... 182
CIO21A, CID21A input/output card .............. 187
Prefabricated cables..................................... 182
IT systems ......................................................... 174
Energy saving functions ...................................... 28
Partial magnetization...................................... 28 L
Standby mode ................................................ 28 Lifting applications ..................................... 152, 229
Exclusion of liability ........................................... 149 Line choke for power supply module ............. 62, 64
Explosion-proof AC motors ................................. 73 Line connection ................................................. 176
Extended storage .............................................. 281 Line fuses, fuse types........................................ 176
External safety controller ................................... 290 Line power components .................................... 112
F M
Fault display of the 7-segment display .............. 238 Mechanical accessories .................................... 166
Fault responses ................................................. 278 Minimum clearance and mounting position ....... 170
Default fault response .................................. 278 Module bus and system bus cable .................... 143
Parameterizable faults.................................. 278 Motor output – permitted connection ................. 179
FCB concept........................................................ 15 Motors that can be connected ............................. 71
Description of the FCBs ................................. 16 MOVISUITE® ....................................................... 29
FCB description ................................................... 16 MOVISUITE® engineering software..................... 29
Function control block ......................................... 15 Multi-motor drive and group drive........................ 72
Functional safety technology
Safety note ................................................... 153
N
Fuse types, line fuses........................................ 176 Notes
G Designation in the documentation ................ 147
Meaning of the hazard symbols ................... 148
Group drive and multi-motor drive ....................... 72
O
23061715/EN – 03/17

H
Operating displays and faults
Hazard symbols Table of displays .......................................... 239
Meaning........................................................ 148 Operating states of the 7-segment display ........ 238
Operation
Fault display of the 7-segment display ......... 238

304 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Index

Fault responses............................................ 278 Requirements for the brake control ................ 74

Fieldbus timeout ........................................... 277 SEW Workbench ............................................ 69
Operating states of the 7-segment display... 238 Signal lines ................................................... 110
Responses to error reset.............................. 276 Protective separation......................................... 155
Safety notes ................................................. 156 R
Software reset .............................................. 276
Software restart ............................................ 276 RCD................................................................... 115
Table of displays .......................................... 239 Repair ................................................................ 281
Warm start.................................................... 277 Requirements
Operation, requirements.................................... 292 External safety controller.............................. 290
Option cards, possible combinations................. 165 Installation .................................................... 289
Operation...................................................... 292
P
Startup.......................................................... 292
Partial magnetization ........................................... 28 Requirements for the brake control ..................... 74
Permitted tightening torques ............................. 167 Residual current device ..................................... 115
Permitted voltage systems ................................ 174 Responses to error acknowledgement
Power cables for CFM.. motors ......................... 130 Fieldbus timeout ........................................... 277
Power cables for CMP.. motors......................... 119 Software reset .............................................. 276
Power components on the line side .................. 112 Software restart ............................................ 276
Prefabricated cables.......................................... 118 Warm start.................................................... 277
Encoder cables for CFM.. motors................. 135 Responses to error reset ................................... 276
Encoder cables for CMP. motors ................. 125 Restrictions to application ................................. 154
Encoder cables for DR.. motors ................... 138 Rights to claim under limited warranty .............. 148
Power cables for CFM.. motors.................... 130 S
Power cables for CMP.. motors.................... 119
Single-cable technology for CMP.. motors ... 128 Safe condition.................................................... 283
System bus and module bus cable .............. 143 Safe torque off (STO) ........................................ 285
Product description Safety concept................................................... 283
Control mode.................................................. 21 Restrictions................................................... 287
Energy saving functions ................................. 28 Safety controller, external.................................. 290
FCB concept................................................... 15 Requirements ............................................... 290
MOVISUITE® .................................................. 29 Safety controllers, requirements........................ 294
Product overview accessories........................ 14 Safety functions ................................................. 153
Product names .................................................. 149 Safety functions - electronics data ...................... 40
Product overview accessories ............................. 14 Safety notes
CES11A multi-encoder card........................... 14 Assembly...................................................... 154
CID21A input/output card ............................... 14 Designation in the documentation ................ 147
CIO21A input/output card............................... 14 Installation .................................................... 154
Project planning................................................... 69 Meaning of the hazard symbols ................... 148
Braking resistor selection ............................. 105 Preliminary information................................. 151
23061715/EN – 03/17

Drive selection................................................ 71 Regenerative operation ................................ 155

Encoder cables............................................. 110 Structure of embedded................................. 148
Explosion-proof AC motors ............................ 73 Structure of the section-related .................... 147
Group drive and multi-motor drive.................. 72 Safety relays, requirements............................... 294
Motors that can be connected ........................ 71 Safety technology
Power components on the line side ............. 112 Safe condition............................................... 283

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 305

 Index

Safety-relevant conditions ................................. 288 Line choke for power supply module.............. 64
Section-related safety notes .............................. 147 Line components for power supply module.... 62
Separation, protective ....................................... 155 TCB thermal circuit breaker............................ 60
Service Technical data of encoder interfaces ............. 49
Extended storage ......................................... 281 Technical data of the option cards ................. 46
Shutdown ..................................................... 282 Technical data of CMP and CMPZ servomotors
Setting the EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS ID ............... 230 CMP motors ................................................... 96
SEW Workbench ................................................. 69 Technical data of encoder interfaces .................. 49
Shutdown .......................................................... 282 Temperature evaluation of the motor ................ 179
Signal terminals - electronics data ...................... 39 Terminal assignment ......................................... 212
Signal words in safety notes.............................. 147 CID21A......................................................... 189
Single-cable technology for CMP. motors ......... 128 CIO21A......................................................... 188
Standard accessories Tightening torques............................................. 167
Mechanical accessories ............................... 166 Trademarks ....................................................... 149
Standards .......................................................... 283 Transport ........................................................... 153
Standby mode ..................................................... 28 U
Startup
Connecting cables, operating switches ........ 229 Use in IT systems .............................................. 174
Connecting power ........................................ 229 Use of option cards ........................................... 165
Connection to the engineering software....... 234 V
Lifting applications........................................ 229
V/f control mode .................................................. 21
Safety notes ................................................. 156
Validating the safety functions........................... 292
Setting the EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS ID .......... 230
Validation........................................................... 292
Startup, requirements ........................................ 292
Validity ............................................................... 283
STO (safe torque off)......................................... 285
VFCPLUS control mode ...................................... 22
System bus and module bus cable ................... 143
System bus EtherCAT®/SBusPLUS .................. 181 W
T Waste disposal .................................................. 282
Wiring diagrams
Target group ...................................................... 151
Brake control ................................................ 219
Technical data
Connection diagram of digital inputs ............ 225
CES11A multi-encoder card........................... 48
General information...................................... 216
CIO21A and CID21A input/output cards ........ 46
Power connection......................................... 216
DRL.. servomotors, 4-pole, 50 Hz, 400 V....... 84
Workbench .......................................................... 69
23061715/EN – 03/17

306 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Address list
14
14 Address list
Algeria
Sales Algiers REDUCOM Sarl Tel. +213 21 8214-91
16, rue des Frères Zaghnoune Fax +213 21 8222-84
Bellevue http://www.reducom-dz.com
16200 El Harrach Alger [email protected]

Argentina
Assembly Buenos Aires SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A. Tel. +54 3327 4572-84
Sales Ruta Panamericana Km 37.5, Lote 35 Fax +54 3327 4572-21
(B1619IEA) Centro Industrial Garín http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ar
Prov. de Buenos Aires [email protected]

Australia
Assembly Melbourne SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 3 9933-1000
Sales 27 Beverage Drive Fax +61 3 9933-1003
Service Tullamarine, Victoria 3043 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.au
[email protected]
Sydney SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 2 9725-9900
9, Sleigh Place, Wetherill Park Fax +61 2 9725-9905
New South Wales, 2164 [email protected]

Austria 14
Assembly Vienna SEW-EURODRIVE Ges.m.b.H. Tel. +43 1 617 55 00-0
Sales Richard-Strauss-Straße 24 Fax +43 1 617 55 00-30
Service 1230 Wien http://www.sew-eurodrive.at
[email protected]

Bangladesh
Sales Bangladesh SEW-EURODRIVE INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED Tel. +88 01729 097309
345 DIT Road [email protected]
East Rampura
Dhaka-1219, Bangladesh

Belarus
Sales Minsk Foreign unitary production enterprise SEW- Tel. +375 17 298 47 56 / 298 47 58
EURODRIVE Fax +375 17 298 47 54
RybalkoStr. 26 http://www.sew.by
220033 Minsk [email protected]

Belgium
Assembly Brussels SEW-EURODRIVE n.v./s.a. Tel. +32 16 386-311
Sales Researchpark Haasrode 1060 Fax +32 16 386-336
Service Evenementenlaan 7 http://www.sew-eurodrive.be
3001 Leuven [email protected]
Service Competence Industrial SEW-EURODRIVE n.v./s.a. Tel. +32 84 219-878
Center Gears Rue de Parc Industriel, 31 Fax +32 84 219-879
6900 Marche-en-Famenne http://www.sew-eurodrive.be
[email protected]

Brazil
Production São Paulo SEW-EURODRIVE Brasil Ltda. Tel. +55 19 3835-8000
Sales Estrada Municipal José Rubim, 205 – Rodovia [email protected]
Service Santos Dumont Km 49
Indaiatuba – 13347-510 – SP
Assembly Rio Claro SEW-EURODRIVE Brasil Ltda. Tel. +55 19 3522-3100
Sales Rodovia Washington Luiz, Km 172 Fax +55 19 3524-6653
Service Condomínio Industrial Conpark [email protected]
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Caixa Postal: 327

13501-600 – Rio Claro / SP
Joinville SEW-EURODRIVE Brasil Ltda. Tel. +55 47 3027-6886
Rua Dona Francisca, 12.346 – Pirabeiraba Fax +55 47 3027-6888
89239-270 – Joinville / SC [email protected]

Bulgaria
Sales Sofia BEVER-DRIVE GmbH Tel. +359 2 9151160
Bogdanovetz Str.1 Fax +359 2 9151166
1606 Sofia [email protected]

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 307

 Address list
14
Cameroon
Sales Douala SEW-EURODRIVE S.A.R.L. Tel. +237 233 39 02 10
Ancienne Route Bonabéri Fax +237 233 39 02 10
P.O. Box info@sew-eurodrive-cm
B.P 8674
Douala-Cameroun

Canada
Assembly Toronto SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 905 791-1553
Sales 210 Walker Drive Fax +1 905 791-2999
Service Bramalea, ON L6T 3W1 http://www.sew-eurodrive.ca
[email protected]
Vancouver SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 604 946-5535
Tilbury Industrial Park Fax +1 604 946-2513
7188 Honeyman Street [email protected]
Delta, BC V4G 1G1
Montreal SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 514 367-1124
2555 Rue Leger Fax +1 514 367-3677
Lasalle, PQ H8N 2V9 [email protected]

Chile
Assembly Santiago de SEW-EURODRIVE CHILE LTDA Tel. +56 2 2757 7000
Sales Chile Las Encinas 1295 Fax +56 2 2757 7001
Service Parque Industrial Valle Grande http://www.sew-eurodrive.cl
LAMPA [email protected]
Santiago de Chile
P.O. Box
Casilla 23 Correo Quilicura - Santiago - Chile

China
Production Tianjin SEW-EURODRIVE (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 22 25322612
Assembly No. 78, 13th Avenue, TEDA Fax +86 22 25323273
Sales Tianjin 300457 http://www.sew-eurodrive.cn
Service [email protected]
Assembly Suzhou SEW-EURODRIVE (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 512 62581781
Sales 333, Suhong Middle Road Fax +86 512 62581783
Service Suzhou Industrial Park [email protected]
Jiangsu Province, 215021
Guangzhou SEW-EURODRIVE (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 20 82267890
No. 9, JunDa Road Fax +86 20 82267922
East Section of GETDD [email protected]
Guangzhou 510530
Shenyang SEW-EURODRIVE (Shenyang) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 24 25382538
10A-2, 6th Road Fax +86 24 25382580
Shenyang Economic Technological Develop- [email protected]
ment Area
Shenyang, 110141
Taiyuan SEW-EURODRIVE (Taiyuan) Co,. Ltd. Tel. +86-351-7117520
No.3, HuaZhang Street, Fax +86-351-7117522
TaiYuan Economic & Technical Development [email protected]
Zone
ShanXi, 030032
Wuhan SEW-EURODRIVE (Wuhan) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 27 84478388
10A-2, 6th Road Fax +86 27 84478389
No. 59, the 4th Quanli Road, WEDA [email protected]
430056 Wuhan
Xi'An SEW-EURODRIVE (Xi'An) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 29 68686262
No. 12 Jinye 2nd Road Fax +86 29 68686311
Xi'An High-Technology Industrial Development [email protected]
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Zone
Xi'An 710065
Sales Hong Kong SEW-EURODRIVE LTD. Tel. +852 36902200
Service Unit No. 801-806, 8th Floor Fax +852 36902211
Hong Leong Industrial Complex [email protected]
No. 4, Wang Kwong Road
Kowloon, Hong Kong

308 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Address list
14
Colombia
Assembly Bogota SEW-EURODRIVE COLOMBIA LTDA. Tel. +57 1 54750-50
Sales Calle 17 No. 132-18 Fax +57 1 54750-44
Service Interior 2 Bodega 6, Manzana B http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.co
Santafé de Bogotá [email protected]

Croatia
Sales Zagreb KOMPEKS d. o. o. Tel. +385 1 4613-158
Service Zeleni dol 10 Fax +385 1 4613-158
10 000 Zagreb [email protected]

Czech Republic
Assembly Hostivice SEW-EURODRIVE CZ s.r.o. Tel. +420 255 709 601
Sales Floriánova 2459 Fax +420 235 350 613
Service 253 01 Hostivice http://www.sew-eurodrive.cz
[email protected]
Drive Service +420 800 739 739 (800 SEW SEW) Service
Hotline / 24 Tel. +420 255 709 632
Hour Service Fax +420 235 358 218
[email protected]

Denmark
Assembly Copenhagen SEW-EURODRIVEA/S Tel. +45 43 95 8500
Sales Geminivej 28-30 Fax +45 43 9585-09 14
Service 2670 Greve http://www.sew-eurodrive.dk
[email protected]

Egypt
Sales Cairo Copam Egypt Tel. +202 44812673 / 79 (7 lines)
Service for Engineering & Agencies Fax +202 44812685
Building 10, Block 13005, First Industrial Zone, http://www.copam-egypt.com
Obour City Cairo [email protected]

Estonia
Sales Tallin ALAS-KUUL AS Tel. +372 6593230
Reti tee 4 Fax +372 6593231
75301 Peetri küla, Rae vald, Harjumaa http://www.alas-kuul.ee
[email protected]

Finland
Assembly Hollola SEW-EURODRIVE OY Tel. +358 201 589-300
Sales Vesimäentie 4 Fax +358 3 780-6211
Service 15860 Hollola http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
[email protected]
Service Hollola SEW-EURODRIVE OY Tel. +358 201 589-300
Keskikankaantie 21 Fax +358 3 780-6211
15860 Hollola http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
[email protected]
Production Karkkila SEW Industrial Gears Oy Tel. +358 201 589-300
Assembly Santasalonkatu 6, PL 8 Fax +358 201 589-310
03620 Karkkila, 03601 Karkkila http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
[email protected]

France
Production Hagenau SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 88 73 67 00
Sales 48-54 route de Soufflenheim Fax +33 3 88 73 66 00
Service B. P. 20185 http://www.usocome.com
67506 Haguenau Cedex [email protected]
Production Forbach SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 87 29 38 00
Zone industrielle
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Technopôle Forbach Sud

B. P. 30269
57604 Forbach Cedex
Brumath SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 88 37 48 00
1 Rue de Bruxelles
67670 Mommenheim Cedex
Assembly Bordeaux SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 5 57 26 39 00
Sales Parc d'activités de Magellan Fax +33 5 57 26 39 09
Service 62 avenue de Magellan – B. P. 182
33607 Pessac Cedex

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 309

 Address list
14
France
Lyon SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 4 74 99 60 00
75 rue Antoine Condorcet Fax +33 4 74 99 60 15
38090 Vaulx-Milieu
Nantes SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 2 40 78 42 00
Parc d’activités de la forêt Fax +33 2 40 78 42 20
4 rue des Fontenelles
44140 Le Bignon
Paris SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 1 64 42 40 80
Zone industrielle Fax +33 1 64 42 40 88
2 rue Denis Papin
77390 Verneuil I'Étang

Gabon
Sales Libreville SEW-EURODRIVE SARL Tel. +241 03 28 81 55
183, Rue 5.033.C, Lalala à droite +241 06 54 81 33
P.O. Box 15682 http://www.sew-eurodrive.cm
Libreville [email protected]

Germany
Headquarters Bruchsal SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Production Ernst-Blickle-Straße 42 Fax +49 7251 75-1970
Sales 76646 Bruchsal http://www.sew-eurodrive.de
P.O. Box [email protected]
Postfach 3023 – D-76642 Bruchsal
Production / Industrial Bruchsal SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Gears Christian-Pähr-Str. 10 Fax +49 7251 75-2970
76646 Bruchsal
Production Graben SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Ernst-Blickle-Straße 1 Fax +49 7251-2970
76676 Graben-Neudorf
P.O. Box
Postfach 1220 – D-76671 Graben-Neudorf
Östringen SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG, Werk Tel. +49 7253 9254-0
Östringen Fax +49 7253 9254-90
Franz-Gurk-Straße 2 [email protected]
76684 Östringen
Service Competence Mechanics / SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-1710
Center Mechatronics Ernst-Blickle-Straße 1 Fax +49 7251 75-1711
76676 Graben-Neudorf [email protected]
Electronics SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-1780
Ernst-Blickle-Straße 42 Fax +49 7251 75-1769
76646 Bruchsal [email protected]
Drive Technology North SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 5137 8798-30
Center Alte Ricklinger Straße 40-42 Fax +49 5137 8798-55
30823 Garbsen (Hannover) [email protected]
East SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 3764 7606-0
Dänkritzer Weg 1 Fax +49 3764 7606-30
08393 Meerane (Zwickau) [email protected]
South SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 89 909552-10
Domagkstraße 5 Fax +49 89 909552-50
85551 Kirchheim (München) [email protected]
West SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 2173 8507-30
Siemensstraße 1 Fax +49 2173 8507-55
40764 Langenfeld (Düsseldorf) [email protected]
Drive Center Berlin SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 306331131-30
Alexander-Meißner-Straße 44 Fax +49 306331131-36
12526 Berlin [email protected]
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Ludwigshafen SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75 3759

c/o BASF SE Fax +49 7251 75 503759
Gebäude W130 Raum 101 [email protected]
67056 Ludwigshafen
Saarland SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 6831 48946 10
Gottlieb-Daimler-Straße 4 Fax +49 6831 48946 13
66773 Schwalbach Saar – Hülzweiler [email protected]
Ulm SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7348 9885-0
Dieselstraße 18 Fax +49 7348 9885-90
89160 Dornstadt [email protected]

310 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Address list
14
Germany
Würzburg SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 931 27886-60
Nürnbergerstraße 118 Fax +49 931 27886-66
97076 Würzburg-Lengfeld [email protected]
Drive Service Hotline / 24 Hour Service 0 800 SEWHELP
0 800 7394357

Great Britain
Assembly Normanton SEW-EURODRIVE Ltd. Tel. +44 1924 893-855
Sales DeVilliers Way Fax +44 1924 893-702
Service Trident Park http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.uk
Normanton [email protected]
West Yorkshire
WF6 1GX
Drive Service Hotline / 24 Hour Service Tel. 01924 896911

Greece
Sales Athens Christ. Boznos & Son S.A. Tel. +30 2 1042 251-34
12, K. Mavromichali Street Fax +30 2 1042 251-59
P.O. Box 80136 http://www.boznos.gr
18545 Piraeus [email protected]

Hungary
Sales Budapest SEW-EURODRIVE Kft. Tel. +36 1 437 06-58 14
Service Csillaghegyí út 13. Fax +36 1 437 06-50
1037 Budapest http://www.sew-eurodrive.hu
[email protected]

Iceland
Sales Reykjavik Varma & Vélaverk ehf. Tel. +354 585 1070
Knarrarvogi 4 Fax +354 585)1071
104 Reykjavík http://www.varmaverk.is
[email protected]

India
Registered Office Vadodara SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 265 3045200
Assembly Plot No. 4, GIDC Fax +91 265 3045300
Sales POR Ramangamdi • Vadodara - 391 243 http://www.seweurodriveindia.com
Service Gujarat [email protected]
Assembly Chennai SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 44 37188888
Sales Plot No. K3/1, Sipcot Industrial Park Phase II Fax +91 44 37188811
Service Mambakkam Village [email protected]
Sriperumbudur - 602105
Kancheepuram Dist, Tamil Nadu
Pune SEW-EURODRIVE India Private Limited Tel. +91 21 35 628700
Plant: Plot No. D236/1, Fax +91 21 35 628715
Chakan Industrial Area Phase- II, [email protected]
Warale, Tal- Khed,
Pune-410501, Maharashtra

Indonesia
Sales Medan PT. Serumpun Indah Lestari Tel. +62 61 687 1221
Jl.Pulau Solor no. 8, Kawasan Industri Medan Fax +62 61 6871429 / +62 61 6871458 / +62
II 61 30008041
Medan 20252 [email protected]
[email protected]
http://www.serumpunindah.com
Jakarta PT. Cahaya Sukses Abadi Tel. +62 21 65310599
Komplek Rukan Puri Mutiara Blok A no 99, Fax +62 21 65310600
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Sunter [email protected]
Jakarta 14350
Jakarta PT. Agrindo Putra Lestari Tel. +62 21 2921-8899
JL.Pantai Indah Selatan, Komplek Sentra In- Fax +62 21 2921-8988
dustri Terpadu, Pantai indah Kapuk Tahap III, [email protected]
Blok E No. 27 http://www.aplindo.com
Jakarta 14470

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 311

 Address list
14
Indonesia
Surabaya PT. TRIAGRI JAYA ABADI Tel. +62 31 5990128
Jl. Sukosemolo No. 63, Galaxi Bumi Permai Fax +62 31 5962666
G6 No. 11 [email protected]
Surabaya 60111 http://www.triagri.co.id
Surabaya CV. Multi Mas Tel. +62 31 5458589
Jl. Raden Saleh 43A Kav. 18 Fax +62 31 5317220
Surabaya 60174 [email protected]
http://www.cvmultimas.com

Ireland
Sales Dublin Alperton Engineering Ltd. Tel. +353 1 830-6277
Service 48 Moyle Road Fax +353 1 830-6458
Dublin Industrial Estate http://www.alperton.ie
Glasnevin, Dublin 11 [email protected]

Israel
Sales Tel Aviv Liraz Handasa Ltd. Tel. +972 3 5599511
Ahofer Str 34B / 228 Fax +972 3 5599512
58858 Holon http://www.liraz-handasa.co.il
[email protected]

Italy
Assembly Milan SEW-EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s. Tel. +39 02 96 980229
Sales Via Bernini,14 Fax +39 02 96 980 999
Service 20020 Solaro (Milano) http://www.sew-eurodrive.it
[email protected]

Ivory Coast
Sales Abidjan SEW-EURODRIVE SARL Tel. +225 21 21 81 05
Ivory Coast Fax +225 21 25 30 47
Rue des Pêcheurs, Zone 3 [email protected]
26 BP 916 Abidjan 26 http://www.sew-eurodrive.ci

Japan
Assembly Iwata SEW-EURODRIVE JAPAN CO., LTD Tel. +81 538 373811
Sales 250-1, Shimoman-no, Fax +81 538 373814
Service Iwata http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.jp
Shizuoka 438-0818 [email protected]
[email protected]

Kazakhstan
Sales Almaty SEW-EURODRIVE LLP Tel. +7 (727) 350 5156
291-291A, Tole bi street Fax +7 (727) 350 5156
050031, Almaty http://www.sew-eurodrive.kz
[email protected]

Tashkent SEW-EURODRIVE LLP Tel. +998 71 2359411

Representative office in Uzbekistan Fax +998 71 2359412
96A, Sharaf Rashidov street, http://www.sew-eurodrive.uz
Tashkent, 100084 [email protected]
Ulaanbaatar IM Trading LLC Tel. +976-77109997
Narny zam street 62 Fax +976-77109997
Sukhbaatar district, [email protected]
Ulaanbaatar 14230

Kenya
Sales Nairobi SEW-EURODRIVE Pty Ltd Tel. +254 791 398840
Transnational Plaza, 5th Floor http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.tz
Mama Ngina Street [email protected]
23061715/EN – 03/2017

P.O. Box 8998-00100

Nairobi

Latvia
Sales Riga SIA Alas-Kuul Tel. +371 6 7139253
Katlakalna 11C Fax +371 6 7139386
1073 Riga http://www.alas-kuul.lv
[email protected]

312 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Address list
14
Lebanon
Sales (Lebanon) Beirut Gabriel Acar & Fils sarl Tel. +961 1 510 532
B. P. 80484 Fax +961 1 494 971
Bourj Hammoud, Beirut [email protected]
Sales (Jordan, Kuwait , Beirut Middle East Drives S.A.L. (offshore) Tel. +961 1 494 786
Saudi Arabia, Syria) Sin El Fil. Fax +961 1 494 971
B. P. 55-378 http://www.medrives.com
Beirut [email protected]

Lithuania
Sales Alytus UAB Irseva Tel. +370 315 79204
Statybininku 106C Fax +370 315 56175
63431 Alytus http://www.irseva.lt
[email protected]

Luxembourg
representation: Belgium

Macedonia
Sales Skopje Boznos DOOEL Tel. +389 23256553
Dime Anicin 2A/7A Fax +389 23256554
1000 Skopje http://www.boznos.mk

Malaysia 14
Assembly Johor SEW-EURODRIVE SDN BHD Tel. +60 7 3549409
Sales No. 95, Jalan Seroja 39, Taman Johor Jaya Fax +60 7 3541404
Service 81000 Johor Bahru, Johor [email protected]
West Malaysia

Mexiko
Assembly Quéretaro SEW-EURODRIVE MEXICO S.A. de C.V. Tel. +52 442 1030-300
Sales SEM-981118-M93 Fax +52 442 1030-301
Service Tequisquiapan No. 102 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.mx
Parque Industrial Quéretaro [email protected]
C.P. 76220
Querétaro, México
Sales Puebla SEW-EURODRIVE MEXICO S.A. de C.V. Tel. +52 (222) 221 248
Service Calzada Zavaleta No. 3922 Piso 2 Local 6 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.mx
Col. Santa Cruz Buenavista [email protected]
C.P. 72154
Puebla, México

Mongolia
Technical Office Ulaanbaatar IM Trading LLC Tel. +976-77109997
Narny zam street 62 Tel. +976-99070395
Union building, Suite A-403-1 Fax +976-77109997
Sukhbaatar district, http://imt.mn/
Ulaanbaatar 14230 [email protected]

Morocco
Sales Bouskoura SEW-EURODRIVE Morocco Tel. +212 522 88 85 00
Service Parc Industriel CFCIM, Lot 55 and 59 Fax +212 522 88 84 50
Bouskoura http://www.sew-eurodrive.ma
[email protected]

Namibia
Sales Swakopmund DB Mining & Industrial Services Tel. +264 64 462 738
Einstein Street Fax +264 64 462 734
Strauss Industrial Park [email protected]
Unit1
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Swakopmund

Netherlands
Assembly Rotterdam SEW-EURODRIVE B.V. Tel. +31 10 4463-700
Sales Industrieweg 175 Fax +31 10 4155-552
Service 3044 AS Rotterdam Service: 0800-SEWHELP
Postbus 10085 http://www.sew-eurodrive.nl
3004 AB Rotterdam [email protected]

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 313

 Address list
14
New Zealand
Assembly Auckland SEW-EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD. Tel. +64 9 2745627
Sales P.O. Box 58-428 Fax +64 9 2740165
Service 82 Greenmount drive http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.nz
East Tamaki Auckland [email protected]
Christchurch SEW-EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD. Tel. +64 3 384-6251
30 Lodestar Avenue, Wigram Fax +64 3 384-6455
Christchurch [email protected]

Nigeria
Sales Lagos Greenpeg Nig. Ltd Tel. +234-701-821-9200-1
Plot 296A, Adeyemo Akapo Str. Omole GRA http://www.greenpegltd.com
Ikeja Lagos-Nigeria [email protected]

Norway
Assembly Moss SEW-EURODRIVE A/S Tel. +47 69 24 10 20
Sales Solgaard skog 71 Fax +47 69 24 10 40
Service 1599 Moss http://www.sew-eurodrive.no
[email protected]

Pakistan
Sales Karachi Industrial Power Drives Tel. +92 21 452 9369
Al-Fatah Chamber A/3, 1st Floor Central Com- Fax +92-21-454 7365
mercial Area, [email protected]
Sultan Ahmed Shah Road, Block 7/8,
Karachi

Paraguay
Sales Fernando de la SEW-EURODRIVE PARAGUAY S.R.L Tel. +595 991 519695
Mora De la Victoria 112, Esquina nueva Asunción Fax +595 21 3285539
Departamento Central [email protected]
Fernando de la Mora, Barrio Bernardino

Peru
Assembly Lima SEW EURODRIVE DEL PERU S.A.C. Tel. +51 1 3495280
Sales Los Calderos, 120-124 Fax +51 1 3493002
Service Urbanizacion Industrial Vulcano, ATE, Lima http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.pe
[email protected]

Philippines
Sales Makati P.T. Cerna Corporation Tel. +63 2 519 6214
4137 Ponte St., Brgy. Sta. Cruz Fax +63 2 890 2802
Makati City 1205 [email protected]
http://www.ptcerna.com

Poland
Assembly Łódź SEW-EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o. Tel. +48 42 293 00 00
Sales ul. Techniczna 5 Fax +48 42 293 00 49
Service 92-518 Łódź http://www.sew-eurodrive.pl
[email protected]
Service Tel. +48 42 293 0030 24 Hour Service
Fax +48 42 293 0043 Tel. +48 602 739 739 (+48 602 SEW SEW)
[email protected]

Portugal
Assembly Coimbra SEW-EURODRIVE, LDA. Tel. +351 231 20 9670
Sales Av. da Fonte Nova, n.º 86 Fax +351 231 20 3685
Service 3050-379 Mealhada http://www.sew-eurodrive.pt
[email protected]
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Romania
Sales Bucharest Sialco Trading SRL Tel. +40 21 230-1328
Service str. Brazilia nr. 36 Fax +40 21 230-7170
011783 Bucuresti [email protected]

Russia
Assembly St. Petersburg ЗАО «СЕВ-ЕВРОДРАЙФ» Tel. +7 812 3332522 / +7 812 5357142
Sales а. я. 36 Fax +7 812 3332523
Service 195220 Санкт-Петербург http://www.sew-eurodrive.ru
[email protected]

314 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Address list
14
Sambia
representation: South Africa

Senegal
Sales Dakar SENEMECA Tel. +221 338 494 770
Mécanique Générale Fax +221 338 494 771
Km 8, Route de Rufisque http://www.senemeca.com
B.P. 3251, Dakar [email protected]

Serbia
Sales Belgrade DIPAR d.o.o. Tel. +381 11 347 3244 / +381 11 288 0393
Ustanicka 128a Fax +381 11 347 1337
PC Košum, IV floor [email protected]
11000 Beograd

Singapore
Assembly Singapore SEW-EURODRIVE PTE. LTD. Tel. +65 68621701
Sales No 9, Tuas Drive 2 Fax +65 68612827
Service Jurong Industrial Estate http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.sg
Singapore 638644 [email protected]

Slovakia
Sales Bratislava SEW-Eurodrive SK s.r.o. Tel.+421 2 33595 202, 217, 201
Rybničná 40 Fax +421 2 33595 200 14
831 06 Bratislava http://www.sew-eurodrive.sk
[email protected]
Košice SEW-Eurodrive SK s.r.o. Tel. +421 55 671 2245
Slovenská ulica 26 Fax +421 55 671 2254
040 01 Košice Mobile +421 907 671 976
[email protected]

Slovenia
Sales Celje Pakman - Pogonska Tehnika d.o.o. Tel. +386 3 490 83-20
Service UI. XIV. divizije 14 Fax +386 3 490 83-21
3000 Celje [email protected]

South Africa
Assembly Johannesburg SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 11 248-7000
Sales Eurodrive House Fax +27 11 248-7289
Service Cnr. Adcock Ingram and Aerodrome Roads http://www.sew.co.za
Aeroton Ext. 2 [email protected]
Johannesburg 2013
P.O.Box 90004
Bertsham 2013
Cape Town SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 21 552-9820
Rainbow Park Fax +27 21 552-9830
Cnr. Racecourse & Omuramba Road Telex 576 062
Montague Gardens [email protected]
Cape Town
P.O.Box 36556
Chempet 7442
Durban SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 31 902 3815
48 Prospecton Road Fax +27 31 902 3826
Isipingo [email protected]
Durban
P.O. Box 10433, Ashwood 3605
Nelspruit SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 13 752-8007
7 Christie Crescent Fax +27 13 752-8008
Vintonia [email protected]
P.O.Box 1942
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Nelspruit 1200

South Korea
Assembly Ansan SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA CO., LTD. Tel. +82 31 492-8051
Sales 7, Dangjaengi-ro, Fax +82 31 492-8056
Service Danwon-gu, http://www.sew-eurodrive.kr
Ansan-si, Gyeonggi-do, Zip 425-839 [email protected]

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 315

 Address list
14
South Korea
Busan SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA CO., LTD. Tel. +82 51 832-0204
28, Noksansandan 262-ro 50beon-gil, Fax +82 51 832-0230
Gangseo-gu,
Busan, Zip 618-820

Spain
Assembly Bilbao SEW-EURODRIVE ESPAÑA, S.L. Tel. +34 94 43184-70
Sales Parque Tecnológico, Edificio, 302 Fax +34 94 43184-71
Service 48170 Zamudio (Vizcaya) http://www.sew-eurodrive.es
[email protected]

Sri Lanka
Sales Colombo SM International (Pte) Ltd Tel. +94 1 2584887
254, Galle Raod Fax +94 1 2582981
Colombo 4, Sri Lanka

Swaziland
Sales Manzini C G Trading Co. (Pty) Ltd Tel. +268 2 518 6343
PO Box 2960 Fax +268 2 518 5033
Manzini M200 [email protected]

Sweden
Assembly Jönköping SEW-EURODRIVE AB Tel. +46 36 34 42 00
Sales Gnejsvägen 6-8 Fax +46 36 34 42 80
Service 553 03 Jönköping http://www.sew-eurodrive.se
Box 3100 S-550 03 Jönköping [email protected]

Switzerland
Assembly Basel Alfred lmhof A.G. Tel. +41 61 417 1717
Sales Jurastrasse 10 Fax +41 61 417 1700
Service 4142 Münchenstein bei Basel http://www.imhof-sew.ch
[email protected]

Taiwan
Sales Taipei Ting Shou Trading Co., Ltd. Tel. +886 2 27383535
6F-3, No. 267, Sec. 2 Fax +886 2 27368268
Tung Huw S. Road Telex 27 245
Taipei [email protected]
http://www.tingshou.com.tw
Nan Tou Ting Shou Trading Co., Ltd. Tel. +886 49 255353
No. 55 Kung Yeh N. Road Fax +886 49 257878
Industrial District [email protected]
Nan Tou 540 http://www.tingshou.com.tw

Tanzania
Sales Daressalam SEW-EURODRIVE PTY LIMITED TANZANIA Tel. +255 0 22 277 5780
Plot 52, Regent Estate Fax +255 0 22 277 5788
PO Box 106274 http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.tz
Dar Es Salaam [email protected]

Thailand
Assembly Chonburi SEW-EURODRIVE (Thailand) Ltd. Tel. +66 38 454281
Sales 700/456, Moo.7, Donhuaroh Fax +66 38 454288
Service Muang [email protected]
Chonburi 20000

Tunisia
Sales Tunis T. M.S. Technic Marketing Service Tel. +216 79 40 88 77
Zone Industrielle Mghira 2 Fax +216 79 40 88 66
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Lot No. 39 http://www.tms.com.tn

2082 Fouchana [email protected]

Turkey
Assembly Kocaeli-Gebze SEW-EURODRİVE Hareket Tel. +90 262 9991000 04
Sales Sistemleri San. Ve TIC. Ltd. Sti Fax +90 262 9991009
Service Gebze Organize Sanayi Böl. 400 Sok No. 401 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.tr
41480 Gebze Kocaeli [email protected]

316 Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system

 Address list
14
Ukraine
Assembly Dnipropetrovsk ООО «СЕВ-Евродрайв» Tel. +380 56 370 3211
Sales ул. Рабочая, 23-B, офис 409 Fax +380 56 372 2078
Service 49008 Днепропетровск http://www.sew-eurodrive.ua
[email protected]

Uruguay
Assembly Montevideo SEW-EURODRIVE Uruguay, S. A. Tel. +598 2 21181-89
Sales Jose Serrato 3569 Esqina Corumbe Fax +598 2 21181-90
CP 12000 Montevideo [email protected]

USA
Production Southeast SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 864 439-7537
Assembly Region 1295 Old Spartanburg Highway Fax Sales +1 864 439-7830
Sales P.O. Box 518 Fax Production +1 864 439-9948
Service Lyman, S.C. 29365 Fax Assembly +1 864 439-0566
Fax Confidential/HR +1 864 949-5557
http://www.seweurodrive.com
[email protected]
Assembly Northeast SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 856 467-2277
Sales Region Pureland Ind. Complex Fax +1 856 845-3179
Service 2107 High Hill Road, P.O. Box 481 [email protected]
Bridgeport, New Jersey 08014
Midwest SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 937 335-0036 14
Region 2001 West Main Street Fax +1 937 332-0038
Troy, Ohio 45373 [email protected]
Southwest SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 214 330-4824
Region 3950 Platinum Way Fax +1 214 330-4724
Dallas, Texas 75237 [email protected]
Western SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 510 487-3560
Region 30599 San Antonio St. Fax +1 510 487-6433
Hayward, CA 94544 [email protected]
Wellford SEW-EURODRIVE INC. [email protected]
148/150 Finch Rd.
Wellford, S.C. 29385

Additional addresses for service provided on request!

Uzbekistan
Technical Office Tashkent SEW-EURODRIVE LLP Tel. +998 71 2359411
Representative office in Uzbekistan Fax +998 71 2359412
96A, Sharaf Rashidov street, http://www.sew-eurodrive.uz
Tashkent, 100084 [email protected]

Vietnam
Sales Ho Chi Minh Nam Trung Co., Ltd Tel. +84 8 8301026
City Huế - South Vietnam / Construction Materials Fax +84 8 8392223
250 Binh Duong Avenue, Thu Dau Mot Town, [email protected]
Binh Duong Province http://www.namtrung.com.vn
HCM office: 91 Tran Minh Quyen Street
District 10, Ho Chi Minh City
Hanoi MICO LTD Tel. +84 4 39386666
Quảng Trị - North Vietnam / All sectors except Fax +84 4 3938 6888
Construction Materials [email protected]
8th Floor, Ocean Park Building, 01 Dao Duy http://www.micogroup.com.vn
Anh St, Ha Noi, Viet Nam
23061715/EN – 03/2017

Product Manual – MOVIDRIVE® system 317

SEW-EURODRIVE—Driving the world

SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG

P.O. Box 3023
76642 BRUCHSAL
GERMANY
Phone +49 7251 75-0
Fax +49 7251 75-1970
[email protected]
www.sew-eurodrive.com